Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • English  (337)
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (337)
  • Humanities.  (337)
Datasource
Material
Language
  • English  (337)
Years
Author, Corporation
Publisher
Keywords
Subjects(RVK)
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Research in Science Education — Past, Present, and Future (2001)
    Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer | Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9780306476396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource(VIII, 344 p.)
    Edition: 1st ed. 2001.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    DB 3000
    RVK:
    TB 4050
    Keywords: Learning. ; Instruction. ; Science education. ; Teaching. ; Educational technology. ; Chemistry. ; Humanities. ; Science—Study and teaching. ; Teachers—Training of. ; Learning, Psychology of. ; Social sciences. ; Education ; Chemistry ; Science Study and teaching ; Teachers Training of ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht ; Naturwissenschaftliche Bildung
    Abstract: Views and Visions of Science Education Research -- Science Education Researchers and Research in Transition: Issues and Policies -- Research in Science Education in Europe: Retrospect and Prospect -- Science Content as Problematic - Issues for Research -- Science Education Versus Science in the Academy: Questions - Discussion - Perspectives -- Scientific Literacy — Conceptions and Assessment -- The Assessment of Scientific Literacy in the OECD/PISA Project -- Scientific Literacy: From Theory to Practice -- Making Formative Use of a National Summative Assessment Regime -- A Comparison of STS-teaching and Traditional Physics Lessons - On the Correlation of Physics Knowledge and Taking Action -- Students’ Conceptions -- On the Quantum Thinking of Physics Undergraduates -- Experiences with a Modern Course in Quantum Physics -- Learning Process Studies in the Field of Fractals -- Students’ Understandings of their Internal Structure as Revealed by Drawings -- Personal Context and Continuity of Human Thought; Recurrent Themes in a Longitudinal Study of Pupils’ Understanding of Scientific Phenomena -- Entities of the World and Causality in Children’s Thinking -- Using Media Reports of Science Research in Pupils’ Evaluation of Evidence -- Pupils’ Perceptions of Science Education at Primary and Secondary School -- Teachers’ Conceptions -- Teacher Professionalism and Change: Developing a Professional Self Through Reflective Assessment -- Formative Assessment Using Concept Cartoons: Initial Teacher Training in the UK -- Teaching Chemical Equilibrium in Australian and German Senior High Schools -- The Ideas of Spanish Primary Teachers on how to Develop an Understanding of Processes in Science and their Support in Textbooks -- Pre-service Elementary Teachers Constructing the Nature and Language of Science -- Combining Knowledge of Physics and Chemistry in Teaching: The Behaviour of a Narrow Jet of Water in the Presence of Charged Insulators -- Intuitive Rules: A Theory and its Implications to Mathematics and Science Teacher Education -- Conceptual Change — Teaching and Learning Processes -- Conceptual Change Research and the Teaching of Science -- Rhetoric and Science Education -- Development of Complexity through Dealing with Physical Qualities: One Type of Conceptual Change? -- On the Micro-structure of Analogical Reasoning: The Case of Understanding Chaotic Systems -- Role-playing, Conceptual Change, and the Learning Process: A Case Study of 7th Grade Pupils -- Concept Mapping as a Tool for Research in Science Education -- The Need for and the Role of Metacognition in Teaching and Learning the Particle Model -- Evolving Mental Models of Electric Circuits -- Two Models for a Physical Situation: the Case of Optics. Students’ Difficulties, Teachers’ Viewpoints and Guidelines for a ?Didactic Structure? -- The Influence of a Historically Oriented Course on the Content Knowledge of Students in Optics -- Using Everyday and Scientific Conceptions for Developing Guidelines of Teaching Microbiology -- Teaching and Learning the Concept of the Model in Secondary Schools -- Conceptual Change and Student Diversity: The Case of Volcanism at Primary School -- The Development of Prospective Teachers’ Concerns about Teaching Chemistry Topics at a Macro-micro-symbolic Interface -- How to Enhance Students’ Motivation and Ability to Communicate in Science Class-discourse -- How do Boys and Girls use Language in Physics Classes? -- Instructional Media and Lab Work -- Improving the Use of Instructional Illustrations in Learning Chemistry -- Computing in Stereochemistry - 2D or 3D Representations? -- Learning Physics with Multimedia- and Experimental-supported Workshop Instruction -- Generating Hypotheses in Scientific Enquiry -- Using Laboratory Work for Purposeful Learning about the Practice of Science -- University Students During Practical Work: Can We Make the Learning Process Intelligible? -- Learning About Investigations - The Teacher’s Role -- Point and Set Paradigms in Students’ Handling of Experimental Measurements -- Beyond the Laboratory-learning Physics Using Real-life Contexts.
    Abstract: This volume includes articles based on papers presented at the Second International Conference of the European Science Education Research Association (E.S.E.R.A.) held in Kiel, August 31 to September 4, 1999. About 300 colleagues, virtually from around the world - with a particular European focus - participated. Some 200 papers were presented. Three pages synopses of these papers were published in Proceedings of the conference (edited by Michael Komorek, Helga Behrendt, Helmut Dahncke, Reinders Duit, Wolfgang Gräber and Angela Kross). They are available from the IPN homepage: http://www.ipn.uni-kiel.de. The participants were asked to submit contributions to the present volume. It contains the invited plenary lectures and a selection of the submitted contributions based on reviews by an international board and the editors. The volume mirrors main lines of research in science education in Europe and around the world. The invited lectures provide overviews of the growth of science education research from the past to the present, including views of future developments. Major emphasis of empirical research still seems to be students' conceptions and conceptual change. About half of the contributions fall into that category. In addition, most of the remaining contributions deal with various cognitive issues of teaching and learning science. It was surprising for us that the number of studies on affective issues and gender differences was much smaller than expected.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.1007/0-306-47639-8
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Winery Utilities : Planning, Design and Operation (1997)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401752824
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 438 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-017-5282-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Encyclopedia of Language and Education : Literacy (1997)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401145404
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 265 p. 1 illus) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Encyclopedia of Language and Education 2
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Applied linguistics ; Sociolinguistics ; Social sciences ; Linguistics. ; Humanities. ; International education . ; Comparative education. ; Language and languages—Style.
    Abstract: Literacy is the second volume of the Encyclopedia of Language and Education, the first attempt to overview an area which has emerged as a coherent and exciting field of study in the last two decades. While forming part of a series of eight volumes, Literacy also stands on its own, drawing on some 25 state-of-the-art reviews of current concerns in the study of literacy prepared by leading writers and researchers. The book is organised in four main sections: Reading, Writing, The Social Context of Literacy and Literacy Teaching in Selected Regions. The approach is multidisciplinary, drawing on insights from fields as diverse as anthropology and computer science, sociolinguistics and psychology. The international flavour of the volume is reflected not only in the choice of contributors from eleven different countries but also in the emphasis throughout on the impact of globalization on our understanding of literacy
    Description / Table of Contents: Focus on Reading1. The Reading Process -- 2. The Teaching of Reading -- 3. Reading Skills: Emergent Literacy -- 4. Metalinguistic Skills in Reading Development -- 5. The Development of Literacy Difficulties -- 6. Reading in Multilingual Classrooms. Focus on Writing -- 7. Writing Systems and Orthographies -- 8. The Development of Young Children as Authors -- 9. The Teaching of Writing -- 10. Spelling and Punctuation -- 11. Handwriting -- 12. Writing in Multilingual Classrooms -- Focus on the Social Context of Literacy -- 13. The Social Psychology of Reading -- 14. Functional Literacy -- 15. Social Literacies -- 16. Critical Approaches to Literacy -- 17. Family Literacy -- 18. Adult Literacy -- 19. Sustaining Local Literacies -- 20. IT and Literacy. Focus on Selected Regions -- 21. Literacy Teaching in France -- 22. Literacy Teaching in India -- 23. Literacy Teaching in the Low Countries -- 24. Female Literacy and Life Chances in Rural Nigeria -- 25. Literacy Teaching in Norway.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-4540-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Materials Science on CD-ROM: Solutions Manual : An Interactive Learning Tool for Students Version 1.1 (1996)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400900899
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (21 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0089-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Weight Control : The current perspective (1995)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401105835
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 118 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Disease risks of obesity -- The fallacy of ideal body weight standards -- Obesity and diabetes: many as yet unanswered questions -- Present public health issues on obesity -- References -- 2. Are all calories equal? -- Possible mechanisms by which calories from macronutrients might not be equal -- Are all calories equal for slimmers? -- ‘Are all calories equal?’ -- References -- 3. Metabolic risk factors for the development of obesity -- Determinants of energy expenditure -- Low metabolic rate as a risk factor -- The effect of dietary fat/carbohydrate on energy expenditure -- Oxidative autoregulation -- Diet composition and obesity -- Conclusion -- References -- 4. Metabolic response to slimming -- Short-term consequences of slimming -- Long-term consequences of slimming -- Conclusions -- References -- 5. Health effects of weight cycling -- The metabolic hypothesis -- Weight cycling and health -- Interpretation of epidemiological findings -- Psychological factors -- Conclusions and implications -- References -- 6. Food preferences and body weight control -- Food preferences and obesity -- Fat intake and fat preference in the genesis of obesity -- Genetic predisposition -- References -- 7. Psychological aspects of obesity -- Early psychological theories -- Emergence of the restrained eater -- Restrained eating and obesity -- Bulimia nervosa -- Strict control and the disturbance of eating behaviour -- Counter-regulation -- Individual variability -- Dietary macronutrient selection and body weight control -- Successful and unsuccessful weight control strategies -- References -- 8. Realistic expectations of obesity treatments -- No new treatment principles -- A pessimistic view -- Why so little success? -- Realistic strategies -- The definition of success -- An optimistic view -- References -- 9. Health professional approach to weight control -- Hypocaloric diet -- Exercise -- Pharmacotherapy -- Very low-calorie diets -- Surgery -- References.
    Abstract: The mechanisms controlling body weight or, to be more specific, that component of body mass that consists of adipose tissue is an active area of scientific research. Two stimuli can be discerned that give a sense of urgency to this research. The first is the data, from many sources, confirming an inexorable upward trend in the prevalence of overweight and obesity in developed countries. The picture in the emerging nations is unclear because of both a lack of appropriate survey data and the continued scourge of under­ nourishment among their poor. It is likely, however, that, throughout the world, wherever disposable income and food availability are high, obesity and overweight will be a continuing and increasing problem. The second driving force among researchers is the realization that, to date, there has been little success in either stemming the tide of individuals experiencing excessive adiposity or enabling them to recover a more desirable body weight and composition. Such are the problems. But significant progress in research into the origins and treatment of this condition is being made, and in recent years has been brisk. Technical advances (such as the ability to measure total energy expenditure in free-living individuals with good reliability), new and imaginative thinking and a determination not to be satisfied with hypotheses until they have been thoroughly challenged by experiment have yielded significant advances.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Disease risks of obesityThe fallacy of ideal body weight standards -- Obesity and diabetes: many as yet unanswered questions -- Present public health issues on obesity -- References -- 2. Are all calories equal? -- Possible mechanisms by which calories from macronutrients might not be equal -- Are all calories equal for slimmers? -- ‘Are all calories equal?’ -- References -- 3. Metabolic risk factors for the development of obesity -- Determinants of energy expenditure -- Low metabolic rate as a risk factor -- The effect of dietary fat/carbohydrate on energy expenditure -- Oxidative autoregulation -- Diet composition and obesity -- Conclusion -- References -- 4. Metabolic response to slimming -- Short-term consequences of slimming -- Long-term consequences of slimming -- Conclusions -- References -- 5. Health effects of weight cycling -- The metabolic hypothesis -- Weight cycling and health -- Interpretation of epidemiological findings -- Psychological factors -- Conclusions and implications -- References -- 6. Food preferences and body weight control -- Food preferences and obesity -- Fat intake and fat preference in the genesis of obesity -- Genetic predisposition -- References -- 7. Psychological aspects of obesity -- Early psychological theories -- Emergence of the restrained eater -- Restrained eating and obesity -- Bulimia nervosa -- Strict control and the disturbance of eating behaviour -- Counter-regulation -- Individual variability -- Dietary macronutrient selection and body weight control -- Successful and unsuccessful weight control strategies -- References -- 8. Realistic expectations of obesity treatments -- No new treatment principles -- A pessimistic view -- Why so little success? -- Realistic strategies -- The definition of success -- An optimistic view -- References -- 9. Health professional approach to weight control -- Hypocaloric diet -- Exercise -- Pharmacotherapy -- Very low-calorie diets -- Surgery -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-0583-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Pecan Technology (1994)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401095921
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. An Overview of the Evolution of the U.S. Pecan Industry -- 2. Pecan Production -- 3. Pecan Physiology and Composition -- 4. Pecan Processing -- 5. Mechanization of Post-Harvest Pecan Processing -- 6. Microbiology and Sanitation -- 7. Pecan Composition -- 8. Methods for Measurement of Pecan Quality -- 9. Structure and Performance of the Pecan Market -- Appendix: Further Reading.
    Abstract: Flavorwise and texturewise pecans are the "Queen of the Edible Nuts. " This has been verified by salters, bakers, confectioners and ice cream manufacturers in America and western Europe. Hickory nuts and macadamia nuts are close behind, but are available only in limited supply. Pecans are among the nuts highest in oil content. In general, the varieties of nuts with the highest oil content are also rich in flavor and tender in texture. Some varieties of pecans (i. e. , Schley and Curtis) have been shown to contain as much as 76% oil. The oil in pecans is highly unsaturated, which means it is desirable from a nutritional standpoint but that it is also highly susceptible to oxidation which can cause pecans to tum stale and rancid. Pecans used in confections, bakery goods, cereals, or in snacks are more subject to staleness and rancidity than most nuts because these products are often stored at ambient temperatures. For this reason, pecans are considered to be semi-perishable and are not used in some "fine" products due to their limited shelf-life. Research at the Georgia Experiment Station has shown that raw pecans or most pecan products may be held in good condition for more than 20 years if freezing is the mode of preservation. However, development of new products demands that pecans be stored at ambient temperatures for extended intervals. Pecan 'meat' is easily bruised during shelling and handling.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. An Overview of the Evolution of the U.S. Pecan Industry2. Pecan Production -- 3. Pecan Physiology and Composition -- 4. Pecan Processing -- 5. Mechanization of Post-Harvest Pecan Processing -- 6. Microbiology and Sanitation -- 7. Pecan Composition -- 8. Methods for Measurement of Pecan Quality -- 9. Structure and Performance of the Pecan Market -- Appendix: Further Reading.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-010-9592-1
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Regulated Chemicals Directory 1994 (1994)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401106894
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 v)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Chemical Lists and List Descriptions -- 3. Cross-Reference Indexes of Chemical Names and Synonyms -- B. Regulatory Summaries -- Appendix: Key to RCRA “F”- and “K”- Series Wastes.
    Abstract: The Regulated Chemicals Directory"lM is meant to be a convenient source of information for everyone who needs to keep up-to-date regarding the regulations and recommendations that pertain to chemical substances. The RCD™ is designed to be the first reference book to consult when beginning compliance efforts. Every regulatory or advisory list used in the RCD™ is keyed to its source, to help readers who need more detailed information on regulations, recommendations, or guidelines readily locate source documents. Some organizations now center their compliance efforts on computerized information stored in cross-referenced databases. A unique feature of the RCDTM is the availability of an electronic version suitable for use on IBM-compatible personal computers, download onto mainframes and CD-ROM players. Both the print and electronic versions are updated with the same timeliness. For more information on the electronic versions of the Regulated Chemicals DirectoryTM, contact Chapman & Hall directly (One Penn Plaza, New York, NY 10119, fax-212-564-1505). Many companies working on product development need information on what may be regulated in the future. The RCD™ provides selected information on pending regulations and in-progress testing lists, which can provide a starting place for tracking future regulatory considerations. Information for the RCD™ is continually gathered and updated. Suggestions from readers for information that should be added to the RCD™ or for other ways to improve the book are welcomed by Chapman & Hall. - Patricia L. Dsida, Pres. ChemADVISOR® , Inc. ix Part A. Chemical Lists and Indexes Section 1.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction2. Chemical Lists and List Descriptions -- 3. Cross-Reference Indexes of Chemical Names and Synonyms -- B. Regulatory Summaries -- Appendix: Key to RCRA “F”- and “K”- Series Wastes.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-0689-4
    URL: Volltext
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Introduction to Integrated Geo-information Management (1993)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401115049
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Information management -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Spatial data systems -- 1.3 Decision making -- 1.4 Organisations and their objectives -- 1.5 The management of information -- 1.6 Information networks -- 1.7 Information systems -- 1.8 Geo-information systems -- 1.9 Spatial decision support systems -- 2: Data for geo-information systems -- 2.1 Data into information -- 2.2 Describing geographic location -- 2.3 Objects and hierarchies -- 2.4 Maps and cartographic representation -- 2.5 Considerations in using maps -- 2.6 Map-based geo-information systems -- 2.7 Data derived from spatial analysis -- 2.8 Address-based spatial information -- 2.9 Postcodes -- 2.10 Other spatial datasets -- 2.11 Attribute data -- 2.12 Metadata -- 3: Geo-information databases -- 3.1 Choosing the right data structure -- 3.2 Data structures and data models -- 3.3 Spatial data models -- 3.4 Spatial data structures -- 3.5 Problems of three dimensional data -- 3.6 Temporal data model -- 3.7 Database management systems -- 3.8 Physical and logical database design -- 3.9 DBMS structures -- 3.10 Standard query language (SQL) -- 3.11 Object-oriented databases -- 4: Integrated approaches to GIS -- 4.1 Benefits of information integration -- 4.2 Integrated data models -- 4.3 Information networks -- 4.4 Integration with existing databases -- 4.5 Open systems environment -- 4.6 Integration frameworks -- 4.7 Corporate solutions -- 4.8 Organisational issues -- 4.9 Implementation strategies -- 4.10 Benefits and costs -- 5: Low cost spatial information systems -- 5.1 Low cost strategies -- 5.2 Development of the microcomputer -- 5.3 Availability of software -- 5.4 Developing technologies -- 5.5 Stand alone solutions -- 5.6 Network solutions -- 5.7 Data availability -- 5.8 Human resourcing issues -- 5.9 Implementation issues -- 5.10 Low cost GIS users -- 6: Copyright and legal issues -- 6.1 Who owns the data? -- 6.2 Law related to information -- 6.3 Access to information -- 6.4 Data ownership and copyright -- 6.5 Added value information -- 6.6 Liability and GIS -- 6.7 Accuracy of information -- 6.8 Inappropriate map usage -- 6.9 Data availability and government policy -- 7: Standards for spatial information -- 7.1 The role of standards -- 7.2 Standards organisations -- 7.3 Data transfer standards -- 7.4 UK National Transfer Format -- 7.5 US Spatial Data Transfer Standard -- 7.6 DIGEST -- 7.7 ASRP Raster Standard -- 7.8 Other standards -- 7.9 Importance of standards -- 8: Analysis functions in GIS -- 8.1 Analysis in GIS -- 8.2 Manipulation versus analysis -- 8.3 Query and manipulation in integrated solutions -- 8.4 Statistical analysis -- 8.5 Modelling of spatial data -- 8.6 Models for managing derived data -- 8.7 Metadatabases and data dictionaries -- 8.8 Developing operating procedures for analytical processes -- 9: Graphical user interfaces -- 9.1 Human-computer interface -- 9.2 User-friendly GIS -- 9.3 Generic interface types -- 9.4 User interfaces for decision support systems -- 9.5 GIS-independent user interfaces -- 9.6 Specific applications of graphical user interfaces -- 9.7 Issues of communication -- 9.8 Help facilities -- 10: Visualisation -- 10.1 Cartographic visualisation -- 10.2 Perception and patterns -- 10.3 Map design issues -- 10.4 Colour and symbolisation -- 10.5 Typology and text placement -- 10.6 Interactive map specifications -- 10.7 Scientific visualisation -- 10.8 Terrain representation -- 10.9 Three dimensional visualisation -- 10.10 Perspective cartography -- 10.11 Visualisaton of temporal information -- 10.12 Virtual reality -- 11: Image-based spatial information systems -- 11.1 Image-based information systems -- 11.2 Vertical aerial photography -- 11.3 Photogrammetric data collection -- 11.4 Recent technical advances -- 11.5 Photo interpretation -- 11.6 Orthophotos -- 11.7 Digital photogrammetry -- 11.8 Seamless aerial photography -- 11.9 Changing role of aerial photography in GIS -- 11.10 Remote sensing -- 11.11 Image analysis -- 11.12 Role of remote sensing -- 11.13 Integrated image-based systems -- 12: Multimedia and hypermaps -- 12.1 The multimedia concept -- 12.2 Multimedia data -- 12.3 Digital video -- 12.4 Sound -- 12.5 Animation -- 12.6 Hypertext concept -- 12.7 Hyperdocuments -- 12.8 Hypertext user interfaces -- 12.9 Hypermaps -- 12.10 Cartographic representation in multimedia -- 12.11 Integrated geo-based multimedia solutions -- Appendix A: Acronyms -- Appendix B: A summary of the main GIS and related software that has been developed for microcomputers.
    Abstract: This book was inspired by the revolution in geographical information systems during the late 1970s and 1980s which introduced to many the concept of computer-based information systems for spatially referenced data. The map, the aerial photograph and the satellite image were wedded to a database of textual information through the rapidly developing technology of powerful graphics workstations. This brought the skills of the geographer to a wide range of disciplines and specialists. But this book is not about the basic concepts of geographical information systems themselves. It is not about hardware or software per se, nor the integral concepts of geo-referenced data handling built into such systems; these are to be found in a growing number of introductory texts on the subject. Instead the focus of this book is on of geo-information management. the much wider issues While an understanding of the systems, their capabilities and limitations is necessary, of greater importance to the long term application of geographical understanding to problem solving is the wider context of information handling. Spatial data are becoming increasingly important in understanding the issues that confront the world. Chapter 1 is a discussion of the general issues which relate to management and information systems. It concludes with review of spatial decision support systems which are of increasing importance to the GIS community.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: Information management1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Spatial data systems -- 1.3 Decision making -- 1.4 Organisations and their objectives -- 1.5 The management of information -- 1.6 Information networks -- 1.7 Information systems -- 1.8 Geo-information systems -- 1.9 Spatial decision support systems -- 2: Data for geo-information systems -- 2.1 Data into information -- 2.2 Describing geographic location -- 2.3 Objects and hierarchies -- 2.4 Maps and cartographic representation -- 2.5 Considerations in using maps -- 2.6 Map-based geo-information systems -- 2.7 Data derived from spatial analysis -- 2.8 Address-based spatial information -- 2.9 Postcodes -- 2.10 Other spatial datasets -- 2.11 Attribute data -- 2.12 Metadata -- 3: Geo-information databases -- 3.1 Choosing the right data structure -- 3.2 Data structures and data models -- 3.3 Spatial data models -- 3.4 Spatial data structures -- 3.5 Problems of three dimensional data -- 3.6 Temporal data model -- 3.7 Database management systems -- 3.8 Physical and logical database design -- 3.9 DBMS structures -- 3.10 Standard query language (SQL) -- 3.11 Object-oriented databases -- 4: Integrated approaches to GIS -- 4.1 Benefits of information integration -- 4.2 Integrated data models -- 4.3 Information networks -- 4.4 Integration with existing databases -- 4.5 Open systems environment -- 4.6 Integration frameworks -- 4.7 Corporate solutions -- 4.8 Organisational issues -- 4.9 Implementation strategies -- 4.10 Benefits and costs -- 5: Low cost spatial information systems -- 5.1 Low cost strategies -- 5.2 Development of the microcomputer -- 5.3 Availability of software -- 5.4 Developing technologies -- 5.5 Stand alone solutions -- 5.6 Network solutions -- 5.7 Data availability -- 5.8 Human resourcing issues -- 5.9 Implementation issues -- 5.10 Low cost GIS users -- 6: Copyright and legal issues -- 6.1 Who owns the data? -- 6.2 Law related to information -- 6.3 Access to information -- 6.4 Data ownership and copyright -- 6.5 Added value information -- 6.6 Liability and GIS -- 6.7 Accuracy of information -- 6.8 Inappropriate map usage -- 6.9 Data availability and government policy -- 7: Standards for spatial information -- 7.1 The role of standards -- 7.2 Standards organisations -- 7.3 Data transfer standards -- 7.4 UK National Transfer Format -- 7.5 US Spatial Data Transfer Standard -- 7.6 DIGEST -- 7.7 ASRP Raster Standard -- 7.8 Other standards -- 7.9 Importance of standards -- 8: Analysis functions in GIS -- 8.1 Analysis in GIS -- 8.2 Manipulation versus analysis -- 8.3 Query and manipulation in integrated solutions -- 8.4 Statistical analysis -- 8.5 Modelling of spatial data -- 8.6 Models for managing derived data -- 8.7 Metadatabases and data dictionaries -- 8.8 Developing operating procedures for analytical processes -- 9: Graphical user interfaces -- 9.1 Human-computer interface -- 9.2 User-friendly GIS -- 9.3 Generic interface types -- 9.4 User interfaces for decision support systems -- 9.5 GIS-independent user interfaces -- 9.6 Specific applications of graphical user interfaces -- 9.7 Issues of communication -- 9.8 Help facilities -- 10: Visualisation -- 10.1 Cartographic visualisation -- 10.2 Perception and patterns -- 10.3 Map design issues -- 10.4 Colour and symbolisation -- 10.5 Typology and text placement -- 10.6 Interactive map specifications -- 10.7 Scientific visualisation -- 10.8 Terrain representation -- 10.9 Three dimensional visualisation -- 10.10 Perspective cartography -- 10.11 Visualisaton of temporal information -- 10.12 Virtual reality -- 11: Image-based spatial information systems -- 11.1 Image-based information systems -- 11.2 Vertical aerial photography -- 11.3 Photogrammetric data collection -- 11.4 Recent technical advances -- 11.5 Photo interpretation -- 11.6 Orthophotos -- 11.7 Digital photogrammetry -- 11.8 Seamless aerial photography -- 11.9 Changing role of aerial photography in GIS -- 11.10 Remote sensing -- 11.11 Image analysis -- 11.12 Role of remote sensing -- 11.13 Integrated image-based systems -- 12: Multimedia and hypermaps -- 12.1 The multimedia concept -- 12.2 Multimedia data -- 12.3 Digital video -- 12.4 Sound -- 12.5 Animation -- 12.6 Hypertext concept -- 12.7 Hyperdocuments -- 12.8 Hypertext user interfaces -- 12.9 Hypermaps -- 12.10 Cartographic representation in multimedia -- 12.11 Integrated geo-based multimedia solutions -- Appendix A: Acronyms -- Appendix B: A summary of the main GIS and related software that has been developed for microcomputers.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-1504-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Biology of Fungi (1993)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401114967
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Sixth edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Growth and nutrition -- 3 Zygomycotina and Mastigomycotina -- 4 Ascomycotina -- 5 Basidiomycotina -- 6 Deuteromycotina -- 7 Dispersal in fungi -- 8 Fungal genetics -- 9 Ecology of saprotrophic fungi -- 10 Fungi as plant pathogens -- 11 Fungi as mutualistic symbionts -- 12 Fungi and human affairs -- Further reading: Books on fungi.
    Abstract: This book has passed through a number of editions each involving some modifications while retaining the general character of the first. The most substantial changes occurred in the fifth (1983), but that is now out-of-date. Mycology has not been immune from the rapid evolution of biology in the past decade and the preparation was a long way beyond the capacity of the older writer (C.T.I.). So a younger one (H.J.H.) has collaborated with him. Substantial changes have been made throughout, particularly in relation to taxonomy but in general Chapters 1-7 have undergone relatively little revision. However, this is not true of Chapters 8-12 where the influence of the younger author is paramount. The basic idea of the book remains, namely to present fungi as living organisms profoundly affecting the lives of other kinds of living organisms, especially Man. Their study is of the greatest importance and what is more it is great fun. Many of the diagrams have been retained, but some have been redrawn and new ones added. Weare pleased to acknowledge the patience and artistic skills of Mrs Lindsay J. Wilson in producing these. Some coloured plates have also been introduced from photographs taken by H.J .H.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Growth and nutrition -- 3 Zygomycotina and Mastigomycotina -- 4 Ascomycotina -- 5 Basidiomycotina -- 6 Deuteromycotina -- 7 Dispersal in fungi -- 8 Fungal genetics -- 9 Ecology of saprotrophic fungi -- 10 Fungi as plant pathogens -- 11 Fungi as mutualistic symbionts -- 12 Fungi and human affairs -- Further reading: Books on fungi.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-1496-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Capacitor Handbook (1993)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401180900
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Fundamentals For All Capacitors -- Application Information -- 2 Ceramic Capacitors -- Application Information -- 3 Plastic Film Capacitors -- Application Information -- 4 Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitors -- Production Technology -- Electro-mechanical Considerations -- 5 Tantalum Capacitors -- Tantalum Foil Style -- Wet Tantalum Style -- Solid Tantalum Style -- Application Information -- 6 Glass Capacitors -- Application Information -- 7 Mica Capacitors -- Application Information -- Appendix A Capacitor Selection Guidelines -- Ceramic -- Paper/Plastic Dielectric -- Aluminum Electrolytic -- Tantalum Electrolytic -- Glass -- Mica -- Trimmer Capacitors -- Appendix B Equations and Symbol Definitions -- Basic Capacitor Formulas -- Metric Prefixes -- Symbols.
    Abstract: A long and varied experience in many areas of electronic circuit design has convinced me that capacitors are the most misunderstood and misused electronic component. This book provides practical guidance in the understanding, construction, use, and application of capacitors. Theory, combined with circuit application advice, will help to under­ stand what goes on in each component and in the final design. All chapters are arranged with the theory of the dielectric type discussed first, followed by circuit application information. With all chapters arranged in the same manner, this will make reading and using this book for reference easier. A practical glossary of terms used in the capacitor industry is included. The first chapter covers basic information that applies to all types of capacitors. Each following chapter addresses a different capacitor dielectric. This book could have been titled: 'Everything You Wanted To Know About Capacitors, But Were Afraid To Ask .. .' ix Preface THE CAPACITOR HANDBOOK Chapter 1 Fundamentals For All Capacitors For all practical purposes, consider only the parallel plate capacitor as illustrated in Fig. 1.1-two conductors or electrodes separated by a dielectric material of uniform thickness. The conductors can be any material that will conduct electricity easily. The dielectric must be a poor conductor-an insulator. Conductor (Electrode) Dielectric ,;~;...--~ Conductor (Electrode) 1..-----Wire to Outside World Fig. 1.1 The Parallel-Plate Capacitor Fig. 1.2 illustrates the symbol for a capacitor used in schematic diagrams of electronic circuits. The symbol resembles a parallel-plate model.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Fundamentals For All CapacitorsApplication Information -- 2 Ceramic Capacitors -- Application Information -- 3 Plastic Film Capacitors -- Application Information -- 4 Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitors -- Production Technology -- Electro-mechanical Considerations -- 5 Tantalum Capacitors -- Tantalum Foil Style -- Wet Tantalum Style -- Solid Tantalum Style -- Application Information -- 6 Glass Capacitors -- Application Information -- 7 Mica Capacitors -- Application Information -- Appendix A Capacitor Selection Guidelines -- Ceramic -- Paper/Plastic Dielectric -- Aluminum Electrolytic -- Tantalum Electrolytic -- Glass -- Mica -- Trimmer Capacitors -- Appendix B Equations and Symbol Definitions -- Basic Capacitor Formulas -- Metric Prefixes -- Symbols.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-8090-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Glass-Fibre Databook (1993)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401114929
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Edition 1
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Directory Section -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Optical Fibres & Cables -- Two: Data Section -- Section 1: Continuous Filament Yarns -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Section 2: Reinforcements for Thermosets -- Section 3: Reinforcements for Thermoplastics -- Section 4: Reinforcements for Cement & Gypsum -- Section 5: Tissues, Surfacing Veils, Mats & Fabrics -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Section 6: Filtration Materials -- Section 7: Insulation Materials -- Section 8: Glass Fibre Fabrics for Printed Circuit Boards -- Section 9: Miscellaneous Materials -- Materials for the Optical Fibre Industry -- Section 10: Fibres -- Section 11: Fibre Cables -- Section 12: Optical Fibre Cable Support Members -- Late Entries -- Index to Advertisers.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Directory SectionGlass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Optical Fibres & Cables -- Two: Data Section -- Section 1: Continuous Filament Yarns -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Section 2: Reinforcements for Thermosets -- Section 3: Reinforcements for Thermoplastics -- Section 4: Reinforcements for Cement & Gypsum -- Section 5: Tissues, Surfacing Veils, Mats & Fabrics -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Section 6: Filtration Materials -- Section 7: Insulation Materials -- Section 8: Glass Fibre Fabrics for Printed Circuit Boards -- Section 9: Miscellaneous Materials -- Materials for the Optical Fibre Industry -- Section 10: Fibres -- Section 11: Fibre Cables -- Section 12: Optical Fibre Cable Support Members -- Late Entries -- Index to Advertisers.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-1492-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Buttress’s World Guide to Abbreviations of Organizations (1993)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401121323
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1048 p)
    Edition: 10th edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    Abstract: This edition of over 60 000 entries, including significantly more than 20% new or revised material, not only updates its predecessor but also continues the policy of extending coverage to areas dealt with only sparsely in previous editions. Special attention has been paid to the Far East, Australasia and Latin America in general, and to the People's Republic of China in particular. The cross-referencing between a defunct organization and its successor (indicated by ex and now) introduced into the last edition, has been extended. Otherwise the policies adopted in previous editions have been retained. All kinds of organizations are included - international, national, governmental, individual, large or small - but strictly local organizations have been omitted. The subject scope includes activities of all kinds, in the fields of commerce and industry, education, law, politics, public administration, religion, recreation, medicine, science and technology. The country of origin of a national organization is given in brackets, unless it is the home country of the title language or can be deduced readily from the title itself. Acronyms of parent bodies of subsidiary organizations are also added in brackets. Equivalences are used to link acronyms in different languages for the same organization. A select bibliography guides the reader to specialist works providing more detailed information.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2132-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Baculovirus Expression System : A laboratory guide (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401123747
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 229 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The baculoviruses -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Isolation and host range -- 1.3 Structure and classification -- 1.4 Baculovirus replication in vivo -- 1.5 Baculovirus replication in vitro -- 1.6 Genetic engineering of baculovirus insecticides -- 2 The development of baculovirus expression vectors -- 2.1 Introduction and historical perspective -- 2.2 The merits of the baculovirus expression system -- 2.3 General principles for inserting foreign genes into the baculovirus genome -- 2.4 Baculovirus transfer vectors -- 2.5 Selection of recombinant viruses -- 3 Processing of foreign proteins synthesized using baculovirus vectors in insect cells -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Glycosylation -- 3.3 Phosphorylation, acylation and amidation -- 3.4 Proteolytic processing -- 3.5 Cellular targeting and secretion -- 3.6 Tertiary and quaternary structure formation -- 3.7 Expression of viral genes -- 3.8 Expression of bacterial and fungal genes -- 3.9 Post-transcriptional processing -- 4 Construction of transfer vectors containing the foreign gene -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Isolation of foreign gene coding sequences -- 4.3 Modifying the ends of DNA molecules -- 4.4 Preparation of the transfer vector -- 4.5 DNA ligations -- 4.6 Transformation of bacteria -- 4.7 Screening for recombinant baculovirus transfer vectors -- 4.8 Analysis of recombinant transfer vectors -- 4.9 Isolation of highly purified plasmid DNA (maxi-preps) -- 5 Insect cell culture media and maintenance of insect cell lines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Cell lines -- 5.3 Culture media -- 5.4 Preparation of culture media -- 5.5 Glassware and disposable plasticware -- 5.6 Insect cell culture -- 5.7 A guide to Sf cell seeding densities for experimental work -- 5.8 Freezing, storage and recovery of insect cells in liquid nitrogen -- 5.9 A guide to adapting cells to serum-free media -- 6 Propagation, titration and purification of AcMNPV in cell culture -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Infection of cells with virus for experimental work -- 6.3 Titration of virus by plaque-assay -- 6.4 Plaque-picking and plaque-purification -- 6.5 Amplification of virus stocks -- 6.6 Large-scale production of virus for the purification of virus particles -- 6.7 Purification of infectious virus DNA -- 6.8 Titration of virus by TCID50 -- 7 Production and selection of recombinant virus -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Preparation of linear AcMNPV.lacZ (or AcMNPV.SC) DNA -- 7.3 Co-transfection of insect cells -- 7.4 Separation of parental and recombinant viruses by plaque-assay -- 7.5 Plaque-purification and amplification of recombinant virus stocks -- 7.6 Amplification and detection of recombinant viruses by limiting dilution and dot-blot hybridization -- 8 Characterization of recombinant viruses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Analysis of recombinant virus genomes -- 8.3 Analysis of foreign gene expression by polyacrylamide gel electophoresis, using unlabelled or radiolabelled cell proteins -- 8.4 Analysis of recombinant protein synthesis in insect cells using immunological techniques -- 8.5 Analysis of post-translational processing events in insect cells -- 8.6 Analysis of transcription in recombinant virus-infected cells -- 9 Scaling up the production of recombinant protein in insect cells; laboratory bench level -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Large-scale culture of insect cells -- 9.3 The importance of highly infectious virus stocks -- 9.4 Multiplicity of infection -- 9.5 The optimum time to harvest virus-infected cells -- 9.6 Purification of recombinant protein from infected cell cultures -- 10 Propagation of baculoviruses in insect larvae -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Rearing insects in the laboratory -- 10.3 Infection of insect larvae with polyhedra from cell culture -- 10.4 Purification of polyhedra from infected larvae -- 10.5 Bioassays of polyhedra -- 10.6 Purification of virus particles and DNA from polyhedra -- 10.7 Isolation of virus particles from infected larvae to establish infections in cell culture -- 10.8 Preparation of semi-synthetic insect diet -- 11 Trouble-shooting guide -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Insertion of foreign gene coding sequences into transfer vectors -- 11.3 Cell culture -- 11.4 Preparation of virus stocks and infectious DNA -- 11.5 Co-transfections -- 11.6 Baculovirus plaque-assays -- 11.7 Screening for recombinant viruses -- 11.8 Instability of recombinant viruses -- 11.9 Poor yields of recombinant protein -- Appendix A list of selected suppliers -- References.
    Abstract: The decision to write a book about the practical aspects of the baculovirus expression system stems from the numerous phone calls for help we have had, and from the many visitors to our labora­ tories requiring assistance to find the elusive polyhedrin-negative virus containing their favourite gene. We have also organized two expression system workshops and from the manuals we wrote for these, it seemed a logical progression to extend them into book form. We appreciate that those who are 'old-hands' at the baculovirus expression system may have differing views on some of our procedures, but the methods in this book are presented in the light of our own experiences in the laboratory and from our practical workshops, and we hope that the book will be especially useful to those new to the system. The first three chapters give the background information to the baculovirus expression system, and includes advice on how to choose the right transfer vector and discusses the various methods that are available to select recombinant viruses. The practical chapters concentrate on those aspects which are novel to the baculovirus system (insect cell culture, virus amplification and titration, etc. ) and, in general, leave the standard molecular biological techniques to the other excellent laboratory manuals that are available. However, for completeness sake and to avoid constant reference to other manuals, we have included brief details of some standard techniques where they are integral to the success of the baculovirus protocols.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The baculoviruses1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Isolation and host range -- 1.3 Structure and classification -- 1.4 Baculovirus replication in vivo -- 1.5 Baculovirus replication in vitro -- 1.6 Genetic engineering of baculovirus insecticides -- 2 The development of baculovirus expression vectors -- 2.1 Introduction and historical perspective -- 2.2 The merits of the baculovirus expression system -- 2.3 General principles for inserting foreign genes into the baculovirus genome -- 2.4 Baculovirus transfer vectors -- 2.5 Selection of recombinant viruses -- 3 Processing of foreign proteins synthesized using baculovirus vectors in insect cells -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Glycosylation -- 3.3 Phosphorylation, acylation and amidation -- 3.4 Proteolytic processing -- 3.5 Cellular targeting and secretion -- 3.6 Tertiary and quaternary structure formation -- 3.7 Expression of viral genes -- 3.8 Expression of bacterial and fungal genes -- 3.9 Post-transcriptional processing -- 4 Construction of transfer vectors containing the foreign gene -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Isolation of foreign gene coding sequences -- 4.3 Modifying the ends of DNA molecules -- 4.4 Preparation of the transfer vector -- 4.5 DNA ligations -- 4.6 Transformation of bacteria -- 4.7 Screening for recombinant baculovirus transfer vectors -- 4.8 Analysis of recombinant transfer vectors -- 4.9 Isolation of highly purified plasmid DNA (maxi-preps) -- 5 Insect cell culture media and maintenance of insect cell lines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Cell lines -- 5.3 Culture media -- 5.4 Preparation of culture media -- 5.5 Glassware and disposable plasticware -- 5.6 Insect cell culture -- 5.7 A guide to Sf cell seeding densities for experimental work -- 5.8 Freezing, storage and recovery of insect cells in liquid nitrogen -- 5.9 A guide to adapting cells to serum-free media -- 6 Propagation, titration and purification of AcMNPV in cell culture -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Infection of cells with virus for experimental work -- 6.3 Titration of virus by plaque-assay -- 6.4 Plaque-picking and plaque-purification -- 6.5 Amplification of virus stocks -- 6.6 Large-scale production of virus for the purification of virus particles -- 6.7 Purification of infectious virus DNA -- 6.8 Titration of virus by TCID50 -- 7 Production and selection of recombinant virus -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Preparation of linear AcMNPV.lacZ (or AcMNPV.SC) DNA -- 7.3 Co-transfection of insect cells -- 7.4 Separation of parental and recombinant viruses by plaque-assay -- 7.5 Plaque-purification and amplification of recombinant virus stocks -- 7.6 Amplification and detection of recombinant viruses by limiting dilution and dot-blot hybridization -- 8 Characterization of recombinant viruses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Analysis of recombinant virus genomes -- 8.3 Analysis of foreign gene expression by polyacrylamide gel electophoresis, using unlabelled or radiolabelled cell proteins -- 8.4 Analysis of recombinant protein synthesis in insect cells using immunological techniques -- 8.5 Analysis of post-translational processing events in insect cells -- 8.6 Analysis of transcription in recombinant virus-infected cells -- 9 Scaling up the production of recombinant protein in insect cells; laboratory bench level -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Large-scale culture of insect cells -- 9.3 The importance of highly infectious virus stocks -- 9.4 Multiplicity of infection -- 9.5 The optimum time to harvest virus-infected cells -- 9.6 Purification of recombinant protein from infected cell cultures -- 10 Propagation of baculoviruses in insect larvae -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Rearing insects in the laboratory -- 10.3 Infection of insect larvae with polyhedra from cell culture -- 10.4 Purification of polyhedra from infected larvae -- 10.5 Bioassays of polyhedra -- 10.6 Purification of virus particles and DNA from polyhedra -- 10.7 Isolation of virus particles from infected larvae to establish infections in cell culture -- 10.8 Preparation of semi-synthetic insect diet -- 11 Trouble-shooting guide -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Insertion of foreign gene coding sequences into transfer vectors -- 11.3 Cell culture -- 11.4 Preparation of virus stocks and infectious DNA -- 11.5 Co-transfections -- 11.6 Baculovirus plaque-assays -- 11.7 Screening for recombinant viruses -- 11.8 Instability of recombinant viruses -- 11.9 Poor yields of recombinant protein -- Appendix A list of selected suppliers -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2374-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Salvemos El Planeta : Problemas y Esperanzas (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401122863
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Índice -- Parte I: El Estado de Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 1: Contaminación atmosférica -- Capítulo 2: Agotamiento del ozono -- Capítulo 3: Cambios climáticos -- Capítulo 4: Contaminación marina -- Capítulo 5: Recursos de agua dulce y calidad del agua -- Capítulo 6: Degradación de la tierra y desertificación -- Capítulo 7: Deforestación y degradación de los bosques -- Capítulo 8: Pérdida de diversidad biológica -- Capítulo 9: Peligros ambientales -- Capítulo 10: Productos químicos tóxicos y desechos peligrosos -- Parte II: Actividades de Desarrollo y Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 11: Agricultura y producción alimentaria -- Capítulo 12: Industria -- Capítulo 13: Producción y uso de energia -- Capítulo 14: Transporte -- Capítulo 15: Turismo -- Parte III: Condiciones de Vida y Bienestar Humano -- Capítulo 16: Crecimiento demográfico y desarrollo humano -- Capítulo 17: Asentamientos humanos -- Capítulo 18: Salud humana -- Capítulo 19: Paz, seguridad y medio ambiente -- Parte IV: Percepciones, Actitudes y Medidas Adoptadas -- Capítulo 20: Percepciones y actitudes -- Capítulo 21: Medidas adoptadas -- Parte V: Problemas Planteados y Medidas Prioritarias -- Capítulo 22: Problemas planteados y medidas prioritarias -- Referencias.
    Description / Table of Contents: ÍndiceParte I: El Estado de Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 1: Contaminación atmosférica -- Capítulo 2: Agotamiento del ozono -- Capítulo 3: Cambios climáticos -- Capítulo 4: Contaminación marina -- Capítulo 5: Recursos de agua dulce y calidad del agua -- Capítulo 6: Degradación de la tierra y desertificación -- Capítulo 7: Deforestación y degradación de los bosques -- Capítulo 8: Pérdida de diversidad biológica -- Capítulo 9: Peligros ambientales -- Capítulo 10: Productos químicos tóxicos y desechos peligrosos -- Parte II: Actividades de Desarrollo y Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 11: Agricultura y producción alimentaria -- Capítulo 12: Industria -- Capítulo 13: Producción y uso de energia -- Capítulo 14: Transporte -- Capítulo 15: Turismo -- Parte III: Condiciones de Vida y Bienestar Humano -- Capítulo 16: Crecimiento demográfico y desarrollo humano -- Capítulo 17: Asentamientos humanos -- Capítulo 18: Salud humana -- Capítulo 19: Paz, seguridad y medio ambiente -- Parte IV: Percepciones, Actitudes y Medidas Adoptadas -- Capítulo 20: Percepciones y actitudes -- Capítulo 21: Medidas adoptadas -- Parte V: Problemas Planteados y Medidas Prioritarias -- Capítulo 22: Problemas planteados y medidas prioritarias -- Referencias.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2286-3
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dictionary of Scientific Units : Including dimensionless numbers and scales (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401122948
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 255 p) , online resource
    Edition: Sixth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Systems of units -- The Dictionary A-Z -- Appendices -- A. Fundamental physical constants -- B. Standardization committees and conferences -- C. Tables of weights and measures -- D. Conversion tables -- E. Conversion factors for SI and CGS units -- References.
    Abstract: units have been included. References, which now number approximately 650, have been brought up to date. The most recently accepted values of the physical constants have been provided. Our thanks go to all those who, since the fifth edition, have helped in this revision by suggestions. In particular the authors express their gratitude to Jane M. Jerrard who, with enthusiasm, put the text into a computer and eliminated the editorial scissors and paste and simplified the onerous and long task of producing a text from the fragmented material of the revision. In the preface to the fifth edition it was suggested that the book provided at that time the most complete and up-to-date information of its kind available. The authors again make the same claim for this sixth edition. H. G. JERRARD D. B. McNEILL Warsash Newtownards Southampton Northern Ireland England Preface to the first edition The intense specialization that occurs in science today has meant that scientists working in one field are often not familiar with the nomenclature used by their colleagues in other fields. This is particularly so in physics. This dictionary is designed to help overcome this difficulty by giving information about the units, dimensionless numbers and scales which have been used, or are still being used, throughout the world. Some four hundred entries are provided and these are supplemented by about five hundred references. The definition of each entry is given together with relevant historical facts.
    Description / Table of Contents: Systems of unitsThe Dictionary A-Z -- Appendices -- A. Fundamental physical constants -- B. Standardization committees and conferences -- C. Tables of weights and measures -- D. Conversion tables -- E. Conversion factors for SI and CGS units -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2294-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Whey and Lactose Processing (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401128940
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Sources and Composition of Whey and Permeate -- 2. Whey Processing -- 3. Demineralization -- 4. Whey Utilization -- 5. Whey Cheeses and Beverages -- 6. Ultrafiltration and Manufacture of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 7. Properties of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 8. Whey Protein Recovery and Whey Protein Fractionation.. -- 9. Lactose and Lactose Derivatives -- 10. Lactose Hydrolysis -- 11. Whey and Lactose Fermentation -- 12. Nutritional Aspects.
    Abstract: It would be difficult to imagine a more appropriate means of marking the Jubilee of the Dairy Research Laboratory, Division of Food Processing, CSIRO, than a publication on whey and lactose processing. The genesis of the Laboratory in 1939 was when the Australian dairy industry was very largely based on the supply of cream from farms to numerous butter factories, the skim milk being fed to pigs. By the mid-1940s, when Geof­ frey Loftus-Hills was appointed in charge ofthe fledgling Dairy Research Section, the main objective of the Section-the full utilization of the con­ stituents of milk for human food-had been firmly established. Over the next two decades progress towards this objective was exemplified by the scientific and technological contributions made in specialized milk powders for use in recombining and in the manufacture of casein and cheese. Meanwhile farming practices changed from cream production to the supply of refrigerated whole milk to the factories. By the late 1960s the increasing production of cheese and casein had re­ sulted in almost 2 million tonnes of whey per annum. This represented not only a waste disposal problem, but also under-utilization of over 100000 t of milk solids. The Laboratory had now grown to a staff of around 70, so it was possible to allocate some resources to this extra challenge.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Sources and Composition of Whey and Permeate2. Whey Processing -- 3. Demineralization -- 4. Whey Utilization -- 5. Whey Cheeses and Beverages -- 6. Ultrafiltration and Manufacture of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 7. Properties of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 8. Whey Protein Recovery and Whey Protein Fractionation. -- 9. Lactose and Lactose Derivatives -- 10. Lactose Hydrolysis -- 11. Whey and Lactose Fermentation -- 12. Nutritional Aspects.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2894-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Methods of Environmental Data Analysis (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401129206
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 309 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Environmental Management Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Descriptive Statistical Techniques -- 2 Environmetric Methods of Nonstationary Time-Series Analysis: Univaraute Methods -- 3 Regression and Correlation -- 4 Factor and Correlation Analysis of Multivariate Environmental Data -- 5 Errors and Detection Limits -- 6 Visual Representation of Data Including Graphical Exploratory Data Analysis -- 7 Quality Assurance for Environmental Assessment Activities.
    Abstract: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERIES The current expansion of both public and scientific interest in environ­ mental issues has not been accompanied by a commensurate production of adequate books, and those which are available are widely variable in approach and depth. The Environmental Management Series has been established with a view to co-ordinating a series of volumes dealing with each topic within the field in some depth. It is hoped that this Series will provide a uniform and quality coverage and that, over a period of years, it will build up to form a library of reference books covering most of the major topics within this diverse field. It is envisaged that the books will be of single, or dual authorship, or edited volumes as appropriate for respective topics. The level of presentation will be advanced, the books being aimed primarily at a research/consultancy readership. The coverage will include all aspects of environmental science and engineering pertinent to manage­ ment and monitoring of the natural and man-modified environment, as well as topics dealing with the political. t:conomic, legal and social con­ siderations pertaining to environmental management.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Descriptive Statistical Techniques2 Environmetric Methods of Nonstationary Time-Series Analysis: Univaraute Methods -- 3 Regression and Correlation -- 4 Factor and Correlation Analysis of Multivariate Environmental Data -- 5 Errors and Detection Limits -- 6 Visual Representation of Data Including Graphical Exploratory Data Analysis -- 7 Quality Assurance for Environmental Assessment Activities.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2920-6
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dictionary of Converting (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401122665
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 224 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Calendering and embossing -- Calendering -- Embossing -- 2 Coating and laminating -- 3 Drying and curing -- Electron beam -- Hot air -- Infrared -- Radio frequency -- Ultraviolet -- 4 Fabrication -- Binding and print finishing terms -- Cartons and carton styles -- Board definitions -- Cutting and creasing definitions -- Adhesive and adhesion terms -- Miscellaneous items -- 5 Web and sheet operations -- Cutting processes -- Sheeting and sheet transportation -- Web transportation.
    Abstract: The term 'converting' is in widespread use yet there is no general agreement on its precise definition and scope. The converting industry is notoriously diffuse, encompassing wide web coating operations in paper and plastics packaging, trimming, sheeting and the intricate details of high quality bound book production. A bewildering array of jargon is in use, much of it based on customs and practices passed down for several generations and, increasingly, on new terms originating from the USA or mainland Europe. This book aims to satisfy the wishes of many converters for a standard reference work which can be used for education and as an aid to communication. The dictionary gives definitions of terms which may be encountered in any of the diverse group of technologies that is included under the general heading 'converting' which is defined as 'the process of transforming one or more preformed raw materials, usually in web or sheet form, to a state suitable for end use or further processing'. Thus both calendering and coating are included but only with reference to operations which are carried out separately from the paper machine, otherwise known as 'off-machine processes'. Also in­ cluded are methods of production of cartons, books, finished and coated papers, boards and laminates, and many other items of relevance to the paper and board, film, laminating, packaging and allied industries.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Calendering and embossingCalendering -- Embossing -- 2 Coating and laminating -- 3 Drying and curing -- Electron beam -- Hot air -- Infrared -- Radio frequency -- Ultraviolet -- 4 Fabrication -- Binding and print finishing terms -- Cartons and carton styles -- Board definitions -- Cutting and creasing definitions -- Adhesive and adhesion terms -- Miscellaneous items -- 5 Web and sheet operations -- Cutting processes -- Sheeting and sheet transportation -- Web transportation.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2266-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Eutrophication of Freshwaters : Principles, problems and restoration (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401130820
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 327 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. What is eutrophication? -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition and origin of the term eutrophication -- 1.3 Links between eutrophication, biological changes and productivity in lakes -- 1.4 Eutrophication as a natural part of lake succession -- 1.5 Extent of artificial eutrophication -- 1.6 Eutrophication in rivers, estuaries and coastal waters -- 1.7 Measurement of eutrophication -- 2. The nutrients causing eutrophication, and their sources -- 2.1 The requirements of living cells for survival and growth -- 2.2 The important limiting nutrients -- 2.3 The supply of nitrogen and phosphorus to lakes -- 2.4 Relative importance of diffuse and point sources in catchments -- 2.5 Global aspects of nutrient runoff -- 2.6 Methods for estimating the magnitude of nutrient losses from catchments -- 3. The biochemical manifestations of eutrophication -- 3.1 The components of nutrient cycles in aquatic systems -- 3.2 The ultimate sinks of inflowing nitrogen and phosphorus -- 3.3 Changes in the cycles which occur as a consequence of enhanced nutrient inputs -- 3.4 The importance of the littoral zone in nutrient cycles -- 3.5 Seasonal patterns of nitrogen and phosphorus cycles in lakes -- 3.6 Important features of nutrient transformations in rivers and estuaries -- 4. The biological effects of eutrophication -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Production and species changes of algae and rnacrophytes -- 4.3 Effects of eutrophication upon rnacrophytes and attached algae -- 4.4 Production and species changes in zooplankton -- 4.5 Production and species changes of zoobenthos -- 4.6 Effects of eutrophication on fish and other vertebrates -- 4.7 Aquatic food-web considerations -- 4.8 Wider implications for wildlife and conservation -- 5. The engineering, economic and social effects of eutrophication -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Water supply -- 5.3 Fisheries management -- 5.4 Land drainage and weed control in rivers -- 5.5 Wildlife conservation -- 5.6 Public health hazards and nuisances -- 5.7 Other recreational aspects -- 6. Prediction and modelling of the causes and effects of eutrophication -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Experimental approaches to measures of eutrophication effects -- 6.3 The application of models in eutrophication assessment and prediction -- 6.4 Caution in the use of regression equations -- 6.5 Lake classification based on correlations and large data sets -- 6.6 Other lake classification indices -- 6.7 Dynamic models of lake ecosystems -- 6.8 Prediction without models -- 7. The reduction of causes and the management of effects of eutrophication -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Reduction of nutrient inputs to lakes -- 7.3 Evaluation of nutrient control measures -- 7.4 Control of nutrient concentrations within lakes -- 7.5 Management of lakes without nutrient reduction -- 8. A case study in restoration: shallow eutrophic lakes in the Norfolk Broads -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Historical perspective -- 8.3 Eutrophication of the Broads -- 8.4 Mechanisms of change -- 8.5 Effects of change -- 8.6 Restoration of Broadland -- 8.7 Lake sediment as a source of phosphorus -- 8.8 Changes in the storage of phosphorus in lake sediment following phosphorus control -- 8.9 Biological response to reduced nutrient loading -- 8.10 Nutrient reduction by isolation -- 8.11 Sediment removal and lake isolation -- 8.12 Biomanipulation as a restoration technique -- 8.13 The restoration of Broadland in the context of two stable communities -- References.
    Abstract: Eutrophication is a problem which became widely recognised by the scientific community in the 1940s and 1950s. It raised public concern, resulting in increased research effort and expenditure on management techniques through the 1960s and 1970s, recognised as a distinct problem of water pollution, though linked with the more gross effects of organic pollution. In the 1980s it became less fashionable - replaced in the public's eye and the politician's purse by newer problems such as acid rain. It remains however, one of the biggest and most widespread problems of fresh waters, particularly of lakes and an increasing problem for estuaries and coastal waters. It is one with which almost all water scientists and engineers in urbanised areas of the world have to cope. Technical methods for the reversal of eutrophication, such as nutrient removal, have been developed and applied successfully in some instances. They are not widespread however, and where they are feasible, they are often expensive and may be politically difficult to implement. In the last decade, attention has focussed upon less expensive lake manipula­ tion techniques, such as destratification and biomanipulation, which aim to minimise rather than elimininate the detrimental effects of eutrophication. These are becoming more widely applied. Prediction of the potential problems in lakes and catchments which have not yet suffered the full effects of eutrophication is now accurate enough to be of direct benefit to river basin management.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. What is eutrophication?1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition and origin of the term eutrophication -- 1.3 Links between eutrophication, biological changes and productivity in lakes -- 1.4 Eutrophication as a natural part of lake succession -- 1.5 Extent of artificial eutrophication -- 1.6 Eutrophication in rivers, estuaries and coastal waters -- 1.7 Measurement of eutrophication -- 2. The nutrients causing eutrophication, and their sources -- 2.1 The requirements of living cells for survival and growth -- 2.2 The important limiting nutrients -- 2.3 The supply of nitrogen and phosphorus to lakes -- 2.4 Relative importance of diffuse and point sources in catchments -- 2.5 Global aspects of nutrient runoff -- 2.6 Methods for estimating the magnitude of nutrient losses from catchments -- 3. The biochemical manifestations of eutrophication -- 3.1 The components of nutrient cycles in aquatic systems -- 3.2 The ultimate sinks of inflowing nitrogen and phosphorus -- 3.3 Changes in the cycles which occur as a consequence of enhanced nutrient inputs -- 3.4 The importance of the littoral zone in nutrient cycles -- 3.5 Seasonal patterns of nitrogen and phosphorus cycles in lakes -- 3.6 Important features of nutrient transformations in rivers and estuaries -- 4. The biological effects of eutrophication -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Production and species changes of algae and rnacrophytes -- 4.3 Effects of eutrophication upon rnacrophytes and attached algae -- 4.4 Production and species changes in zooplankton -- 4.5 Production and species changes of zoobenthos -- 4.6 Effects of eutrophication on fish and other vertebrates -- 4.7 Aquatic food-web considerations -- 4.8 Wider implications for wildlife and conservation -- 5. The engineering, economic and social effects of eutrophication -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Water supply -- 5.3 Fisheries management -- 5.4 Land drainage and weed control in rivers -- 5.5 Wildlife conservation -- 5.6 Public health hazards and nuisances -- 5.7 Other recreational aspects -- 6. Prediction and modelling of the causes and effects of eutrophication -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Experimental approaches to measures of eutrophication effects -- 6.3 The application of models in eutrophication assessment and prediction -- 6.4 Caution in the use of regression equations -- 6.5 Lake classification based on correlations and large data sets -- 6.6 Other lake classification indices -- 6.7 Dynamic models of lake ecosystems -- 6.8 Prediction without models -- 7. The reduction of causes and the management of effects of eutrophication -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Reduction of nutrient inputs to lakes -- 7.3 Evaluation of nutrient control measures -- 7.4 Control of nutrient concentrations within lakes -- 7.5 Management of lakes without nutrient reduction -- 8. A case study in restoration: shallow eutrophic lakes in the Norfolk Broads -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Historical perspective -- 8.3 Eutrophication of the Broads -- 8.4 Mechanisms of change -- 8.5 Effects of change -- 8.6 Restoration of Broadland -- 8.7 Lake sediment as a source of phosphorus -- 8.8 Changes in the storage of phosphorus in lake sediment following phosphorus control -- 8.9 Biological response to reduced nutrient loading -- 8.10 Nutrient reduction by isolation -- 8.11 Sediment removal and lake isolation -- 8.12 Biomanipulation as a restoration technique -- 8.13 The restoration of Broadland in the context of two stable communities -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3082-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Probiotics : The scientific basis (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401123648
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 398 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 History and development of probiotics -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History -- 1.3 Composition of probiotic preparations -- References -- 2 Bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for studying bacterial interactions -- 2.3 Main types of bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.3 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Metabolic interactions in the gut -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mammalian intestinal metabolism -- 3.3 Gut bacterial metabolism -- 3.4 Conclusions -- References -- 4 Translocation and the indigenous gut flora -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Defence against bacterial translocation -- 4.3 Bacterial translocation in animal models with multiple deficiencies in host defences -- 4.4 Conclusion -- References -- 5 Gut flora and disease resistance -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Colonization resistance -- 5.3 Suppression of the multiplication of pathogens by the intestinal microflora -- 5.4 Mechanisms responsible for suppression of pathogens -- 5.5 Conclusions -- 5.6 The probiotic concept -- References -- 6 Factors affecting the microecology of the gut -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Definitions -- 6.3 Use of one or a limited number of bacterial strains in probiotic preparations -- 6.4 Ecological considerations -- 6.5 Recommendations for future developments -- References -- 7 Probiotics and the immune state -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of orally administered lactic acid bacteria on immunity: non-specific and specific immune response -- 7.3 Effect of oral administration on the secretory immune system -- 7.4 Effect on the protection against enteric infections -- References -- 8 Genetit manipulation of gut microorganisms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Microbes of potential interest -- 8.3 Molecular genetical studies -- 8.4 Stability of genetic determinants -- 8.5 Possible developments -- 8.6 Release of genetically modified microbes -- 8.7 Conclusions -- References -- 9 Selection of strains for probiotic use -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Aim of this chapter -- 9.3 First steps in the choice of microbial strains -- 9.4 Species and viability of probiotic microorganisms -- 9.5 Processing of viable microorganisms to end-products -- 9.6 Resistance to in vivo conditions -- 9.7 Adherence and colonization -- 9.8 Antimicrobial activity -- 9.9 Gene technology -- 9.10 Conclusion -- References -- 10 Probiotics for chickens -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 The normal intestinal flora of poultry -- 10.3 Host—microbial flora interactions -- 10.4 The application of probiosis to poultry -- 10.5 Lactic acid bacteria as probiotics -- 10.6 Competitive exclusion -- 10.7 Immunity -- 10.8 Bacteriophages -- 10.9 Summary -- References -- 11 Probiotics for pigs -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Special features of pigs relevant to the use of probiotics -- 11.3 Current use of probiotics -- 11.4 Efficacy -- 11.5 Functional characteristics of potential probiotic strains -- 11.6 General discussion -- References -- 12 Probiotics for ruminants -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Probiotics for young ruminants -- 12.3 Fungal feed additives for adult ruminants -- 12.4 Bacterial probiotics for adult ruminants -- 12.5 Future developments -- References -- 13 Probiotics for humans -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Colonization of the gastrointestinal tract -- 13.3 Current use of probiotics -- 13.4 Nutritional benefits of probiotics -- 13.5 Therapeutic benefits of probiotics -- 13.6 More recent developments in the area of probiotics and health -- 13.7 Properties required for probiotics to be effective in nutritional and therapeutic settings -- 13.8 Future development of probiotics for human use -- 13.9 Future applications of probiotics -- 13.10 Techniques for probiotic modification -- References -- 14 Problems and prospects -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Factors affecting the probiotic response -- 14.3 Future developments -- 14.4 Summary -- References.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 History and development of probiotics1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History -- 1.3 Composition of probiotic preparations -- References -- 2 Bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for studying bacterial interactions -- 2.3 Main types of bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.3 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Metabolic interactions in the gut -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mammalian intestinal metabolism -- 3.3 Gut bacterial metabolism -- 3.4 Conclusions -- References -- 4 Translocation and the indigenous gut flora -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Defence against bacterial translocation -- 4.3 Bacterial translocation in animal models with multiple deficiencies in host defences -- 4.4 Conclusion -- References -- 5 Gut flora and disease resistance -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Colonization resistance -- 5.3 Suppression of the multiplication of pathogens by the intestinal microflora -- 5.4 Mechanisms responsible for suppression of pathogens -- 5.5 Conclusions -- 5.6 The probiotic concept -- References -- 6 Factors affecting the microecology of the gut -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Definitions -- 6.3 Use of one or a limited number of bacterial strains in probiotic preparations -- 6.4 Ecological considerations -- 6.5 Recommendations for future developments -- References -- 7 Probiotics and the immune state -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of orally administered lactic acid bacteria on immunity: non-specific and specific immune response -- 7.3 Effect of oral administration on the secretory immune system -- 7.4 Effect on the protection against enteric infections -- References -- 8 Genetit manipulation of gut microorganisms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Microbes of potential interest -- 8.3 Molecular genetical studies -- 8.4 Stability of genetic determinants -- 8.5 Possible developments -- 8.6 Release of genetically modified microbes -- 8.7 Conclusions -- References -- 9 Selection of strains for probiotic use -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Aim of this chapter -- 9.3 First steps in the choice of microbial strains -- 9.4 Species and viability of probiotic microorganisms -- 9.5 Processing of viable microorganisms to end-products -- 9.6 Resistance to in vivo conditions -- 9.7 Adherence and colonization -- 9.8 Antimicrobial activity -- 9.9 Gene technology -- 9.10 Conclusion -- References -- 10 Probiotics for chickens -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 The normal intestinal flora of poultry -- 10.3 Host-microbial flora interactions -- 10.4 The application of probiosis to poultry -- 10.5 Lactic acid bacteria as probiotics -- 10.6 Competitive exclusion -- 10.7 Immunity -- 10.8 Bacteriophages -- 10.9 Summary -- References -- 11 Probiotics for pigs -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Special features of pigs relevant to the use of probiotics -- 11.3 Current use of probiotics -- 11.4 Efficacy -- 11.5 Functional characteristics of potential probiotic strains -- 11.6 General discussion -- References -- 12 Probiotics for ruminants -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Probiotics for young ruminants -- 12.3 Fungal feed additives for adult ruminants -- 12.4 Bacterial probiotics for adult ruminants -- 12.5 Future developments -- References -- 13 Probiotics for humans -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Colonization of the gastrointestinal tract -- 13.3 Current use of probiotics -- 13.4 Nutritional benefits of probiotics -- 13.5 Therapeutic benefits of probiotics -- 13.6 More recent developments in the area of probiotics and health -- 13.7 Properties required for probiotics to be effective in nutritional and therapeutic settings -- 13.8 Future development of probiotics for human use -- 13.9 Future applications of probiotics -- 13.10 Techniques for probiotic modification -- References -- 14 Problems and prospects -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Factors affecting the probiotic response -- 14.3 Future developments -- 14.4 Summary -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2364-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Sequential Data in Biological Experiments : An introduction for research workers (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401131209
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xii, 240 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 A simple factorial grazing experiment measured on 27 occasions -- 3 A 3 × 3 factorial with quantitative levels -- 4 Definable within-individual comparisons -- 5 Covariance -- 6 Pre-treatment observations in the design of experiments -- 7 Weighted regression, goodness-of-fit and related topics -- 8 Environmental variables -- 9 Correlation between series of random variables -- 10 Response (reaction) times -- Bibliographical note.
    Abstract: There are many excellent books on general statistical methods in agricul­ tural and biological research. These books cover a broad range of methods without going into detail on specialized topics. A number of topics including regression analysis, design of experiments, biological assay and categorical analysis have received in-depth treatment in specialized texts. Little appears in standard textbooks on experiments in which observations form sequences. The live weights of animals during a long-term experiment provide a familiar example of data forming a sequence, but many others occur: for example, moisture content of segments of soil cores, successive counts of insects in an orchard and hormone levels in blood over a period. Correla­ tions are likely to be found among the observations in all these examples. The book by Goldstein (1979) provided the first systematic coverage of the principles involved in longitudinal studies, but is mainly concerned with observational studies on humans. The main aims of this book are to provide research workers with methods of analysing data from comparative experiments with sequential obser­ vations and to demonstrate special features of the design of such experi­ ments. These aims are achieved by working through sets of data.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 A simple factorial grazing experiment measured on 27 occasions -- 3 A 3 × 3 factorial with quantitative levels -- 4 Definable within-individual comparisons -- 5 Covariance -- 6 Pre-treatment observations in the design of experiments -- 7 Weighted regression, goodness-of-fit and related topics -- 8 Environmental variables -- 9 Correlation between series of random variables -- 10 Response (reaction) times -- Bibliographical note.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3120-9
    URL: Volltext
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Manufacturing Systems Design and Analysis (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401131285
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (viii, 421 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Systems -- 1 Overview of manufacturing systems analysis in the technological age -- 2 Systems concepts -- Two Manufacturing -- 3 A conceptual model of a manufacturing system -- Three Systems Engineering -- 4 The general systems approach to problem-solving -- 5 Computer simulation in manufacturing systems analysis -- Four Manufacturing Systems -- 6 A design and evaluation methodology of manufacturing systems -- Appendices -- A Survey of traditional and current methods used for production planning and control of manufacturing systems -- A.1 Overview of production planning and control -- A.2 Traditional methodologies -- A.3 Integrated production planning and control -- A.4 Conclusion -- B Sample company document defining the system requirements for the control of supplies and services -- B.1 Introduction -- B.2 Objective -- B.3 Requirement of quality system -- C The PCModel instruction set -- C.1 Object movement -- C.2 Routeing control -- C.3 Arithmetic operation -- C.4 Data input/output -- References.
    Abstract: A technological book is written and published for one of two reasons: it either renders some other book in the same field obsolete or breaks new ground in the sense that a gap is filled. The present book aims to do the latter. On my return from industry to an academic career, I started writing this book because I had seen that a gap existed. Although a great deal of information appeared in the published literature about various technical aspects of advanced manufacturing technology (AMT), surprisingly little had been written about the systems con­ text within which the sophisticated hardware and software of AMT are utilized to increase efficiency. Therefore, I have attempted in this book to show how structured approaches in the design and evaluation of modern manufacturing plant may be adopted, with the objective of improving the performance of the factory as a whole. I hope this book will be a contribution to the newly recognized, multidisciplinary engineering function known as manufacturing sys­ tems engineering. The text has been designed specifically to demonstrate the systems aspects of modern manufacturing operations, including: systems con­ cepts of manufacturing operation; manufacturing systems modelling and evalua­ tion; and the structured design of manufacturing systems~ One of the major difficulties associated with writing a text of this nature stems from the diversity of the topics involved. I have attempted to solve this problem by adopting an overall framework into which the relevant topics are fitted.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Systems1 Overview of manufacturing systems analysis in the technological age -- 2 Systems concepts -- Two Manufacturing -- 3 A conceptual model of a manufacturing system -- Three Systems Engineering -- 4 The general systems approach to problem-solving -- 5 Computer simulation in manufacturing systems analysis -- Four Manufacturing Systems -- 6 A design and evaluation methodology of manufacturing systems -- Appendices -- A Survey of traditional and current methods used for production planning and control of manufacturing systems -- A.1 Overview of production planning and control -- A.2 Traditional methodologies -- A.3 Integrated production planning and control -- A.4 Conclusion -- B Sample company document defining the system requirements for the control of supplies and services -- B.1 Introduction -- B.2 Objective -- B.3 Requirement of quality system -- C The PCModel instruction set -- C.1 Object movement -- C.2 Routeing control -- C.3 Arithmetic operation -- C.4 Data input/output -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3128-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Mars : The story of the Red Planet (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401123068
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 224 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Mars in the Solar System -- 1.1 The orbit and movements of Mars -- 1.2 Dimensions and mass -- 1.3 The Martian seasons -- 1.4 The pattern of discovery -- 1.5 Albedo markings -- 2 Spacecraft Exploration Of The Red Planet -- 2.1 Early Mars missions -- 2.2 Mariner 9 -- 2.3 Soviet Mars exploration -- 2.4 The Viking missions -- 2.5 The Soviet Phobos mission -- 3 The Present Face of Mars -- 3.1 The topography of Mars -- 3.2 Physiographic provinces -- 3.3 Thermal inertia mapping -- 3.4 The stratigraphy of Mars -- 3.5 Summary -- 4 The Atmosphere and Weather -- 4.1 The composition of the atmosphere -- 4.2 Atmospheric pressure variations -- 4.3 Isotopic abundances in the atmosphere -- 4.4 Atmospheric circulation pattern -- 4.5 Clouds -- 5 The Interior of Mars -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The figure and gravity of Mars -- 5.3 Internal density profile -- 5.4 Composition of the interior -- 5.5 Differentiation of the Martian crust -- 6 The Ancient Cratered Terrain -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Martian cratering record -- 6.3 Martian impact basins -- 6.4 Morphology of impact craters -- 6.5 Crater ejecta morphology -- 6.6 Channelling on the cratered plateau -- 6.7 Intercrater plains -- 6.8 Volcanoes of the cratered plateau -- 6.9 The geological story as revealed by the upland rocks -- 7 The Central Volcanoes of Mars -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Volcano distribution -- 7.3 Classification of volcano types -- 7.4 Volcano ages -- 7.5 Highland paterae -- 7.6 Shield volcanoes and paterae -- 7.7 Martian shields -- 7.8 Older Tharsis volcanoes -- 7.9 Alba Patera -- 7.10 The shield volcanoes of Elysium -- 7.11 Apollinaris Patera -- 7.12 Central volcanism on Mars -- 8 The Plains of Mars -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Noachian and Early Hesperian plains -- 8.3 Hesperian-age flow plains -- 8.4 The Medusae Fossae plains -- 8.5 Tempe Terra plains province -- 8.6 Volcanic plains of Amazonian age -- 8.7 Plains deposits of Hellas -- 8.8 The northern plains -- 8.9 Plains and major resurfacing events in Martian history -- 9 The Equatorial Canyons -- 9.1 General features of Valles Marineris -- 9.2 Details of canyon physiography -- 9.3 General form of canyon walls -- 9.4 Wall retreat and landslide deposits -- 9.5 Wall retreat - tributary canyon development -- 9.6 Interior deposits -- 9.7 Formation of the canyon system -- 10 Martian Channels and Chaotic Terrain -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Valley networks in the ancient cratered terrain -- 10.3 Outflow channels -- 10.4 Fretted channels -- 10.5 Chaotic terrain -- 11 The Polar Regions, Wind And Volatile Activity -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Nature of the polar caps -- 11.3 Laminated polar deposits -- 11.4 High-latitude plains and dune fields -- 11.5 Wind activity on Mars -- 12 The Geological History of Mars -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The tectonic history of Mars -- 12.3 The evolution of Tharsis -- 12.4 Some final thoughts concerning Tharsis -- 12.5 The crustal dichotomy -- 12.6 The geological development of Mars -- 12.7 Climatic and volatile history -- 13 The Next Steps -- 13.1 Future Mars missions -- 13.2 Climate and the search for life -- 13.3 Epilogue -- Appendices -- A Astronomical Data -- B Phobos and Deimos -- C Model Chronologies for Mars -- D Stratigraphy of Martian Geological Features and Units.
    Abstract: As I write this short preface, the red orb of Mars is high in the eastern sky, and is brighter than it has been for many years. Last night my telescope again revealed the strange polar hood which is a feature of the planet at this time in its cycle. Because of its current prominence in the night sky, it is a very appropriate time to bring together and reappraise what we know of Mars and look forward to the next wave of planetary exploration. The initial notion of writing a book about Mars is an exciting one; the practicalities involved in working through and completing the project are, however, more than a trifle exacting. The first problem I encountered was the sheer vastness of the library of information about Mars which now exists. The second was the natural extension of the first, that is, how best to analyse it and reach widely acceptable interpretations. I have tried to write the story of Mars in a logical and unbiased way, however, we all have our individual prejudices, and I would be less than truthful if I did not admit to personal bias here and there. With this in mind, I apologise to any authors who may feel either misinterpreted or less than adequately acknowledged. The project is now completed and has been superbly prepared by Chapman & Hall.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Mars in the Solar System1.1 The orbit and movements of Mars -- 1.2 Dimensions and mass -- 1.3 The Martian seasons -- 1.4 The pattern of discovery -- 1.5 Albedo markings -- 2 Spacecraft Exploration Of The Red Planet -- 2.1 Early Mars missions -- 2.2 Mariner 9 -- 2.3 Soviet Mars exploration -- 2.4 The Viking missions -- 2.5 The Soviet Phobos mission -- 3 The Present Face of Mars -- 3.1 The topography of Mars -- 3.2 Physiographic provinces -- 3.3 Thermal inertia mapping -- 3.4 The stratigraphy of Mars -- 3.5 Summary -- 4 The Atmosphere and Weather -- 4.1 The composition of the atmosphere -- 4.2 Atmospheric pressure variations -- 4.3 Isotopic abundances in the atmosphere -- 4.4 Atmospheric circulation pattern -- 4.5 Clouds -- 5 The Interior of Mars -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The figure and gravity of Mars -- 5.3 Internal density profile -- 5.4 Composition of the interior -- 5.5 Differentiation of the Martian crust -- 6 The Ancient Cratered Terrain -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Martian cratering record -- 6.3 Martian impact basins -- 6.4 Morphology of impact craters -- 6.5 Crater ejecta morphology -- 6.6 Channelling on the cratered plateau -- 6.7 Intercrater plains -- 6.8 Volcanoes of the cratered plateau -- 6.9 The geological story as revealed by the upland rocks -- 7 The Central Volcanoes of Mars -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Volcano distribution -- 7.3 Classification of volcano types -- 7.4 Volcano ages -- 7.5 Highland paterae -- 7.6 Shield volcanoes and paterae -- 7.7 Martian shields -- 7.8 Older Tharsis volcanoes -- 7.9 Alba Patera -- 7.10 The shield volcanoes of Elysium -- 7.11 Apollinaris Patera -- 7.12 Central volcanism on Mars -- 8 The Plains of Mars -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Noachian and Early Hesperian plains -- 8.3 Hesperian-age flow plains -- 8.4 The Medusae Fossae plains -- 8.5 Tempe Terra plains province -- 8.6 Volcanic plains of Amazonian age -- 8.7 Plains deposits of Hellas -- 8.8 The northern plains -- 8.9 Plains and major resurfacing events in Martian history -- 9 The Equatorial Canyons -- 9.1 General features of Valles Marineris -- 9.2 Details of canyon physiography -- 9.3 General form of canyon walls -- 9.4 Wall retreat and landslide deposits -- 9.5 Wall retreat - tributary canyon development -- 9.6 Interior deposits -- 9.7 Formation of the canyon system -- 10 Martian Channels and Chaotic Terrain -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Valley networks in the ancient cratered terrain -- 10.3 Outflow channels -- 10.4 Fretted channels -- 10.5 Chaotic terrain -- 11 The Polar Regions, Wind And Volatile Activity -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Nature of the polar caps -- 11.3 Laminated polar deposits -- 11.4 High-latitude plains and dune fields -- 11.5 Wind activity on Mars -- 12 The Geological History of Mars -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The tectonic history of Mars -- 12.3 The evolution of Tharsis -- 12.4 Some final thoughts concerning Tharsis -- 12.5 The crustal dichotomy -- 12.6 The geological development of Mars -- 12.7 Climatic and volatile history -- 13 The Next Steps -- 13.1 Future Mars missions -- 13.2 Climate and the search for life -- 13.3 Epilogue -- Appendices -- A Astronomical Data -- B Phobos and Deimos -- C Model Chronologies for Mars -- D Stratigraphy of Martian Geological Features and Units.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2306-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Principles of Free-Electron Lasers (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401123167
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xix, 460 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 The Wiggler Field and Electron Dynamics -- 3 Incoherent Undulator Radiation -- 4 Coherent Emission: Linear Theory -- 5 Coherent Emission: Nonlinear Theory -- 6 Sideband Instabilities -- 7 Coherent harmonic Radiation -- 8 Optical Guiding -- 9 OScillator Configurations -- 10 Electromagnetic-wave Wigglers -- 11 Chaos in Free-electron Lasers -- Author Index.
    Abstract: At the time that we decided to begin work on this book, several other volumes on the free-electron laser had either been published or were in press. The earliest work of which we were aware was published in 1985 by Dr T. C. Marshall of Columbia University [1]. This book dealt with the full range of research on free-electron lasers, including an overview of the extant experiments. However, the field has matured a great deal since that time and, in our judgement, the time was ripe for a more extensive work which includes the most recent advances in the field. The fundamental work in this field has largely been approached from two distinct and, unfortunately, separate viewpoints. On the one hand, free-electron lasers at sub-millimetre and longer wavelengths driven by low-energy and high-current electron beams have been pursued by the plasma physics and microwave tube communities. This work has confined itself largely to the high-gain regimes in which collective effects may play an important role. On the other hand, short-wavelength free-electron lasers in the infrared and optical regimes have been pursued by the accelerator and laser physics community. Due to the high-energy and low-current electron beams appropriate to this spectral range, these experiments have operated largely in the low-gain single-particle regimes. The most recent books published on the free-electron laser by Dr C. A.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 The Wiggler Field and Electron Dynamics -- 3 Incoherent Undulator Radiation -- 4 Coherent Emission: Linear Theory -- 5 Coherent Emission: Nonlinear Theory -- 6 Sideband Instabilities -- 7 Coherent harmonic Radiation -- 8 Optical Guiding -- 9 OScillator Configurations -- 10 Electromagnetic-wave Wigglers -- 11 Chaos in Free-electron Lasers -- Author Index.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2316-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Reliability and Risk Analysis (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401128582
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to Reliability and Risk Analysis -- 1.1 Historical perspective -- 1.2 Objectives of reliability and risk analyses -- 1.3 Subject areas. Modelling -- 1.4 Basic concepts -- 1.5 Planning, execution and use of reliability analysis -- 1.6 Planning, execution and use of risk analysis -- 1.7 Discussion -- 1.8 Problems -- 2 Basic Reliability and Risk Analysis Methods -- 2.1 Use of statistics -- 2.2 Failure mode and effect analysis -- 2.3 Fault tree analysis -- 2.4 Cause consequence analysis/Event tree analysis -- 2.5 Other reliability and risk analysis methods -- 2.6 Problems -- 3 Binary Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 3.1 Structural properties -- 3.2 Computing system reliability -- 3.3 Non-repairable systems -- 3.4 Repairable systems -- 3.5 Reliability importance measures -- 3.6 Dependent components -- 3.7 Problems -- 4 Multistate Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 4.1 Multistate monotone systems -- 4.2 Computing system reliability -- 4.3 A time dependent model -- 4.4 Discussion -- 4.5 Problems -- 5 Optimal Replacement Policies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General minimal repair, age replacement model -- 5.3 Block replacement model -- 5.4 On-condition replacement models -- 5.5 Problems -- 6 Safety Management -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Safety management in a company -- 6.3 Reliability management of a product -- 6.4 Problems -- 7 Some Applications -- 7.1 Risk analysis of an offshore oil and gas producing platform -- 7.2 Availability and life cycle costing in a gas project -- 7.3 Availability and life cycle costing related to a process instrumentation system -- 7.4 Discussion -- 7.5 Problems -- Appendicies -- A Probability Theory -- A.l Probabilities -- A.1.1 Probability concepts -- A.1.2 Rules for combining probabilities -- A.1.3 Conditional probabilities -- A.1.4 Independence -- A.2 Stochastic variables -- A.3 Some proofs -- A.3.1 Proof of formula (A.4) -- A.3.2 Probability calculations in event trees -- A.3.3 Proof of an error bound for the approximations (4.2) and (4.3). -- A.4 Problems -- B Stochastic Failure Models -- B.1 Non-repairable units -- B.1.1 Basic concepts -- B.1.2 Some common lifetime distributions -- B.2 Repairable units -- B.3 Binomial distribution -- B.4 Gamma function -- B.5 Problems -- C Statistical Analysis of Reliability Data -- C.1 Identification of lifetime distribution, Hazard plotting -- C.2 Estimation of parameters in lifetime distributions -- C.3 Statistical analysis of non-homogeneous Poisson processes -- C.4 Data sources -- C.5 Problems -- D Markov Models -- D.1 Introduction -- D.2 One component. No repair -- D.3 One repairable component -- D.4 Two repairable components -- D.5 Birth and death processes -- D.6 General formulation of a Markov process -- D.7 Problems -- E More on Stochastic Processes -- E.1 Renewal processes -- E.2 Renewal reward processes -- E.3 Regenerative processes -- E.4 Counting processes -- E.5 Proofs of some results in Chapters 3 and 5 -- E.5.1 Section 3.4.1 -- E.5.2 Section 3.4.2 -- E.5.3 Section 5.4 -- F An Algorithm for Calculating System Reliability -- G A Minimization Technique.
    Abstract: Analysis of reliability and risk is an important and integral part of planning, construction and operation of all technical systems. To be able to perform such analyses systematically and scientifically, there is usually a need for special methods and models. This book presents the most important of these. Particular emphasis has been placed on the ideas and the motivation for the use of the various methods and models. It has been an objective to compile a book which provides practising engineers and engineering graduates with the concepts and basic techniques for evaluating reliability and risk. It is hoped that the material presented will make them so familiar with the subject that they can carry out various types of analyses themselves and understand and make use of the more detailed applications and additional material which is available in the journals and publications associated with their own discipline. It has also been an objective to put reliability and risk analyses in context - how such analyses should be used in design and operation of components and systems. The material presented is modern and a large part of the book is at research level. The book focuses on analysis of repairable systems, not only non-repairable systems which have traditionally been given most attention in textbooks on reliability theory. Since most real-life systems are repairable, methods for analysing repairable systems are an important area of research. The book presents general methods, with most applications taken from offshore petro­ leum activities.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to Reliability and Risk Analysis1.1 Historical perspective -- 1.2 Objectives of reliability and risk analyses -- 1.3 Subject areas. Modelling -- 1.4 Basic concepts -- 1.5 Planning, execution and use of reliability analysis -- 1.6 Planning, execution and use of risk analysis -- 1.7 Discussion -- 1.8 Problems -- 2 Basic Reliability and Risk Analysis Methods -- 2.1 Use of statistics -- 2.2 Failure mode and effect analysis -- 2.3 Fault tree analysis -- 2.4 Cause consequence analysis/Event tree analysis -- 2.5 Other reliability and risk analysis methods -- 2.6 Problems -- 3 Binary Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 3.1 Structural properties -- 3.2 Computing system reliability -- 3.3 Non-repairable systems -- 3.4 Repairable systems -- 3.5 Reliability importance measures -- 3.6 Dependent components -- 3.7 Problems -- 4 Multistate Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 4.1 Multistate monotone systems -- 4.2 Computing system reliability -- 4.3 A time dependent model -- 4.4 Discussion -- 4.5 Problems -- 5 Optimal Replacement Policies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General minimal repair, age replacement model -- 5.3 Block replacement model -- 5.4 On-condition replacement models -- 5.5 Problems -- 6 Safety Management -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Safety management in a company -- 6.3 Reliability management of a product -- 6.4 Problems -- 7 Some Applications -- 7.1 Risk analysis of an offshore oil and gas producing platform -- 7.2 Availability and life cycle costing in a gas project -- 7.3 Availability and life cycle costing related to a process instrumentation system -- 7.4 Discussion -- 7.5 Problems -- Appendicies -- A Probability Theory -- A.l Probabilities -- A.1.1 Probability concepts -- A.1.2 Rules for combining probabilities -- A.1.3 Conditional probabilities -- A.1.4 Independence -- A.2 Stochastic variables -- A.3 Some proofs -- A.3.1 Proof of formula (A.4) -- A.3.2 Probability calculations in event trees -- A.3.3 Proof of an error bound for the approximations (4.2) and (4.3). -- A.4 Problems -- B Stochastic Failure Models -- B.1 Non-repairable units -- B.1.1 Basic concepts -- B.1.2 Some common lifetime distributions -- B.2 Repairable units -- B.3 Binomial distribution -- B.4 Gamma function -- B.5 Problems -- C Statistical Analysis of Reliability Data -- C.1 Identification of lifetime distribution, Hazard plotting -- C.2 Estimation of parameters in lifetime distributions -- C.3 Statistical analysis of non-homogeneous Poisson processes -- C.4 Data sources -- C.5 Problems -- D Markov Models -- D.1 Introduction -- D.2 One component. No repair -- D.3 One repairable component -- D.4 Two repairable components -- D.5 Birth and death processes -- D.6 General formulation of a Markov process -- D.7 Problems -- E More on Stochastic Processes -- E.1 Renewal processes -- E.2 Renewal reward processes -- E.3 Regenerative processes -- E.4 Counting processes -- E.5 Proofs of some results in Chapters 3 and 5 -- E.5.1 Section 3.4.1 -- E.5.2 Section 3.4.2 -- E.5.3 Section 5.4 -- F An Algorithm for Calculating System Reliability -- G A Minimization Technique.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2858-2
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Evaluation and Assessment for Conservation : Ecological guidelines for determining priorities for nature conservation (1992)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401123020
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 260 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Most politicians have jumped on the conservation bandwagon, and nobody running for public office these days can afford to take an overtly anti­ environment stand. The fascination that children have for nature, the gen­ erous donations people make to conservation organizations, the votes cast for 'Green Parties,' the continuing popularity of zoos and wildlife films, and the strong sales of books about the environment all provide evidence to politicians that the general public supports the idea of conservation. Conservation has become a major issue for governments. No longer is it necessary for conservationists to campaign for getting the cause on the agenda: it is already there, at least as a talking point. The issue now is how to convert this generalized interest into real action. And among the many priorities competing for attention, how is a govern­ ment (or a private organization) to decide wh at to do first? From a very limited budget - for budgets will always be limited - what is the package of activities that is most likely to lead to the results that the public wants? lan Spellerberg attempts to address these questions which are at the he art of modern conservation action. It is relatively easy to prescribe useful activities that will benefit both the environment and the public at large.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-2302-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Hops (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401131063
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (x, 266 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Botany -- 2 The cultivated hop -- 3 Production methods -- 4 Harvesting -- 5 Pests and diseases: historical review -- 6 Pests -- 7 Fungal diseases -- 8 Virus diseases -- 9 Varieties and breeding -- 10 The hop trade -- References.
    Abstract: It is 25 years since Dr Burgess wrote his invaluable book on hops and in the intervening period there have been very many advances in hop research and hop production techniques. When invited to produce a replacement for that book, therefore, the problem was not finding enough new material but deciding on what to include. People interested in reading about the hop are likely to fall into very diverse categories. Hop growers will be looking for practical advice on production methods while research workers with specialist knowledge in one field may want detailed information about research in other disciplines. In addition, there are many people for whom hops are of much more general interest and for them a source of basic information about the crop will be required. The aim has not been to produce a detailed growers' handbook, since techniques vary considerably from district to district and I believe that it is better to obtain advice from neighbouring growers or from specialist advisers than from any book. What I have attempted is to outline the basic principles upon which production methods should be based. At the same time, I have tried to include material that will be of general interest both to those who work with hops and to those to whom they might otherwise remain a complete mystery. In doing this my own personal interests have inevitably played an important part.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Botany2 The cultivated hop -- 3 Production methods -- 4 Harvesting -- 5 Pests and diseases: historical review -- 6 Pests -- 7 Fungal diseases -- 8 Virus diseases -- 9 Varieties and breeding -- 10 The hop trade -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3106-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Manufacturing Technology in the Electronics Industry : An introduction (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401131308
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to the electronics industry -- 1.1 A history of the electronics industry -- 1.2 The electronics market -- 1.3 Electronics manufacturing company structure -- 1.4 Test engineering and quality assurance -- 2 Electronic components -- 2.1 Component interconnection methods -- 2.2 Electronic components -- 2.3 Component packaging -- 2.4 Cabling -- 2.5 Component quality assurance -- 3 Electronic design -- 3.1 Quality and reliability assessment -- 3.2 The product design process -- 3.3 Circuit design -- 3.4 Integrated circuit design -- 3.5 Circuit layout -- 4 Semiconductor device manufacture -- 4.1 Semiconductor materials -- 4.2 Clean room requirements -- 4.3 Silicon wafer manufacture -- 4.4 Photolithography -- 4.5 Layer fabrication processes -- 4.6 Bipolar junction transistor fabrication -- 4.7 Field effect transistor fabrication -- 4.8 Integrated circuit packaging and testing -- 5 Printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.1 Printed circuit board types -- 5.2 Printed circuit board substrate materials -- 5.3 Printed circuit board substrate manufacture -- 5.4 Printed circuit board fabrication procedures -- 5.5 Single-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.6 Double-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.7 Multilayer printed circuit board manufacture -- 6 Printed circuit board assembly -- 6.1 Hand assembly -- 6.2 Automatic component insertion -- 6.3 Assembly-related faults -- 6.4 Soldering techniques -- 6.5 Solder joint inspection and common soldering faults -- 6.6 Cleaning -- 6.7 Testing and reworking -- 7 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.1 Advantages of surface mount components -- 7.2 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.3 Adhesive application -- 7.4 Solder paste application -- 7.5 Component onsertion -- 7.6 Soldering techniques -- 7.7 Mixing surface mount with leaded components -- 7.8 Soldering quality -- 7.9 Testing -- 7.10 Reworking -- 8 Alternative technologies -- 8.1 Hybrid technology -- 8.2 Tape automated bonding -- 8.3 Silicon on silicon wafer-scale integration -- 8.4 Application-specific integrated circuits -- 8.5 Flexible circuits -- References -- Further reading.
    Abstract: The sequence of events which led to the writing of this book started at a seminar on Manufacturing Technology in the Electronics Industry given by the Institution of Production Engineers in 1987. The seminar identified that the field of manufacturing engineering for the electronics industry was effectively missing from the vast majority of production engineering degree courses. The reason for this was that production engineering departments typically spring from mechanical engineering departments. This leads to a mechanical bias in the practical aspects of such courses. The consequence of this was that electronics companies could not recruit graduates with both relevant production engineering and electronic engineering backgrounds. This necessitated either recruiting production engineering graduates and giving them the necessary electronic engineering training, or giving production engineering training to electronic engineering graduates. A consequence of the lack of courses in a subject is that there is also a lack of relevant textbooks in the area, as most textbooks are intended to tie into courses. In the field of manufacturing technology for the electronics industry, existing textbooks tend to be highly specialized and mainly concerned with the fabrication of semiconductor devices.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to the electronics industry1.1 A history of the electronics industry -- 1.2 The electronics market -- 1.3 Electronics manufacturing company structure -- 1.4 Test engineering and quality assurance -- 2 Electronic components -- 2.1 Component interconnection methods -- 2.2 Electronic components -- 2.3 Component packaging -- 2.4 Cabling -- 2.5 Component quality assurance -- 3 Electronic design -- 3.1 Quality and reliability assessment -- 3.2 The product design process -- 3.3 Circuit design -- 3.4 Integrated circuit design -- 3.5 Circuit layout -- 4 Semiconductor device manufacture -- 4.1 Semiconductor materials -- 4.2 Clean room requirements -- 4.3 Silicon wafer manufacture -- 4.4 Photolithography -- 4.5 Layer fabrication processes -- 4.6 Bipolar junction transistor fabrication -- 4.7 Field effect transistor fabrication -- 4.8 Integrated circuit packaging and testing -- 5 Printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.1 Printed circuit board types -- 5.2 Printed circuit board substrate materials -- 5.3 Printed circuit board substrate manufacture -- 5.4 Printed circuit board fabrication procedures -- 5.5 Single-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.6 Double-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.7 Multilayer printed circuit board manufacture -- 6 Printed circuit board assembly -- 6.1 Hand assembly -- 6.2 Automatic component insertion -- 6.3 Assembly-related faults -- 6.4 Soldering techniques -- 6.5 Solder joint inspection and common soldering faults -- 6.6 Cleaning -- 6.7 Testing and reworking -- 7 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.1 Advantages of surface mount components -- 7.2 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.3 Adhesive application -- 7.4 Solder paste application -- 7.5 Component onsertion -- 7.6 Soldering techniques -- 7.7 Mixing surface mount with leaded components -- 7.8 Soldering quality -- 7.9 Testing -- 7.10 Reworking -- 8 Alternative technologies -- 8.1 Hybrid technology -- 8.2 Tape automated bonding -- 8.3 Silicon on silicon wafer-scale integration -- 8.4 Application-specific integrated circuits -- 8.5 Flexible circuits -- References -- Further reading.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3130-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Mineral Deposit Evaluation : A practical approach (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401197144
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Representation of Mine Data -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Mine nomenclature -- 1.3 Subdivision of orebodies -- 1.4 Mine sections -- 1.5 Mine plans -- 1.6 Vertical longitudinal projections -- 1.7 Structure contour plans -- 1.8 Connolly diagrams -- 1.9 Dip contour maps -- 1.10 Structural unrolling — Palinspastic maps -- 1.11 2D and 3D block models -- 1.12 3D orebody projections -- 1.13 Histograms and cumulative frequency plots -- 1.14 Rose diagrams -- 1.15 Stereographic projections -- 1.16 Computer software -- 2 Mine Sampling -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Characterization of mineral deposits for sampling purposes -- 2.3 Grade elevation -- 2.4 Possible locations for underground sampling -- 2.5 Channel sampling -- 2.6 Chip sampling -- 2.7 Grab sampling -- 2.8 Percussion/blast-hole sampling -- 2.9 Diamond drill sampling -- 2.10 Prospect sampling -- 2.11 Continuous sampling for open-pit operations -- 2.12 Sampling of unconsolidated surficial deposits -- 2.13 The application of copper-sensitive paints -- 2.14 Grade analysis by fluorescence and spectrometric techniques -- 2.15 Sampling theory -- 2.16 Bulk sampling of gold ores -- 3 Ore-Reserves by ‘Classical Methods’ -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Classification of reserves and resources -- 3.3 Determination of potentially economic intersections -- 3.4 Mine/deposit reserves -- 3.5 Statistical estimators of grade -- 3.6 Ore-reserves by panel/section methods (underground operations) -- 3.7 Ore reserves by triangulation -- 3.8 Ore reserves by polygons -- 3.9 Ore reserves by block matrices -- 3.10 Contour methods -- 3.11 Inverse distance weighting methods (IDW) -- 3.12 Orebody modelling using IDW methods -- Appendix 3.1 USBM/USGS Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.2 APEO Classification of Reserves -- Appendix 3.3 AIMM/AMIC Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.4 Coal Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.5 Ore reserve calculation — worked example -- Appendix 3.6 Program listing for SGORE -- 4 Geostatistical Ore-Reserve Estimation -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The application of geostatistics -- 4.3 The theory of regionalized variables -- 4.4 Regularization and orebody subdivision -- 4.5 Production of the semi-variogram -- 4.6 Semi-variogram models -- 4.7 Semi-variogram phenomena in the spherical scheme -- 4.8 Model fitting in the spherical scheme -- 4.9 1D regularization (spherical scheme) -- 4.10 Block reserve estimates by kriging -- 4.11 Global reserve evaluation by kriging -- 4.12 Grade—tonnage curve -- 4.13 Kriging variances and ore-reserve classification -- 4.14 Extension variances in the spherical scheme -- 4.15 Volume—variance relationship -- 4.16 Indicator kriging (IK) -- Appendix 4.1 Determination of confidence limits for log-transformed data -- Appendix 4.2 Worked example — de Wijsian scheme -- Appendix 4.3 Mathematical basis of point kriging -- Appendix 4.4 Mathematical basis of block kriging -- Appendix 4.5 Extension variance graphs and tables for the spherical scheme -- 5 Design and Evaluation of Open-Pit Operations -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Design of open-pit operations -- 5.3 Evaluation of open-pit operations -- 5.4 Economic optimization of pit designs -- 6 Financing and Financial Evaluation of Mining Projects -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Financial aspects unique to mining projects -- 6.3 Capitalization of mining projects -- 6.4 Financial model of a mining project -- 6.5 Financial evaluation techniques -- 7 Grade Control -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Open-pit operations -- 7.3 Underground operations -- 8 Ore-Evaluation Case Histories -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Case history — White Pine Copper Mine, Michigan, USA -- 8.3 Case history — Evaluation of the J-M Pt-Pd Reef, Stillwater, Montana -- 8.4 Case history — East Ore Zone, Teck-Corona Gold Mine, Hemlo Canada -- 8.5 Case history — opencast coal mining in South Wales (R. MacCallum — British Coal) -- 8.6 Case history — Boulby Potash Mine, Cleveland, UK -- 8.7 Case history — exploration and evaluation of a glacial sand and gravel deposit (P. Brewer and P. Morse — Tarmac Roadstone, Northwest Limited) -- 8.8 Case history — limestone aggregates — The Tytherington Limestone Quarries, ARC Ltd -- 8.9 Cement — Cement Quality Limestones at Los Cedros, Venezuela (Blue Circle Industries PLC) -- 8.10 Case history — Navan Zn-Pb Mine, Eire (Tara Mines Ltd).
    Abstract: Although aspects of mineral deposit evaluation advantages and disadvantages of each technique are covered in such texts as McKinstry (1948), so that a judgement can be made as to their Peters (1978), Reedman (1979) and Barnes applicability to a particular deposit and the min­ (1980), no widely available in-depth treatment of ing method proposed or used. Too often, a lack the subject has been presented. It is thus the of this expertise results in the ore-reserve calcula­ intention of the present book to produce a text tion being undertaken at head-office or, indeed, by the survey department on the mine, and being which is suitable for both undergraduate and treated as a 'number crunching' or geometric postgraduate students of mining geology and exercise divorced from geology. It is essential mining engineering and which, at the same time, that mine ore-reserves are calculated at the mine is of use to those already following a professional by those geologists who are most closely associ­ career in the mining industry. An attempt has ated with the local geology and who are thus best been made to present the material in such a way able to influence and/or constrain the calculation.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Representation of Mine Data1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Mine nomenclature -- 1.3 Subdivision of orebodies -- 1.4 Mine sections -- 1.5 Mine plans -- 1.6 Vertical longitudinal projections -- 1.7 Structure contour plans -- 1.8 Connolly diagrams -- 1.9 Dip contour maps -- 1.10 Structural unrolling - Palinspastic maps -- 1.11 2D and 3D block models -- 1.12 3D orebody projections -- 1.13 Histograms and cumulative frequency plots -- 1.14 Rose diagrams -- 1.15 Stereographic projections -- 1.16 Computer software -- 2 Mine Sampling -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Characterization of mineral deposits for sampling purposes -- 2.3 Grade elevation -- 2.4 Possible locations for underground sampling -- 2.5 Channel sampling -- 2.6 Chip sampling -- 2.7 Grab sampling -- 2.8 Percussion/blast-hole sampling -- 2.9 Diamond drill sampling -- 2.10 Prospect sampling -- 2.11 Continuous sampling for open-pit operations -- 2.12 Sampling of unconsolidated surficial deposits -- 2.13 The application of copper-sensitive paints -- 2.14 Grade analysis by fluorescence and spectrometric techniques -- 2.15 Sampling theory -- 2.16 Bulk sampling of gold ores -- 3 Ore-Reserves by ‘Classical Methods’ -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Classification of reserves and resources -- 3.3 Determination of potentially economic intersections -- 3.4 Mine/deposit reserves -- 3.5 Statistical estimators of grade -- 3.6 Ore-reserves by panel/section methods (underground operations) -- 3.7 Ore reserves by triangulation -- 3.8 Ore reserves by polygons -- 3.9 Ore reserves by block matrices -- 3.10 Contour methods -- 3.11 Inverse distance weighting methods (IDW) -- 3.12 Orebody modelling using IDW methods -- Appendix 3.1 USBM/USGS Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.2 APEO Classification of Reserves -- Appendix 3.3 AIMM/AMIC Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.4 Coal Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.5 Ore reserve calculation - worked example -- Appendix 3.6 Program listing for SGORE -- 4 Geostatistical Ore-Reserve Estimation -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The application of geostatistics -- 4.3 The theory of regionalized variables -- 4.4 Regularization and orebody subdivision -- 4.5 Production of the semi-variogram -- 4.6 Semi-variogram models -- 4.7 Semi-variogram phenomena in the spherical scheme -- 4.8 Model fitting in the spherical scheme -- 4.9 1D regularization (spherical scheme) -- 4.10 Block reserve estimates by kriging -- 4.11 Global reserve evaluation by kriging -- 4.12 Grade-tonnage curve -- 4.13 Kriging variances and ore-reserve classification -- 4.14 Extension variances in the spherical scheme -- 4.15 Volume-variance relationship -- 4.16 Indicator kriging (IK) -- Appendix 4.1 Determination of confidence limits for log-transformed data -- Appendix 4.2 Worked example - de Wijsian scheme -- Appendix 4.3 Mathematical basis of point kriging -- Appendix 4.4 Mathematical basis of block kriging -- Appendix 4.5 Extension variance graphs and tables for the spherical scheme -- 5 Design and Evaluation of Open-Pit Operations -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Design of open-pit operations -- 5.3 Evaluation of open-pit operations -- 5.4 Economic optimization of pit designs -- 6 Financing and Financial Evaluation of Mining Projects -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Financial aspects unique to mining projects -- 6.3 Capitalization of mining projects -- 6.4 Financial model of a mining project -- 6.5 Financial evaluation techniques -- 7 Grade Control -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Open-pit operations -- 7.3 Underground operations -- 8 Ore-Evaluation Case Histories -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Case history - White Pine Copper Mine, Michigan, USA -- 8.3 Case history - Evaluation of the J-M Pt-Pd Reef, Stillwater, Montana -- 8.4 Case history - East Ore Zone, Teck-Corona Gold Mine, Hemlo Canada -- 8.5 Case history - opencast coal mining in South Wales (R. MacCallum - British Coal) -- 8.6 Case history - Boulby Potash Mine, Cleveland, UK -- 8.7 Case history - exploration and evaluation of a glacial sand and gravel deposit (P. Brewer and P. Morse - Tarmac Roadstone, Northwest Limited) -- 8.8 Case history - limestone aggregates - The Tytherington Limestone Quarries, ARC Ltd -- 8.9 Cement - Cement Quality Limestones at Los Cedros, Venezuela (Blue Circle Industries PLC) -- 8.10 Case history - Navan Zn-Pb Mine, Eire (Tara Mines Ltd).
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-9714-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dynamic Analysis of Switching-Mode DC/DC Converters (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401178495
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Survey of the Existing Analysis Methods -- 1. Introduction to the Injected-Absorbed-Current Method of Analysis -- 2. Elementary Converters Operating at Constant Frequency with Duty Ratio as Controlled Quantity -- 3. General Small-Signal, Low-Frequency Analysis of Switching Regulators -- 4. State-Variables-Averaging Method -- 2. Multiple-Loop Switching Power Cells -- 5. Elementary Switching Power Cells with Inductor Current as Controlled Quantity -- 6. Multiple-Loop Switching Cells Using Inductor Voltage in a Minor Feedback Loop -- 3. Special Configurations -- 7. ?uk and SEPIC Switching Cells -- 8. Analysis of Power Cells with Duty-Ratio Control at Variable Frequency -- 9. Free-Running Hysteretic Regulator -- 4. Applications of Linear Analysis Method -- 10. Interconnection of a Power Source and a Switching Regulator -- 11. Feedforward in Switching Regulators -- 12. Parallel Operation of Switching Regulators -- 5. Selected Analytic Approaches and Applications and Future Advances in Analysis Methods -- 13. Selected Analysis Examples -- 14. High-Frequency Extension of the Linear Cell Model -- Appendixes -- Appendix 1. Additional Information for Chapter 5 -- A1-1 Derivation of Time Delay Between Control and Injected Current for Constant Off Time Current-Mode Control -- A1-2 Control-to-Output Voltage Functions of CurrentMode-Controlled Buck Converter with Three Different Control Methods -- Appendix 2. Graphical-Analytical Representation of Transfer Functions -- A2-1 Introduction -- A2-2 Transfer Functions of Passive Networks -- References -- Appendix 3. Examples and Problems -- A3-1 Introduction -- A3-2 Appendix to Chapter 2—Regulators Employing Elementary Cells, Operating at Constant Switching Frequency, and with Duty Ratio as the Controlled Quantity -- A3-3 Appendix to Chapter 14—Successive Approximations of the Cell Controlled-Quantity-to-Output-Voltage Transfer Function -- Appendix 4. Sources of Technical Information -- A4-1 Conferences -- A4-2 Periodicals -- A4-3 Compendia -- A4-4 Textbooks.
    Abstract: The most critical part of the modern switching-mode power supply is the regulated dc/dc converter. Its dynamic behavior directly determines or influences four of the important characteristics of the power supply: • Stability of the feedback loop • Rejection of input-voltage ripple and the closely-related transient re­ sponse to input-voltage perturbation • Output impedance and the closely-related transient response to load perturbation • Compatibility with the input EMI filter Due to the complexity of the operation of the converter, predicting its dynamic behavior has not been easy. Without accurate prediction, and depending only on building the circuit and tinkering with it until the operation is satisfactory, the engineering cost can easily escalate and schedules can be missed. The situation is not much better when the circuit is built in the computer, using a general-purpose circuit-simulation program such as SPICE. (At the end of this book is a form for obtaining information on a computer program especially well suited for dynamic analysis of switching-mode power converters: DYANA, an acronym for "DYnamic ANAlysis. " DYANA is based on the method given in this book. ) The main goal of this book is to help the power-supply designer in the prediction of the dynamic behavior by providing user-friendly analytical tools, concrete results of already-made analyses, tabulated for easy application by the reader, and examples of how to apply the tools provided in the book.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Survey of the Existing Analysis Methods1. Introduction to the Injected-Absorbed-Current Method of Analysis -- 2. Elementary Converters Operating at Constant Frequency with Duty Ratio as Controlled Quantity -- 3. General Small-Signal, Low-Frequency Analysis of Switching Regulators -- 4. State-Variables-Averaging Method -- 2. Multiple-Loop Switching Power Cells -- 5. Elementary Switching Power Cells with Inductor Current as Controlled Quantity -- 6. Multiple-Loop Switching Cells Using Inductor Voltage in a Minor Feedback Loop -- 3. Special Configurations -- 7. ?uk and SEPIC Switching Cells -- 8. Analysis of Power Cells with Duty-Ratio Control at Variable Frequency -- 9. Free-Running Hysteretic Regulator -- 4. Applications of Linear Analysis Method -- 10. Interconnection of a Power Source and a Switching Regulator -- 11. Feedforward in Switching Regulators -- 12. Parallel Operation of Switching Regulators -- 5. Selected Analytic Approaches and Applications and Future Advances in Analysis Methods -- 13. Selected Analysis Examples -- 14. High-Frequency Extension of the Linear Cell Model -- Appendixes -- Appendix 1. Additional Information for Chapter 5 -- A1-1 Derivation of Time Delay Between Control and Injected Current for Constant Off Time Current-Mode Control -- A1-2 Control-to-Output Voltage Functions of CurrentMode-Controlled Buck Converter with Three Different Control Methods -- Appendix 2. Graphical-Analytical Representation of Transfer Functions -- A2-1 Introduction -- A2-2 Transfer Functions of Passive Networks -- References -- Appendix 3. Examples and Problems -- A3-1 Introduction -- A3-2 Appendix to Chapter 2-Regulators Employing Elementary Cells, Operating at Constant Switching Frequency, and with Duty Ratio as the Controlled Quantity -- A3-3 Appendix to Chapter 14-Successive Approximations of the Cell Controlled-Quantity-to-Output-Voltage Transfer Function -- Appendix 4. Sources of Technical Information -- A4-1 Conferences -- A4-2 Periodicals -- A4-3 Compendia -- A4-4 Textbooks.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7849-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cleaning Printed Wiring Assemblies in Today’s Environment (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401169677
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 225 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Design and Process Considerations -- 1.1 Overview -- 1.2 Assembly Packaging -- 1.3 Component Packaging -- 1.4 The Printed Wiring Assembly -- 1.5 Assembly and Solder Process -- 1.6 Cleaning Operation -- 1.7 Summary -- References -- 2 Flux Considerations with Emphasis on Low Solids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Specifications -- 2.3 Flux Materials -- 2.4 Application Methods -- 2.5 Monitoring Techniques -- 2.6 Process Issues -- 2.7 Nonliquid Fluxes -- 2.8 Importance of Soldering Parameters -- 2.9 Summary and Trends -- References -- 3 Solvent Defluxing of Printed Wiring Board Assemblies and Surface Mount Assemblies: Materials, Processes, and Equipment -- 3.1 The Need for Cleaning -- 3.2 The Cleaning Process -- 3.3 Testing for Cleanliness -- 3.4 Environmental Concerns of Solvents -- 3.5 Conclusion -- References -- 4 Aqueous Defluxing: Materials, Processes, and Equipment -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Design Considerations -- 4.3 Process Considerations -- 4.4 Process Qualification and Control -- 4.5 Environmental Concerns -- References -- 5 Alternative Defluxing: Materials, Processes, and Equipment -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Methods and Equipment -- 5.3 Materials -- References -- 6 Defluxing for High Reliability Applications and General Environmental Issues -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Background -- 6.3 Cleanliness Requirements -- 6.4 Cleaning Materials -- 6.5 Cleaning Equipment -- 6.6 Cleanliness Verification -- 6.7 Environmental Issues -- 6.8 The Future of Cleaning -- 6.9 Conclusions -- References.
    Abstract: The impetus to create this book originated from several concerns. One of these was the perceived value to the industry of a collection in one volume of a wide range of information pertinent to the reasons and techniques for de fluxing printed wiring assemblies (PWAs). This book is expected to be of use not only to those engaged in the electronics packaging industry but also to those in related fields seeking information concerning viable methods of dealing with one of the en­ vironmental issues of our time: the destruction of the ozone layer surrounding and protecting the planet with which we have been entrusted. The volume of information relative to providing PW As free of residues ad­ versely impacting operation, reliability, and life of electronic products is grow­ ing, and it will continue to expand at an accelerated rate as we seek to match our technology needs and desires with our environmental responsibilities. At the time ofthis writing, which has spanned the latter portion of 1989 and early 1990, the issue of choosing a new approach to producing PW As free of detrimental residues while using environmentally acceptable manufacturing techniques ap­ peared to be the major concern of the vast majority of those involved in the printed wiring assembly industry. To many this meant the use of different clean­ ing media and/or process or equipment enhancements; to others it meant the elimination of the need to clean through materials or process changes.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6967-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    MINNIE and HSpice for Analogue Circuit Simulation (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401131223
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xi, 197 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Getting started -- 2 Passive circuits -- 3 Introducing active devices -- 4 File and analysis features -- 5 Output options -- 6 Multivalued resistors -- 7 Circuit waveforms and frequency response: Nyquist plot -- 8 Linear circuits: square waves and step functions -- 9 Non-linear circuits and waveform shaping -- Appendix A Control codes -- Appendix B HSpice Discrete Components library -- Appendix C Answers.
    Abstract: After many years of teaching circuit theory and analogue electronic circuits the author believes that for most students the main path to obtaining a good understanding of the principles involved, as measured by their ability to apply them in a correct and intelligent manner, is through problem solving and design exercises. In an ideal world the student would be able to construct the circuit being analysed or designed, and so directly test the calculated or pre­ dicted results. Indeed, experience leads to the conclusion that typical students like to see their own circuits perform as intended, with a con­ sequent increase in motivation. At present, however, time and facility constraints mean that most of this work is of the pencil and paper variety, students having few opportunities to see the consequences of their efforts in a practical situation. At best they have to accept sample solutions or simply num­ erical answers. This path can seem tedious to all but the most motivated of students, so an alternative which can provide many of the benefits of direct circuit testing within the time and resources available is of im­ mediate interest. This is where the MINNIE and HSpice simulation package can assist the undergraduate teaching activity.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Getting started2 Passive circuits -- 3 Introducing active devices -- 4 File and analysis features -- 5 Output options -- 6 Multivalued resistors -- 7 Circuit waveforms and frequency response: Nyquist plot -- 8 Linear circuits: square waves and step functions -- 9 Non-linear circuits and waveform shaping -- Appendix A Control codes -- Appendix B HSpice Discrete Components library -- Appendix C Answers.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3122-3
    URL: Volltext
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New Separation Chemistry Techniques for Radioactive Waste and Other Specific Applications (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401136549
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Opening Session -- Welcome Address -- Opening Address -- Areas Where Advanced Separation Techniques are Desirable -- Review of New Extractants Potentially Applicable to the Processing of Radioactive Liquid Wastes (Summary) -- The Truex Process: A Vital Tool for Disposal of U.S. Defense Nuclear Waste -- Session I Amines/Amides Based Extractants -- Highly Selective and Micellar Extraction of Uranyl and Alkaline-Earth Cations (Summary) -- Extraction of Metal Ions by Neutral ?-Diphosphoramides -- Treatment of Nuclear Waste Solutions Using A New Class of Extractants: Pentaalkyl Propane Diamides -- Research for Actinides Extractants from Various Wastes -- N,N Dialkylaliphatic Amides as Extractant of Platinum Group Metals -- Session II Bidentate Organophosphorus Extractants -- Application of the Teseo Process for Actinide Removal from Liquid Alpha Wastes Generated During UO2-PuO2 Fuel Fabrication Campaigns -- Separation of AM, EU and CE from Liquid Wastes with CMPO by Extraction Chromatography -- The Extraction of Actinides and Other Constituents from Highly Active Waste (HAW) by Trialkyl Phosphine Oxide (TRPO) -- Actinides Removal by Means of Octyl(Phenyl)-N,N-Diisobutyl Carbamoyl Methyl Phosphine Oxide (CMPO) Sorbed on Silica -- Application of the CMPO Extractant (Supported Liquid Membrane) for the Alpha Decontamination of Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Comparison Between CMPO and DHDECMP for Alpha Decontamination of Radioactive Liquid Waste -- Application of CMPO Containing Gels to Metal Extraction -- Session III The Calixarenes -- Potential Industrial Applications of Calixarenes -- Special Calixarenes, Synthesis and Properties -- Calixspherands as Ligands for the Complexation of Radioactive Rubidium-81 -- Research Activities on Calixarenes (Summary) -- Session IV The Crown-Ethers -- General Properties of Crown-Ethers and Their Potential for Applications in Analytical and Preparative Chemistry -- Possible Applications of Crown-Ethers to Metal Extraction Using Liquid Membrane Technology a Literature Survey -- Application of Crown-Ethers to Caesium and Strontium Removal from Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Session V Other Types of Extractants -- Synthesis of Macrocyclic Ligands and Their Application in the Separation of Rare Earths -- Separation of Actinides with Alkylpyridinium Nitrates -- Phosphonomethyl Substituted Phenols A New Class of Absorbers and Extractants for Metals -- Actinide Separations by High Pressure Cation Exchange — The Neptunium Case -- Separation of Metal Ions by Complexation-Ultrafiltration -- Session VI Inorganic Ion Exchangers/Absorbers -- Preparation and Properties of Hexacyanoferrates for the Removal of Caesium from Radioactive Waste Streams: A Review -- The Combination of Finely Divided Inorganic Ion Exchangers and Ultrafiltration for the Treatment of Low- and Medium-Level Waste -- Use of Hydrated Antimony Pentoxide (HAP) for Fission Product Removal from Irradiated U Solutions: Application to A Homogeneous Reactor Fuel Reprocessing -- Caesium Decontamination from MTR Waste Solution -- Selective ion Exchange for Chromium Recovery from Tannery Wastes -- Novel Organic, Inorganic and Modified Inorganic Materials for Waste Treatment -- The Eix Process for Radioactive Waste Treatment -- Conclusions -- Main Achievements of the Seminar -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    Abstract: The purpose of this technical seminar was to evaluate the present state of the art in matter of advanced separation techniques like solvent extraction, ion-exchange, chemical precipitation, membrane and electrical processes for the treatment of radioactive liquid waste and a selection of some specific industrial non-radioactive effluents. Through this initiative, the organisers aimed at promoting the exchange of information between scientists from various origins (universities, research centres and industries) while contributing to the necessary overcoming of the artificial barriers which too often limit the "technology transfer" between the nuclear and non-nuclear sectors. Vll CONTENTS PREFACE ........................................ V ABBREVIATIONS ...................................... xiv OPENING SESSION WELCOME ADDRESS C. MANCINI (ENEA) .................................... 3 OPENING ADDRESS S. FINZI (CEC) ....................................... 7 AREAS WHERE ADVANCED SEPARATION TECHNIQUES ARE DESIRABLE G. GROSSI (ENEA), L. CECILLE (CEC) ....................... 11 REVIEW OF NEW EXTRACT ANTS POTENTIALLY APPLICABLE TO THE PROCESSING OF RADIOACTIVE LIQUID WASTES (Summary) P.R. DANESI, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 . . . . . . . . . .
    Description / Table of Contents: Opening SessionWelcome Address -- Opening Address -- Areas Where Advanced Separation Techniques are Desirable -- Review of New Extractants Potentially Applicable to the Processing of Radioactive Liquid Wastes (Summary) -- The Truex Process: A Vital Tool for Disposal of U.S. Defense Nuclear Waste -- Session I Amines/Amides Based Extractants -- Highly Selective and Micellar Extraction of Uranyl and Alkaline-Earth Cations (Summary) -- Extraction of Metal Ions by Neutral ?-Diphosphoramides -- Treatment of Nuclear Waste Solutions Using A New Class of Extractants: Pentaalkyl Propane Diamides -- Research for Actinides Extractants from Various Wastes -- N,N Dialkylaliphatic Amides as Extractant of Platinum Group Metals -- Session II Bidentate Organophosphorus Extractants -- Application of the Teseo Process for Actinide Removal from Liquid Alpha Wastes Generated During UO2-PuO2 Fuel Fabrication Campaigns -- Separation of AM, EU and CE from Liquid Wastes with CMPO by Extraction Chromatography -- The Extraction of Actinides and Other Constituents from Highly Active Waste (HAW) by Trialkyl Phosphine Oxide (TRPO) -- Actinides Removal by Means of Octyl(Phenyl)-N,N-Diisobutyl Carbamoyl Methyl Phosphine Oxide (CMPO) Sorbed on Silica -- Application of the CMPO Extractant (Supported Liquid Membrane) for the Alpha Decontamination of Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Comparison Between CMPO and DHDECMP for Alpha Decontamination of Radioactive Liquid Waste -- Application of CMPO Containing Gels to Metal Extraction -- Session III The Calixarenes -- Potential Industrial Applications of Calixarenes -- Special Calixarenes, Synthesis and Properties -- Calixspherands as Ligands for the Complexation of Radioactive Rubidium-81 -- Research Activities on Calixarenes (Summary) -- Session IV The Crown-Ethers -- General Properties of Crown-Ethers and Their Potential for Applications in Analytical and Preparative Chemistry -- Possible Applications of Crown-Ethers to Metal Extraction Using Liquid Membrane Technology a Literature Survey -- Application of Crown-Ethers to Caesium and Strontium Removal from Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Session V Other Types of Extractants -- Synthesis of Macrocyclic Ligands and Their Application in the Separation of Rare Earths -- Separation of Actinides with Alkylpyridinium Nitrates -- Phosphonomethyl Substituted Phenols A New Class of Absorbers and Extractants for Metals -- Actinide Separations by High Pressure Cation Exchange - The Neptunium Case -- Separation of Metal Ions by Complexation-Ultrafiltration -- Session VI Inorganic Ion Exchangers/Absorbers -- Preparation and Properties of Hexacyanoferrates for the Removal of Caesium from Radioactive Waste Streams: A Review -- The Combination of Finely Divided Inorganic Ion Exchangers and Ultrafiltration for the Treatment of Low- and Medium-Level Waste -- Use of Hydrated Antimony Pentoxide (HAP) for Fission Product Removal from Irradiated U Solutions: Application to A Homogeneous Reactor Fuel Reprocessing -- Caesium Decontamination from MTR Waste Solution -- Selective ion Exchange for Chromium Recovery from Tannery Wastes -- Novel Organic, Inorganic and Modified Inorganic Materials for Waste Treatment -- The Eix Process for Radioactive Waste Treatment -- Conclusions -- Main Achievements of the Seminar -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3654-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Citrus Processing : Quality Control and Technology (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401137003
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 473 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Unit 1 Citrus Juice Characteristics -- 2 Brix and Soluble Solids -- 3 Acids in Citrus Juices -- 4 The Brix/Acid Ratio -- 5 Testing of Fruit Samples -- 6 Citrus Oils, Aromas, and Essences -- 7 Citrus Juice Pulp -- 8 Juice Cloud -- 9 Color of Citrus Juices -- 10 Bitterness in Citrus Juices -- 11 Nutritional Content of Citrus Juices -- 12 Citrus Rheology -- 13 Citrus Processing Varieties -- Unit 2 Citrus Juice Sanitation -- 14 Inspections -- 15 Citrus Microbiology -- 16 Insects, Rodents, and Birds -- 17 Physical and Chemical Contamination -- 18 Processing Contamination -- 19 Juice Adulteration -- Unit 3 Citrus Juice By-Products -- 20 Food-Grade Nonjuice Products -- 21 Animal Feed and Fuel By-Products -- 22 Wastes from Citrus Plants -- Unit 4 Citrus Juice Management -- 23 Quality Control Statistics -- 24 Quality Control Management -- 25 Inventory Management -- Appendix A Acid Corrections to the Brix -- Appendix B GWBASIC and RPG Programs -- Appendix C HP-41C Programmable Calculator Programs -- Appendix D Answers to Select Questions and Problems.
    Abstract: Citrus juices constitute the majority of the fruit juices consumed in the United States and around the world. Along with the rest of the fruit juice industry, they playa major role in the entire food industry as well. In spite of this prominence, few texts have been written on quality control technology; and most of the texts have been written by researchers who may possess great technical skill but generally are less familiar with daily routine quality control problems and con­ cerns than quality control technologists are. On the other hand, quality control technologists and managers generally do not have the time and/or the talent to write books or communicate through scientific literature. The author recognized the need for an updated, comprehensive, and easily understood text on citrus quality control. This text has been designed to be used not only by processors, bottlers, canners, and others involved in the citrus in­ dustry, but it can be of value to instructors and students of citrus technology. Researchers also can find value in the foundations laid down by the text, es­ pecially in regard to the needs and concerns of the processing industry. Also, consultants and marketing personnel will be greatly helped by understanding the concepts of this volume. Persons in related industries also will find many applications that can be easily adapted to their needs.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionUnit 1 Citrus Juice Characteristics -- 2 Brix and Soluble Solids -- 3 Acids in Citrus Juices -- 4 The Brix/Acid Ratio -- 5 Testing of Fruit Samples -- 6 Citrus Oils, Aromas, and Essences -- 7 Citrus Juice Pulp -- 8 Juice Cloud -- 9 Color of Citrus Juices -- 10 Bitterness in Citrus Juices -- 11 Nutritional Content of Citrus Juices -- 12 Citrus Rheology -- 13 Citrus Processing Varieties -- Unit 2 Citrus Juice Sanitation -- 14 Inspections -- 15 Citrus Microbiology -- 16 Insects, Rodents, and Birds -- 17 Physical and Chemical Contamination -- 18 Processing Contamination -- 19 Juice Adulteration -- Unit 3 Citrus Juice By-Products -- 20 Food-Grade Nonjuice Products -- 21 Animal Feed and Fuel By-Products -- 22 Wastes from Citrus Plants -- Unit 4 Citrus Juice Management -- 23 Quality Control Statistics -- 24 Quality Control Management -- 25 Inventory Management -- Appendix A Acid Corrections to the Brix -- Appendix B GWBASIC and RPG Programs -- Appendix C HP-41C Programmable Calculator Programs -- Appendix D Answers to Select Questions and Problems.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3700-3
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Reliability Data Banks (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401138581
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Reliability -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is Reliability? Why Want Reliability? Principles of Achieving Reliability -- 1.3 Quantifying Reliability -- 1.4 The Methods of Systems Reliability Synthesis -- 1.5 Need for Reliability Data -- 2 Principles of Reliability Data Bases -- 2.1 Purposes -- 2.2 Construction -- 2.3 Data Acquisition -- 2.4 Physical Implementation -- 2.5 Development and Operation -- 3 Analysis Methodologies -- 3.1 Restrictions Owing to Data Base Assumptions -- 3.2 Constant Fault-Rate or Failure-Rate Methods -- 3.3 Non-Constant Fault-Rate Methods; The Weibull Distribution -- 3.4 More General Data Structures -- 4 Some Achievements Due to the Development of Data Banks -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The Nuclear Industry -- 4.3 Aircraft Industry -- 4.4 Electronics Industry -- 4.5 Chemical Industry -- 4.6 Data -- 4.7 Computational Considerations -- 4.8 Data Needs or Requirements -- 4.9 Other Factors Worthy of Consideration -- 4.10 Staffing -- 5 Facts: Most Comprehensive Information System For Industrial Safety -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The TNO Organization -- 5.3 Looking Back on the Start of FACTS -- 5.4 Information Handling -- 5.5 Cause Classification -- 5.6 Data Base Structure -- 5.7 Storage of Original Documents -- 5.8 Applications and the Use of FACTS -- 5.9 New Advances in FACTS -- 5.10 Latest Developments -- 5.11 PC-FACTS -- 6 Reliability Data Collection In Process Plants -- 6.1 General Remarks -- 6.2 Data Collection -- 6.3 Data Treatment and Examples -- 6.4 Uncertainty, Applicability and Caution -- 7 The Centralized Reliability Data Organization (Credo); an Advanced Nuclear Reactor Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Data Bank and Data Analysis Center -- 7.1 The Basis for CREDO -- 7.2 CREDO—An Historical Perspective -- 7.3 Data Initially Identified for Inclusion -- 7.4 CREDO Component Description and Classification -- 7.5 Design of Data Input -- 7.6 CREDO’S Data Base Management System -- 7.7 Statistical Data Analysis and Processing -- 7.8 CREDO Development Experience -- 7.9 Achievements and Future Directions of CREDO -- 8 The Fabrication Reliability Data Analysis System Dante-QC1 -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Concept of the DANTE Code System -- 8.3 Data Base Configuration -- 8.4 Processing Function -- 8.5 Application of DANTE for PIE Data Analysis -- 8.6 Future Directions -- 9 Reliability Data Banks at Electricite De France (EDF) -- 9.1 The Origins -- 9.2 History and Objectives of the EDF Data Banks -- 9.3 SRDF -- 9.4 Conclusion -- 10 IAEA’s Experience In Compiling A Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 IAEA’s Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.3 Problem Areas Connected with Generic Data Bases -- 10.4 Conclusion -- Appendix: Data Sources Included in the Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 11 The European Reliability Data System—Erds: Status And Future Developments -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 General Description of ERDS -- 11.3 The Component Event Data Bank (CEDB) -- 12 Development of A Large Data Bank -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The Data Bank System -- 12.3 Student Collection Scheme -- 12.4 The Item Inventory -- 12.5 Coded Storage -- 12.6 Output Data -- 12.7 Generic Reliability Data Output Enquiry and Reply Service -- 12.8 Reliability Improvements -- 13 Reliability Data Banks—Friend, Foe or A Waste of Time? -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The Personalities -- 13.3 The DataBase Design -- 13.4 The Component Inventory Data -- 13.5 The Component History Data -- 13.6 Dependent Failures -- 13.7 Data Analysis -- 13.8 Pooled Reliability Data -- 13.9 The Successes -- 13.10 Conclusions -- 14 Developments -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Changes in Data Handling -- 14.3 Data Base Software -- 14.4 Methodology and Technology Led Changes -- 14.5 New Data Bases -- 14.6 R & M 2000 -- 14.7 Changes in Attitude -- 15 Overview; Into the Future -- 15.1 Forty Years of Always Being Wrong and Always Being Right -- 15.2 The Next Forty Years -- 15.3 Using External Data Sources and Making Up Data -- 15.4 Justifying a Reliability Data Base.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Reliability1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is Reliability? Why Want Reliability? Principles of Achieving Reliability -- 1.3 Quantifying Reliability -- 1.4 The Methods of Systems Reliability Synthesis -- 1.5 Need for Reliability Data -- 2 Principles of Reliability Data Bases -- 2.1 Purposes -- 2.2 Construction -- 2.3 Data Acquisition -- 2.4 Physical Implementation -- 2.5 Development and Operation -- 3 Analysis Methodologies -- 3.1 Restrictions Owing to Data Base Assumptions -- 3.2 Constant Fault-Rate or Failure-Rate Methods -- 3.3 Non-Constant Fault-Rate Methods; The Weibull Distribution -- 3.4 More General Data Structures -- 4 Some Achievements Due to the Development of Data Banks -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The Nuclear Industry -- 4.3 Aircraft Industry -- 4.4 Electronics Industry -- 4.5 Chemical Industry -- 4.6 Data -- 4.7 Computational Considerations -- 4.8 Data Needs or Requirements -- 4.9 Other Factors Worthy of Consideration -- 4.10 Staffing -- 5 Facts: Most Comprehensive Information System For Industrial Safety -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The TNO Organization -- 5.3 Looking Back on the Start of FACTS -- 5.4 Information Handling -- 5.5 Cause Classification -- 5.6 Data Base Structure -- 5.7 Storage of Original Documents -- 5.8 Applications and the Use of FACTS -- 5.9 New Advances in FACTS -- 5.10 Latest Developments -- 5.11 PC-FACTS -- 6 Reliability Data Collection In Process Plants -- 6.1 General Remarks -- 6.2 Data Collection -- 6.3 Data Treatment and Examples -- 6.4 Uncertainty, Applicability and Caution -- 7 The Centralized Reliability Data Organization (Credo); an Advanced Nuclear Reactor Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Data Bank and Data Analysis Center -- 7.1 The Basis for CREDO -- 7.2 CREDO-An Historical Perspective -- 7.3 Data Initially Identified for Inclusion -- 7.4 CREDO Component Description and Classification -- 7.5 Design of Data Input -- 7.6 CREDO’S Data Base Management System -- 7.7 Statistical Data Analysis and Processing -- 7.8 CREDO Development Experience -- 7.9 Achievements and Future Directions of CREDO -- 8 The Fabrication Reliability Data Analysis System Dante-QC1 -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Concept of the DANTE Code System -- 8.3 Data Base Configuration -- 8.4 Processing Function -- 8.5 Application of DANTE for PIE Data Analysis -- 8.6 Future Directions -- 9 Reliability Data Banks at Electricite De France (EDF) -- 9.1 The Origins -- 9.2 History and Objectives of the EDF Data Banks -- 9.3 SRDF -- 9.4 Conclusion -- 10 IAEA’s Experience In Compiling A Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 IAEA’s Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.3 Problem Areas Connected with Generic Data Bases -- 10.4 Conclusion -- Appendix: Data Sources Included in the Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 11 The European Reliability Data System-Erds: Status And Future Developments -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 General Description of ERDS -- 11.3 The Component Event Data Bank (CEDB) -- 12 Development of A Large Data Bank -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The Data Bank System -- 12.3 Student Collection Scheme -- 12.4 The Item Inventory -- 12.5 Coded Storage -- 12.6 Output Data -- 12.7 Generic Reliability Data Output Enquiry and Reply Service -- 12.8 Reliability Improvements -- 13 Reliability Data Banks-Friend, Foe or A Waste of Time? -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The Personalities -- 13.3 The DataBase Design -- 13.4 The Component Inventory Data -- 13.5 The Component History Data -- 13.6 Dependent Failures -- 13.7 Data Analysis -- 13.8 Pooled Reliability Data -- 13.9 The Successes -- 13.10 Conclusions -- 14 Developments -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Changes in Data Handling -- 14.3 Data Base Software -- 14.4 Methodology and Technology Led Changes -- 14.5 New Data Bases -- 14.6 R & M 2000 -- 14.7 Changes in Attitude -- 15 Overview; Into the Future -- 15.1 Forty Years of Always Being Wrong and Always Being Right -- 15.2 The Next Forty Years -- 15.3 Using External Data Sources and Making Up Data -- 15.4 Justifying a Reliability Data Base.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3858-1
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Plastic Materials : Properties and Applications (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401176149
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- Further reading -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- Further reading -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene—poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.3 Polycarbonates -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure—property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    Abstract: Plastics are part of everyday life and contribute immensely to the benefit of humanity. When failures occur, they are due in part either to inferior properties (resulting from poor design or badly controlled processing), or to an incomplete understanding of the properties and applications of plastics materials. Since publication of the first edition, the plastics industry has increas­ ingly adopted advanced business procedures and automation (such as closed loop control and robotics), to combat the effects of recession, and has moved increasingly towards methods based on sound scientific and technological principles. Plastics have increasingly been used in appli­ cations once dominated by the use of metals and ceramics. For instance, in the automotive industry, the modern car now contains a much higher proportion of polymers, including commodity plastics and more spec­ ialized materials. In addition, compact discs are being made from new injection-moulding grades of polycarbonate, which meet the requirements of a demanding process. This second edition has been thoroughly revised and extended to include new materials, technologies and design concepts. Chapters on thermoplastics reflect the development of polymer blends and alloys, whilst the chapters devoted to thermosets have been reorganized to accommodate the renaissance in the applications of phenolics and to cover the growing importance of polyurethanes. The related two­ component process technologies are now included; having undergone major developments in the last decade, they have become important shaping processes.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- Further reading -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- Further reading -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene-poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.3 Polycarbonates -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure-property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7614-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Biology of Blood-Sucking Insects (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401179539
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 1.1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 2 The evolution of the blood-sucking habit -- 2.1 Prolonged close association with vertebrates -- 2.2 Morphological pre-adaptation for piercing -- 3 Feeding preferences of blood-sucking insects -- 3.1 Host choice -- 3.2 Host choice and species complexes -- 4 Location of the host -- 4.1 The behavioural framework of host location -- 4.2 Appetitive searching -- 4.3 Activation and orientation -- 4.4 Attraction -- 4.5 Movement between hosts -- 5 Ingestion of the blood meal -- 5.1 Vertebrate haemostasis -- 5.2 Insect anti-haemostatic factors -- 5.3 Probing stimulants -- 5.4 Phagostimulants -- 5.5 Mouthparts -- 5.6 Blood intake -- 6 Managing the blood meal -- 6.1 Midgut anatomy -- 6.2 The blood meal -- 6.3 Gonotrophic concordance -- 6.4 Nutrition -- 6.5 Host hormones in the blood meal -- 6.6 Partitioning of resources from the blood meal -- 6.7 Autogeny -- 7 Host—insect interactions -- 7.1 Insect distribution on the surface of the host -- 7.2 Morphological specializations for life on the host -- 7.3 Host immune responses to insect salivary secretions -- 7.4 Behavioural defences of the host -- 7.5 Density-dependent effects on feeding success -- 8 Transmission of parasites by blood-sucking insects -- 8.1 Transmission routes -- 8.2 Specificity in vector—parasite relationships -- 8.3 Origin of vector—parasite relationships -- 8.4 Parasite strategies for contacting a vector -- 8.5 Parasite strategies for contacting a host -- 8.6 Vector pathology caused by parasites -- 8.7 Insect defence mechanisms -- 9 The blood-sucking insect groups -- 9.1 Insect classification -- 9.2 Phthiraptera -- 9.3 Hemiptera -- 9.4 Siphonaptera -- 9.5 Diptera -- 9.6 Other groups -- References.
    Abstract: Blood-sucking insects are the vectors of many of the most debilitating parasites of man and his domesticated animals. In addition they are of considerable direct cost to the agricultural industry through losses in milk and meat yields, and through damage to hides and wool, etc. So, not surprisingly, many books of medical and veterinary entomology have been written. Most of these texts are organized taxonomically giving the details of the life-cycles, bionomics, relationship to disease and economic importance of each of the insect groups in turn. I have taken a different approach. This book is topic led and aims to discuss the biological themes which are common in the lives of blood-sucking insects. To do this I have concentrated on those aspects of the biology of these fascinating insects which have been clearly modified in some way to suit the blood-sucking habit. For example, I have discussed feeding and digestion in some detail because feeding on blood presents insects with special problems, but I have not discussed respiration because it is not affected in any particular way by haematophagy. Naturally there is a subjective element in the choice of topics for discussion and the weight given to each. I hope that I have not let my enthusiasm for particular subjects get the better of me on too many occasions and that the subject material achieves an overall balance.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The importance of blood-sucking insects1.1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 2 The evolution of the blood-sucking habit -- 2.1 Prolonged close association with vertebrates -- 2.2 Morphological pre-adaptation for piercing -- 3 Feeding preferences of blood-sucking insects -- 3.1 Host choice -- 3.2 Host choice and species complexes -- 4 Location of the host -- 4.1 The behavioural framework of host location -- 4.2 Appetitive searching -- 4.3 Activation and orientation -- 4.4 Attraction -- 4.5 Movement between hosts -- 5 Ingestion of the blood meal -- 5.1 Vertebrate haemostasis -- 5.2 Insect anti-haemostatic factors -- 5.3 Probing stimulants -- 5.4 Phagostimulants -- 5.5 Mouthparts -- 5.6 Blood intake -- 6 Managing the blood meal -- 6.1 Midgut anatomy -- 6.2 The blood meal -- 6.3 Gonotrophic concordance -- 6.4 Nutrition -- 6.5 Host hormones in the blood meal -- 6.6 Partitioning of resources from the blood meal -- 6.7 Autogeny -- 7 Host-insect interactions -- 7.1 Insect distribution on the surface of the host -- 7.2 Morphological specializations for life on the host -- 7.3 Host immune responses to insect salivary secretions -- 7.4 Behavioural defences of the host -- 7.5 Density-dependent effects on feeding success -- 8 Transmission of parasites by blood-sucking insects -- 8.1 Transmission routes -- 8.2 Specificity in vector-parasite relationships -- 8.3 Origin of vector-parasite relationships -- 8.4 Parasite strategies for contacting a vector -- 8.5 Parasite strategies for contacting a host -- 8.6 Vector pathology caused by parasites -- 8.7 Insect defence mechanisms -- 9 The blood-sucking insect groups -- 9.1 Insect classification -- 9.2 Phthiraptera -- 9.3 Hemiptera -- 9.4 Siphonaptera -- 9.5 Diptera -- 9.6 Other groups -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7953-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Economics of Food Safety (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401170765
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Modeling Consumer Demand for Food Safety and Nutrition -- 1. Consumer Demand for Food and Food Safety: Models and Applications -- 2. Modeling the Effect of Risk on Food Demand and the Implications for Regulation -- 3. A Model of the Demand and Supply of the Health Effects of Food Substances -- II. Application of Risk Assessment Methodology to Food Safety -- 4. Modeling Chronic Versus Acute Human Health Risk from Contaminants in Food -- 5. Conservatism in Risk Assessment and Food Safety Policy -- 6. Risk Assessment for Estimating the Economic Costs of Foodborne Disease Caused by Microorganisms -- 7. An Economic Framework for Assessing Foodbome Disease Control Strategies with an Application to Salmonella Control in Poultry -- III. Measurement of Consumer Response to Safety and Health Information -- 8. The Impact of Health Risk Information on Food Demand: A Case Study of Alar and Apples -- 9. Consumers’ Perceptions of Risks from Pesticide Residues and Demand for Certification of Residue-Free Produce -- 10. Consumer Reaction to the Introduction of Bovine Somatotropin -- 11. Information, Advertising, and Health Choices: A Study of the Cereal Market -- 12. Assessing the Effects of Diet/Health Awareness on the Consumption and Composition of Fat Intake -- IV. Analysis of the Supply of Food Safety -- 13. Firm Strategic Response to Food Safety and Nutrition Regulation -- 14. A Model of Firm Costs of Compliance with Food Labeling Regulations -- 15. An Economic Model of FDA’s Imported Foods Enforcement Program.
    Abstract: Public concern about the safety and healthfulness of the food supply grew markedly during the 1980s. Numerous government, academic, interest group, and media reports questioning the adequacy of the food safety regulatory system formed the basis for this increase in concern. While public concern focused most directly on pesticide residues in food, scientists emphasized the risks of illness associated with microbiological contamination of food. Much additional attention was focused on the food supply as a result of the striking consensus on dietary recommendations that emerged in the late 1980s based on increased scientific knowledge of linkages between diet and health. Relatively little research on the economic aspects of food safety and nutrition issues had been conducted up to the mid-1980s. These aspects are complex. On the consumer demand side, they include consumers' perceptions of the risks associated with particular food products, how demographic characteristics influence consumers' processing of risk information and subsequent changes in food demand behavior, and the monetary value consumers might place on changes in the risk profiles of products. The economic benefits and costs associated with current food consumption patterns are a major determinant of demand for improved food safety and dietary change through government regulation. While a more complete picture of risks, benefits, and costs has been emerging recently, much is yet unknown.
    Description / Table of Contents: I. Modeling Consumer Demand for Food Safety and Nutrition1. Consumer Demand for Food and Food Safety: Models and Applications -- 2. Modeling the Effect of Risk on Food Demand and the Implications for Regulation -- 3. A Model of the Demand and Supply of the Health Effects of Food Substances -- II. Application of Risk Assessment Methodology to Food Safety -- 4. Modeling Chronic Versus Acute Human Health Risk from Contaminants in Food -- 5. Conservatism in Risk Assessment and Food Safety Policy -- 6. Risk Assessment for Estimating the Economic Costs of Foodborne Disease Caused by Microorganisms -- 7. An Economic Framework for Assessing Foodbome Disease Control Strategies with an Application to Salmonella Control in Poultry -- III. Measurement of Consumer Response to Safety and Health Information -- 8. The Impact of Health Risk Information on Food Demand: A Case Study of Alar and Apples -- 9. Consumers’ Perceptions of Risks from Pesticide Residues and Demand for Certification of Residue-Free Produce -- 10. Consumer Reaction to the Introduction of Bovine Somatotropin -- 11. Information, Advertising, and Health Choices: A Study of the Cereal Market -- 12. Assessing the Effects of Diet/Health Awareness on the Consumption and Composition of Fat Intake -- IV. Analysis of the Supply of Food Safety -- 13. Firm Strategic Response to Food Safety and Nutrition Regulation -- 14. A Model of Firm Costs of Compliance with Food Labeling Regulations -- 15. An Economic Model of FDA’s Imported Foods Enforcement Program.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7076-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Maintenance Planning : Methods and Mathematics (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401131384
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 224 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Maintenance policies -- 2 Organization of maintenance operations -- 3 Behaviour of physical equipment in service -- 4 Management of maintenance operations -- 5 Mathematics for maintenance: basic concepts and tools -- 6 Applications: case studies -- Exercises -- Annexe -- Maintenance software suppliers.
    Abstract: As the developments in engineering production techniques have resulted in an increasing dependence on automation, the increasing complexity of these systems has made the reliability of the machines a matter of great importance. An unexpected breakdown can be a very expensive experience for the company. Further, in the aerospace industry, problems of reliability, maintainability and availability are critical. For a long time industrial research and training centres have been interested primarily in the problems of design, manufacture and production; recently, however, there has been a growing interest in the study of maintenance and reliability. The concept of maintainability, for example, first appeared in 1954 in the US army. Since then a variety of techniques and methodologies have been developed and implemented to meet the challenge of the new needs. The aim of this book is to present these methods and investigate their effectiveness, and in so doing to help practising engineers gain a better understanding of the problems. The many examples and applications given here should make it a valuable teaching aid to students taking courses in engineering maintenance. This second edition has been revised and enlarged to take account of the most recent developments and illustrate their application to the solution of problems. It should also help to orient the reader to the modern concept of computer-aided maintenance. Introduction A maintenance service exists to keep equipment in running order and also to reduce the number of breakdowns.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Maintenance policies2 Organization of maintenance operations -- 3 Behaviour of physical equipment in service -- 4 Management of maintenance operations -- 5 Mathematics for maintenance: basic concepts and tools -- 6 Applications: case studies -- Exercises -- Annexe -- Maintenance software suppliers.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3138-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Acari : Reproduction, development and life-history strategies (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401131025
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xxiii, 554 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Life-history Strategies -- 1 The life strategies of mites -- 2 Life-history evolution of spider mites -- 3 Life-cycle strategies in unpredictably varying environments: genetic adaptations in a colonizing mite -- 4 The evolutionary transformation of osmotic regulation in the life cycle of freshwater mites (Hydrachnidia) -- 5 Development and life-history strategies in mussel mites (Hydrachnellae: Unionicolidae) -- Two Reproduction -- 6 Spermatology in the Acari: systematic and functional implications -- 7 The distribution, mechanisms and evolutionary significance of parthenogenesis in oribatid mites -- 8 Indirect sperm transfer in prostigmatic mites from a phylogenetic viewpoint -- 9 Spermatophore deposition in relation to atmospheric humidity among terrestrial Parasitengonae (Prostigmata) -- 10 The role of Adlerocystis sp. in the reproduction of argasid ticks -- 11 A scanning electron-microscopy study of spermatogenesis in Pergamasus barbarus Berl. (Gamasida -- 12 Precise sex-ratio control in the pseudo-arrhenotokous phytoseiid mite, Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt -- 13 Sex ratio, fitness and capacity for population increase in Pyemotes tritici (L.-F. and M.) (Pyemotidae) -- 14 Preliminary observations of ovoviviparity in the gallforming mite, Aceria caulobius (Nal.) (Eriophyidea: Eriophyidae) -- 15 Laboratory observations on duration of copulation and egg production of three phytoseiid species fed on pollen -- 16 Precopulatory mate guarding in the spider mite, Tetranychus cinnabarinus (Boisd.) (Tetranychidae) -- Three Diapause, Development and Trophic Relations -- 17 Physiological aspects of diapause in plant-inhabiting mites -- 18 Repeated induction and termination of diapause in the predacious mite, Amblyseius potentillae (Garman) (Phytoseiidae) -- 19 Inheritance of photoperiodic responses controlling diapause in the two-spotted spider mite, Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 20 Some observations on diapause in winter eggs of Panonychus ulmi (Koch) (Tetranychidae) -- 21 Reproduction, embryonic and postembryonic development of Trichouropoda obscurasimilis Hirschmann and Zirngiebl-Nicol 1961 (Anactinotrichida: Uropodina) -- 22 Resource allocation and utilization contrasts in Hypoaspis aculeifer (Can.) and Alliphis halleri (G. and R. Can.) (Mesostigmata) with emphasis on food source -- 23 The influence of different host plants on the reproductive potential of Tyrophagus putrescentiae (Schrank) and Tyrophagus neiswanderi Johnston and Bruce (Acaridae) -- 24 The relationship between house-dust mites and fungi -- 25 How plants maintain body-guards: plant exudate as a food source for phytoseiid mites -- Four Systematic, Morphology, Physiology and Behaviour -- 26 Distribution of characters and phylogenetic age — systematic problems in the higher taxa of the Oribatida -- 27 A new approach to the systematics of the genus Steganacarus (Oribatida) -- 28 The morphology of the immature stages of Phthiracaroidea (Oribatida) -- 29 A new interpretation of the epimeral theory of Grandjean -- 30 A comparison of the sclerotized parts of the reproductive organs of house-dust mites of the genus Dermatophagoides using scanning electron microscopy -- 31 Reproductive systems in Acaridida — some peculiar features -- 32 A respiratory apparatus in eggs of certain mites -- 33 Fine structure and functions of the mouthparts involved in the feeding mechanisms in Cenopalpus pulcher (Canestrini and Fanzago) (Tetranychoidea: Tenuipalpidae) -- 34 The alveolar salivary glands of the active phases of trombiculid mites (Trombiculidae) -- 35 Pigmentation in water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 36 Biomass studies of water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 37 The saltatory capacity of an oribatid mite -- 38 Thanatosis or feigning death in mites of the family Scutacaridae -- Five Field Studies and Applied Aspects -- 39 The effects of spider-mite feeding on plant performance in relation to biological control -- 40 Dispersion indices and constant precision sampling programmes for Panonychus ulmi (Koch) and Amblyseius andersoni (Chant) in Spanish apple orchards -- 41 Herbicides and the reproduction of Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 42 Phytoseiid mites associated with vines in Sicilian vineyards -- 43 Studies on mites associated with lucerne in Greece -- 44 Vertical distribution and life stages of oribatid communities on beech trees -- 45 Histiostoma murchiei Hughes and Jackson (Anoetidae) as a parasite in the cocoons of some Danish earthworms -- 46 Rearing deutonymphs of Iphidosoma fimetarium (J. Müller), a mesostigmatic mite associated with carabid beetles -- 47 Mites of the House mouse, Mus musculus L., in the north-eastern part of the Iberian Peninsula in Spain -- 48 Records of Ixodoidea from the Trentino-Alto Adige region in northern Italy -- 49 Seasonal and spatial variation in food intake by the oribatid mites of beech woodland soil -- 50 The effects of ploughing and rotary cultivation on soil mites with particular reference to the Mesostigmata -- 51 The influence of soil cultivation methods on the edaphic fauna, and especially the Gamasina (Mesostigmata), in two southern German vineyards with different cultural treatments -- 52 The density of Tarsonemida in cropped arable soil in relation to fertilizer and crop-protection treatments -- 53 Soil mites and acidification: a comparative study of four forest stands near Heidelberg -- 54 Reactions of mite populations to the influence of environmental chemicals in a beech-wood floor -- 55 Population studies on the house-dust mite. Euroglyphus maynei (Cooreman 1950) (Pyroglyphidae) -- 56 Management of mite development in the home -- 57 An indirect effect of cleaning on house-dust mites. (Dermatophagoides spp.) in carpets -- 58 Astigmatic and prostigmatic mites of grain stores, mills and sawmills in Finland -- Index to plant genera and species -- Index to animal genera and species -- Author index.
    Abstract: During the Inaugural Meeting of the European Association of Acarol­ ogists (EURAAC), held in Amsterdam in 1987, it was decided that the holding of a Symposium at regular intervals should be a major objective. With this in view, it was agreed that Professor Reinhart Schuster, the senior editor, be invited to accept the Presidency of the Association and, arising from that Office, to organize the first Symposium in Austria in 1988. There was strong support for a main theme focused on a particular aspect of acarology. From these discussions there emerged the proposal that emphasis be placed on aspects of reproduction, development and life-history strategies of the Acari. These were topics in the forefront of the discipline with exciting developments of interest not only to acarologists but to a wider audience because of the light they cast on fundamental processes in physiology, ecology and evolutionary biology. The object then was to invite a small number of key workers to present extended papers related to the main theme. There were seven of these all of which appear in the book. The remaining 51 contributions were offered papers a number of which fit within the framework of the Symposium theme.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Life-history Strategies1 The life strategies of mites -- 2 Life-history evolution of spider mites -- 3 Life-cycle strategies in unpredictably varying environments: genetic adaptations in a colonizing mite -- 4 The evolutionary transformation of osmotic regulation in the life cycle of freshwater mites (Hydrachnidia) -- 5 Development and life-history strategies in mussel mites (Hydrachnellae: Unionicolidae) -- Two Reproduction -- 6 Spermatology in the Acari: systematic and functional implications -- 7 The distribution, mechanisms and evolutionary significance of parthenogenesis in oribatid mites -- 8 Indirect sperm transfer in prostigmatic mites from a phylogenetic viewpoint -- 9 Spermatophore deposition in relation to atmospheric humidity among terrestrial Parasitengonae (Prostigmata) -- 10 The role of Adlerocystis sp. in the reproduction of argasid ticks -- 11 A scanning electron-microscopy study of spermatogenesis in Pergamasus barbarus Berl. (Gamasida -- 12 Precise sex-ratio control in the pseudo-arrhenotokous phytoseiid mite, Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt -- 13 Sex ratio, fitness and capacity for population increase in Pyemotes tritici (L.-F. and M.) (Pyemotidae) -- 14 Preliminary observations of ovoviviparity in the gallforming mite, Aceria caulobius (Nal.) (Eriophyidea: Eriophyidae) -- 15 Laboratory observations on duration of copulation and egg production of three phytoseiid species fed on pollen -- 16 Precopulatory mate guarding in the spider mite, Tetranychus cinnabarinus (Boisd.) (Tetranychidae) -- Three Diapause, Development and Trophic Relations -- 17 Physiological aspects of diapause in plant-inhabiting mites -- 18 Repeated induction and termination of diapause in the predacious mite, Amblyseius potentillae (Garman) (Phytoseiidae) -- 19 Inheritance of photoperiodic responses controlling diapause in the two-spotted spider mite, Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 20 Some observations on diapause in winter eggs of Panonychus ulmi (Koch) (Tetranychidae) -- 21 Reproduction, embryonic and postembryonic development of Trichouropoda obscurasimilis Hirschmann and Zirngiebl-Nicol 1961 (Anactinotrichida: Uropodina) -- 22 Resource allocation and utilization contrasts in Hypoaspis aculeifer (Can.) and Alliphis halleri (G. and R. Can.) (Mesostigmata) with emphasis on food source -- 23 The influence of different host plants on the reproductive potential of Tyrophagus putrescentiae (Schrank) and Tyrophagus neiswanderi Johnston and Bruce (Acaridae) -- 24 The relationship between house-dust mites and fungi -- 25 How plants maintain body-guards: plant exudate as a food source for phytoseiid mites -- Four Systematic, Morphology, Physiology and Behaviour -- 26 Distribution of characters and phylogenetic age - systematic problems in the higher taxa of the Oribatida -- 27 A new approach to the systematics of the genus Steganacarus (Oribatida) -- 28 The morphology of the immature stages of Phthiracaroidea (Oribatida) -- 29 A new interpretation of the epimeral theory of Grandjean -- 30 A comparison of the sclerotized parts of the reproductive organs of house-dust mites of the genus Dermatophagoides using scanning electron microscopy -- 31 Reproductive systems in Acaridida - some peculiar features -- 32 A respiratory apparatus in eggs of certain mites -- 33 Fine structure and functions of the mouthparts involved in the feeding mechanisms in Cenopalpus pulcher (Canestrini and Fanzago) (Tetranychoidea: Tenuipalpidae) -- 34 The alveolar salivary glands of the active phases of trombiculid mites (Trombiculidae) -- 35 Pigmentation in water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 36 Biomass studies of water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 37 The saltatory capacity of an oribatid mite -- 38 Thanatosis or feigning death in mites of the family Scutacaridae -- Five Field Studies and Applied Aspects -- 39 The effects of spider-mite feeding on plant performance in relation to biological control -- 40 Dispersion indices and constant precision sampling programmes for Panonychus ulmi (Koch) and Amblyseius andersoni (Chant) in Spanish apple orchards -- 41 Herbicides and the reproduction of Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 42 Phytoseiid mites associated with vines in Sicilian vineyards -- 43 Studies on mites associated with lucerne in Greece -- 44 Vertical distribution and life stages of oribatid communities on beech trees -- 45 Histiostoma murchiei Hughes and Jackson (Anoetidae) as a parasite in the cocoons of some Danish earthworms -- 46 Rearing deutonymphs of Iphidosoma fimetarium (J. Müller), a mesostigmatic mite associated with carabid beetles -- 47 Mites of the House mouse, Mus musculus L., in the north-eastern part of the Iberian Peninsula in Spain -- 48 Records of Ixodoidea from the Trentino-Alto Adige region in northern Italy -- 49 Seasonal and spatial variation in food intake by the oribatid mites of beech woodland soil -- 50 The effects of ploughing and rotary cultivation on soil mites with particular reference to the Mesostigmata -- 51 The influence of soil cultivation methods on the edaphic fauna, and especially the Gamasina (Mesostigmata), in two southern German vineyards with different cultural treatments -- 52 The density of Tarsonemida in cropped arable soil in relation to fertilizer and crop-protection treatments -- 53 Soil mites and acidification: a comparative study of four forest stands near Heidelberg -- 54 Reactions of mite populations to the influence of environmental chemicals in a beech-wood floor -- 55 Population studies on the house-dust mite. Euroglyphus maynei (Cooreman 1950) (Pyroglyphidae) -- 56 Management of mite development in the home -- 57 An indirect effect of cleaning on house-dust mites. (Dermatophagoides spp.) in carpets -- 58 Astigmatic and prostigmatic mites of grain stores, mills and sawmills in Finland -- Index to plant genera and species -- Index to animal genera and species -- Author index.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3102-5
    URL: Volltext
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cleanrooms : Facilities and Practices (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401179508
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to Cleanroom Technology -- The Need for Cleanrooms -- An Overview of Semiconductor Technology -- Other Cleanroom Applications -- The Impact of Cleanroom Technology -- 2. Microcontamination -- Types of Contamination -- Sources of Contamination -- Effects of Contamination -- Summary -- 3. Controlled Environment Concepts -- Performance Considerations -- Performance Standards -- Parameter Measurement -- Summary -- 4. Creating Clean Areas -- Construction Materials and Techniques -- Air Filtration -- Airflow -- Equipment and Material Decontamination -- Bringing Items into the Cleanroom -- Summary -- 5. Cleanroom Layout -- Mixed Flow Rooms -- Local Unidirectional Flow -- Modular Cleanrooms -- Tunnel Cleanrooms -- Total Vertical Laminar Flow -- Horizontal Laminar Flow -- Process Equipment -- Designing for Cleanroom Class -- Summary -- 6. Preconditioning, Control, and Static -- Air Handling Systems -- Fans and Air Control -- Static -- Summary -- 7. Site and Structural Considerations -- Vibration -- Site Selection -- Structure -- Internal Vibration Engineering -- Summary -- 8. Cleanrooms, Codes, and Legislation -- Principal Codes -- Fire Protection -- Legislation -- Summary -- 9. Ultrapure Water -- The Need for Ultrapure Water -- Constituents of Raw Water -- Purification Techniques -- RO/DI System Configurations -- Operational Considerations -- Summary -- 10. Production Materials -- Gases -- Wet Chemicals -- Handling Other Materials -- Summary -- 11. Personnel and Contamination -- Apparel -- Use of Apparel -- Work Practices -- Summary -- 12. Safety Issues -- Properties of Hazardous Production Materials -- Cleanroom Safety Practices -- Safety Equipment -- Handling Hazardous Production Materials -- Summary -- 13. The Future of Controlled Environments -- Advanced Cleanroom Concepts -- Enclosed Transfer Systems -- Robotics and Automation -- In-situ Processing -- Epilog—The Cleanroom as a System -- Appendix 1 Federal Standard 209D -- Appendix 2 Simplified Cleanroom Certification Procedure -- Appendix 3 Program and Sample Output.
    Abstract: In writing this book, our goal was to produce a much needed teaching and reference text with a fresh approach to c1eanroom technology. The most obvious technological reason for bringing this book into being is that c1ean­ rooms have become vital to the manufacture and development of high­ technology products in both the commercial and military sectors, and there­ fore people have to develop an understanding of them. Examples of c1ean­ room applications include the manufacture of integrated circuits and other electronic components, preciSion mechanical assemblies, computer disks and drives, compact disks, optical components, medical implants and prostheses, pharmaceuticals and biochemicals, and so on. The book is written for anyone who is currently involved, or intends to become involved, with c1eanrooms. We intend it to be used by a wide range of professional groups including process engineers, production engineers, plant mechanical and electrical engineers, research engineers and scientists, managers, and so on. In addition, we believe it will be beneficial to those who design, build, service, and supply c1eanrooms, and may be used as a training aid for students who intend to pursue a career involving controlled environments and others such as c1eanroom operators and maintenance staff. We have attempted to steer clear of complex theory, which may be pursued in many other specialist texts, and keep the book as understandable and applicable as possible.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction to Cleanroom TechnologyThe Need for Cleanrooms -- An Overview of Semiconductor Technology -- Other Cleanroom Applications -- The Impact of Cleanroom Technology -- 2. Microcontamination -- Types of Contamination -- Sources of Contamination -- Effects of Contamination -- Summary -- 3. Controlled Environment Concepts -- Performance Considerations -- Performance Standards -- Parameter Measurement -- Summary -- 4. Creating Clean Areas -- Construction Materials and Techniques -- Air Filtration -- Airflow -- Equipment and Material Decontamination -- Bringing Items into the Cleanroom -- Summary -- 5. Cleanroom Layout -- Mixed Flow Rooms -- Local Unidirectional Flow -- Modular Cleanrooms -- Tunnel Cleanrooms -- Total Vertical Laminar Flow -- Horizontal Laminar Flow -- Process Equipment -- Designing for Cleanroom Class -- Summary -- 6. Preconditioning, Control, and Static -- Air Handling Systems -- Fans and Air Control -- Static -- Summary -- 7. Site and Structural Considerations -- Vibration -- Site Selection -- Structure -- Internal Vibration Engineering -- Summary -- 8. Cleanrooms, Codes, and Legislation -- Principal Codes -- Fire Protection -- Legislation -- Summary -- 9. Ultrapure Water -- The Need for Ultrapure Water -- Constituents of Raw Water -- Purification Techniques -- RO/DI System Configurations -- Operational Considerations -- Summary -- 10. Production Materials -- Gases -- Wet Chemicals -- Handling Other Materials -- Summary -- 11. Personnel and Contamination -- Apparel -- Use of Apparel -- Work Practices -- Summary -- 12. Safety Issues -- Properties of Hazardous Production Materials -- Cleanroom Safety Practices -- Safety Equipment -- Handling Hazardous Production Materials -- Summary -- 13. The Future of Controlled Environments -- Advanced Cleanroom Concepts -- Enclosed Transfer Systems -- Robotics and Automation -- In-situ Processing -- Epilog-The Cleanroom as a System -- Appendix 1 Federal Standard 209D -- Appendix 2 Simplified Cleanroom Certification Procedure -- Appendix 3 Program and Sample Output.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7950-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Living Earth : A Short History of Life and Its Home (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401159654
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 In the Abyss of Time -- 1 In the beginning -- 2 The beginning of life -- 3 The Archaean planet -- 2 The Occupation of the Planet -- 4 The variety of life -- 5 Life in the Archaean -- 6 The surface of the Proterozoic Earth -- 7 The birth of the eukaryotes -- 3 The Spread of the Eukaryotes -- 8 The early Palaeozoic explosion and its aftermath -- 9 The changing land -- 10 The rule of the reptiles -- 4 The Modern World -- 11 The new world -- 12 Humanity -- 13 Inhabiting an island.
    Abstract: Life has shaped the Earth, and the Earth has moulded the history of life. That history, the co-evolution of our ancestors and their horne, has much to teach us about our place on the planet today. We are part of the fabric of the biosphere. As we change that fabric we would be wise to understand how our horne was built. Our planet is neither a hotel nor a colony. It is not a place which life briefly inhabits during a transient occupation. Instead, it is our horne, designed by the deeds of our ancestors and suited to our own needs. The history of life on Earth is held in the geological record, which is composed of the rocks, water and air that are available for study on the planet's surface. These rocks, the oceans and the atmosphere are not simply stores of information for the excitement of fossil hunters and geochemists, or resources to exploit without thought. Their cre­ ation and continued existence form an integral part of the development and management of the Earth as the horne of life.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 In the Abyss of Time1 In the beginning -- 2 The beginning of life -- 3 The Archaean planet -- 2 The Occupation of the Planet -- 4 The variety of life -- 5 Life in the Archaean -- 6 The surface of the Proterozoic Earth -- 7 The birth of the eukaryotes -- 3 The Spread of the Eukaryotes -- 8 The early Palaeozoic explosion and its aftermath -- 9 The changing land -- 10 The rule of the reptiles -- 4 The Modern World -- 11 The new world -- 12 Humanity -- 13 Inhabiting an island.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-5965-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Structural Analysis in Microelectronic and Fiber-Optic Systems : Volume I Basic Principles of Engineering Elastictiy and Fundamentals of Structural Analysis (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401165358
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1.1 Research Models in Mechanical Problems for Microelectronics and Fiber Optics -- 1.2 Theoretical Modeling -- 1.3 Analytical versus Numerical Modeling -- 1.4 Interaction with Experiment -- 1.5 Theoretical Modeling in Structural Analysis -- 1.6 Historical Sketch -- 1. Basic Principles of Engineering Elasticity -- 1. General Properties of Elastic Bodies -- 2. Equations and Conceptions -- 3. A View of Solution Procedures -- 4. The Elementary Problems -- 5. Strength Theories -- 6. Two-Dimensional Problem in Rectangular Coordinates -- 7. Two-Dimensional Problem in Polar Coordinates -- 8. Torsion -- 9. Fracture Mechanics -- 10. Plasticity -- 11. Viscoelasticity -- Questions and Problems -- 2. Fundamentals of Structural Analysis -- 12. Bending of Beams -- 13. The Variational and Energy Methods, and Some General Principles of Structural Analysis -- 14. Bending of Frames -- 15. Bending of Plates -- 16. Buckling -- 17. Numerical Methods -- 18. Experimental Techniques -- Questions and Problems -- Appendix: Tables of Beam Deflections.
    Abstract: This book contains the fundamentals of a discipline, which could be called Structural Analysis in Microelectronics and Fiber Optics. It deals with mechanical behavior of microelectronic and fiber-optic systems and is written in response to the crucial need for a textbook for a first in-depth course on mechanical problems in microelectronics and fiber optics. The emphasis of this book is on electronic and optical packaging problems, and analytical modeling. This book is apparently the first attempt to select, advance, and present those methods of classical structural mechanics which have been or can be applied in various stress-strain problems encountered in "high technology" engineering and some related areas, such as materials science and solid-state physics. The following major objectives are pursued in Structural Analysis in Microelectronic and Fiber-Optic Systems: Identify structural elements typical for microelectronic and fiber-optic systems and devices, and introduce the student to the basic concepts of the mechanical behavior of microelectronic and fiber-optic struc­ tures, subjected to thermally induced or external loading. Select, advance, and present methods for analyzing stresses and deflections developed in microelectronic and fiber-optic structures; demonstrate the effectiveness of the methods and approaches of the classical struc­ tural analysis in the diverse mechanical problems of microelectronics and fiber optics; and give students of engineering, as well as practicing engineers and designers, a thorough understanding of the main princi­ ples involved in the analytical evaluation of the mechanical behavior of microelectronic and fiber-optic systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1 Research Models in Mechanical Problems for Microelectronics and Fiber Optics1.2 Theoretical Modeling -- 1.3 Analytical versus Numerical Modeling -- 1.4 Interaction with Experiment -- 1.5 Theoretical Modeling in Structural Analysis -- 1.6 Historical Sketch -- 1. Basic Principles of Engineering Elasticity -- 1. General Properties of Elastic Bodies -- 2. Equations and Conceptions -- 3. A View of Solution Procedures -- 4. The Elementary Problems -- 5. Strength Theories -- 6. Two-Dimensional Problem in Rectangular Coordinates -- 7. Two-Dimensional Problem in Polar Coordinates -- 8. Torsion -- 9. Fracture Mechanics -- 10. Plasticity -- 11. Viscoelasticity -- Questions and Problems -- 2. Fundamentals of Structural Analysis -- 12. Bending of Beams -- 13. The Variational and Energy Methods, and Some General Principles of Structural Analysis -- 14. Bending of Frames -- 15. Bending of Plates -- 16. Buckling -- 17. Numerical Methods -- 18. Experimental Techniques -- Questions and Problems -- Appendix: Tables of Beam Deflections.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6535-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Satellite Communications (1991)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401097604
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Telecommunication. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Historical Development of Satellites -- 1.2 Communication Satellite Systems -- 1.3 Communication Satellites -- 1.4 Orbiting Satellites -- 1.5 Satellite Frequency Bands -- 1.6 Satellite Multiple-Access Formats -- References -- Problems -- 2 Modulation, Encoding, and Decoding -- 2.1 Analog Modulation -- 2.2 Analog FM Carriers -- 2.3 Digital Encoding -- 2.4 Spectral Shaping -- 2.5 Digital Decoding -- 2.6 Error-Correction Decoding -- 2.7 Block Waveform Encoding -- 2.8 Digital Throughput -- References -- Problems -- 3 The Satellite Channel -- 3.1 Electromagnetic Field Propagation -- 3.2 Antennas -- 3.3 Atmospheric Losses -- 3.4 Receiver Noise -- 3.5 Carrier-to-Noise Ratios -- 3.6 Satellite Link Analysis -- 3.7 Dual Polarization -- 3.8 Effect of Depolarization on Dual Polarized Communications -- 3.9 Spot Beams in Satellite Downlinks -- References -- Problems -- 4 Satellite Electronics -- 4.1 The Transponder Model -- 4.2 The Satellite Front End -- 4.3 RF Filtering of Digital Carriers -- 4.4 Satellite Signal Processing -- 4.5 Frequency Generators -- 4.6 Transponder Limiting -- 4.7 Nonlinear Satellite Amplifiers -- References -- Problems -- 5 Frequency—Division Multiple Access -- 5.1 The FDMA System -- 5.2 Nonlinear Amplification with Multiple FDMA Carriers -- 5.3 FDMA Nonlinear Analysis -- 5.4 FDMA Channelization -- 5.5 AM/PM Conversion with FDMA -- 5.6 Satellite-Switched FDMA -- References -- Problems -- 6 Time-Division Multiple Access -- 6.1 The TDMA System -- 6.2 Preamble Design -- 6.3 Satellite Effects on TDMA Performance -- 6.4 Network Synchronization -- 6.5 SS-TDMA -- References -- Problems -- 7 Code-Division Multiple Access -- 7.1 Direct-Sequence CDMA Systems -- 7.2 Code Generation for DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.3 Performance of DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.4 Combined Error Correction and Code Addressing in DS-CDMA -- 7.5 Antijam Advantages of Direct Code Addressing -- 7.6 Satellite Jamming with DS-CDMA -- 7.7 DS-CDMA Code Acquisition and Tracking -- References -- Problems -- 8 Frequency-Hopped Communications -- 8.1 The Frequency-Hopped System -- 8.2 Frequency-Hopping Synthesizers -- 8.3 Performance of Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.4 Frequency-Hopped CDMA Systems -- 8.5 Jamming in Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.6 Code Acquisition and Tracking in FH Systems -- References -- Problems -- 9 On-Board Processing -- 9.1 On-Board Processing Subsystems -- 9.2 Baseband Digital Decoding -- 9.3 Data Reclocking, Routing, and Multiplexing -- 9.4 TDM-FDM Conversion -- 9.5 On-Board Remodulation -- 9.6 On-Board Baseband Processing with Beam Hopping -- 9.7 Multiple Spot Beaming -- 9.8 Photonic On-Board Processing -- References -- Problems -- 10 Satellite Crosslinks -- 10.1 The Crosslink System -- 10.2 Crossline Power Budget -- 10.3 Coherent and Noncoherent Communications at EHF -- 10.4 Autotracking -- 10.5 Autotrack Loop Analysis -- 10.6 Effect of Autotract Pointing Errors on PE -- 10.7 Optical Crosslinks -- References -- Problems -- 11 VSAT and Mobile-Satellite Systems -- 11.1 VSAT-Satellite-System Concept -- 11.2 Small-Terminal-Satellite Link Analysis -- 11.3 VSAT and Hub Networks -- 11.4 Direct Home TV Broadcasting -- 11.5 The Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.6 Communicating over the Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.7 Interleaving to Combat Deep Fading -- 11.8 Combined Coding and Modulation for the Mobile Channel -- References -- Problems -- Appendices -- A Review of Digital Communications -- A.1 Baseband Digital Waveforms -- A.2 BPSK Systems -- A.3 QPSK Carrier Waveform -- A.4 FSK -- A.5 DPSK -- A.6 MPSP -- A.7 Correlation Detection of Orthogonal BPSK -- A.8 MFSK -- A.9 Effect of Phase Noise on Noncoherent FSK and DPSK Systems -- A.10 MASK -- References -- B Carrier Recovery and bit Timing -- B.1 Carrier Recovery -- B.2 BPSK Carrier Recovery -- B.3 QPSK Carrier Referencing -- B.4 MPSK Carrier Referencing Systems -- B.5 Bit Timing -- References -- C Satellite Ranging and Position Location Systems -- C.1 Ranging Systems -- C.2 Component Range Codes -- C.3 Tone-Ranging Systems -- C.4 Position Locating and Navigation -- D Nonlinear Amplification of Carrier Waveforms.
    Abstract: This second edition of Satellite Communications is a revised, updated, and improved version of the first edition (Van Nostrand, 1984) and has been extended to include many newer topics that are rapidly becoming important in modem and next-generation satellite systems. The first half of the book again covers the basics of satellite links, but has been updated to include additional areas such as Global Positioning and deep space satellites, dual polarization, multiple beaming, advanced satellite electronics, frequency synthesizers, and digital frequency generators. The second half of the book is all new, covering frequency and beam hopping, on-board processing, EHF and optical cross­ links, and mobile satellites and VSAT systems. All of these latter topics figure to be important aspects of satellite systems and space platforms of the twenty-first century. As in the first edition, the objective of the new edition is to present a unified approach to satellite communications, helping the reader to become familiar with the terminology, models, analysis procedures, and evolving design directions for modem and future satellites. The presentation stresses overall system analysis and block diagram design, as opposed to complicated mathematical or physics descriptions. (Backup mathematics is relegated to the appendices where a reader can digest the detail at his own pace. ) The discussion begins with the simplest satellite systems and builds to the more complex payloads presently being used.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Historical Development of Satellites -- 1.2 Communication Satellite Systems -- 1.3 Communication Satellites -- 1.4 Orbiting Satellites -- 1.5 Satellite Frequency Bands -- 1.6 Satellite Multiple-Access Formats -- References -- Problems -- 2 Modulation, Encoding, and Decoding -- 2.1 Analog Modulation -- 2.2 Analog FM Carriers -- 2.3 Digital Encoding -- 2.4 Spectral Shaping -- 2.5 Digital Decoding -- 2.6 Error-Correction Decoding -- 2.7 Block Waveform Encoding -- 2.8 Digital Throughput -- References -- Problems -- 3 The Satellite Channel -- 3.1 Electromagnetic Field Propagation -- 3.2 Antennas -- 3.3 Atmospheric Losses -- 3.4 Receiver Noise -- 3.5 Carrier-to-Noise Ratios -- 3.6 Satellite Link Analysis -- 3.7 Dual Polarization -- 3.8 Effect of Depolarization on Dual Polarized Communications -- 3.9 Spot Beams in Satellite Downlinks -- References -- Problems -- 4 Satellite Electronics -- 4.1 The Transponder Model -- 4.2 The Satellite Front End -- 4.3 RF Filtering of Digital Carriers -- 4.4 Satellite Signal Processing -- 4.5 Frequency Generators -- 4.6 Transponder Limiting -- 4.7 Nonlinear Satellite Amplifiers -- References -- Problems -- 5 Frequency-Division Multiple Access -- 5.1 The FDMA System -- 5.2 Nonlinear Amplification with Multiple FDMA Carriers -- 5.3 FDMA Nonlinear Analysis -- 5.4 FDMA Channelization -- 5.5 AM/PM Conversion with FDMA -- 5.6 Satellite-Switched FDMA -- References -- Problems -- 6 Time-Division Multiple Access -- 6.1 The TDMA System -- 6.2 Preamble Design -- 6.3 Satellite Effects on TDMA Performance -- 6.4 Network Synchronization -- 6.5 SS-TDMA -- References -- Problems -- 7 Code-Division Multiple Access -- 7.1 Direct-Sequence CDMA Systems -- 7.2 Code Generation for DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.3 Performance of DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.4 Combined Error Correction and Code Addressing in DS-CDMA -- 7.5 Antijam Advantages of Direct Code Addressing -- 7.6 Satellite Jamming with DS-CDMA -- 7.7 DS-CDMA Code Acquisition and Tracking -- References -- Problems -- 8 Frequency-Hopped Communications -- 8.1 The Frequency-Hopped System -- 8.2 Frequency-Hopping Synthesizers -- 8.3 Performance of Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.4 Frequency-Hopped CDMA Systems -- 8.5 Jamming in Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.6 Code Acquisition and Tracking in FH Systems -- References -- Problems -- 9 On-Board Processing -- 9.1 On-Board Processing Subsystems -- 9.2 Baseband Digital Decoding -- 9.3 Data Reclocking, Routing, and Multiplexing -- 9.4 TDM-FDM Conversion -- 9.5 On-Board Remodulation -- 9.6 On-Board Baseband Processing with Beam Hopping -- 9.7 Multiple Spot Beaming -- 9.8 Photonic On-Board Processing -- References -- Problems -- 10 Satellite Crosslinks -- 10.1 The Crosslink System -- 10.2 Crossline Power Budget -- 10.3 Coherent and Noncoherent Communications at EHF -- 10.4 Autotracking -- 10.5 Autotrack Loop Analysis -- 10.6 Effect of Autotract Pointing Errors on PE -- 10.7 Optical Crosslinks -- References -- Problems -- 11 VSAT and Mobile-Satellite Systems -- 11.1 VSAT-Satellite-System Concept -- 11.2 Small-Terminal-Satellite Link Analysis -- 11.3 VSAT and Hub Networks -- 11.4 Direct Home TV Broadcasting -- 11.5 The Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.6 Communicating over the Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.7 Interleaving to Combat Deep Fading -- 11.8 Combined Coding and Modulation for the Mobile Channel -- References -- Problems -- Appendices -- A Review of Digital Communications -- A.1 Baseband Digital Waveforms -- A.2 BPSK Systems -- A.3 QPSK Carrier Waveform -- A.4 FSK -- A.5 DPSK -- A.6 MPSP -- A.7 Correlation Detection of Orthogonal BPSK -- A.8 MFSK -- A.9 Effect of Phase Noise on Noncoherent FSK and DPSK Systems -- A.10 MASK -- References -- B Carrier Recovery and bit Timing -- B.1 Carrier Recovery -- B.2 BPSK Carrier Recovery -- B.3 QPSK Carrier Referencing -- B.4 MPSK Carrier Referencing Systems -- B.5 Bit Timing -- References -- C Satellite Ranging and Position Location Systems -- C.1 Ranging Systems -- C.2 Component Range Codes -- C.3 Tone-Ranging Systems -- C.4 Position Locating and Navigation -- D Nonlinear Amplification of Carrier Waveforms.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-010-9760-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Energy Nutrition in Ruminants (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400907515
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Nutrient supply to the newborn ruminant -- 2. Energy nutrition of rumen micro-organisms -- 3. Manipulation of rumen fermentation and associative effects -- 4. Host animal control of microbial fermentation and host animal digestion -- 5. Absorption of nutrients -- 6. Energy metabolism of the host animal -- 7. Utilization of the energy of absorbed nutrients -- 8. Feed quality and feed intake -- 9. Feed evaluation, past and present -- 10. Towards future feed evaluation systems.
    Abstract: This book is intended to be a companion volume to 'Protein Nutrition in Ruminants' (1982, Academic Press), which emphasized both the role of proteins and new systems for their evaluation. Here the focus is on energy-yielding nutrients and problems involved in evaluating them. Nonetheless in both volumes there is explicit recognition of the interdependence of energy and protein nutrition. I have not attempted to review comprehensively all the literature relating to ruminant energy nutrition and must apologize to colleagues whose work is not fully reported. Where possible tables and figures are taken from the studies of our group at the Rowett Research Institute since, if for no other reason, I am most familiar with these data. I have first considered the nutrition of the newborn and have stressed the role of behaviour 'in determining whether nutrients enter or bypass the rumen. The development of the rumen, the of anaerobic fermentation and the roles of various principles . species of rumen bacteria, protozoa and fungi in relation to different substrates, are summarized. This is followed by accounts of the factors affecting the utilization of different substrates and the v vi Preface absorption and metabolism of the end-products of fermentation and digestion, together with estimates of digestive capacity in various segments of the gut. The ruminant's requirements for energy-yielding nutrients is considered in relation to the per­ formance of various activities and to environmental conditions, particular attention being paid to the requirement for glucose precursors.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Nutrient supply to the newborn ruminant2. Energy nutrition of rumen micro-organisms -- 3. Manipulation of rumen fermentation and associative effects -- 4. Host animal control of microbial fermentation and host animal digestion -- 5. Absorption of nutrients -- 6. Energy metabolism of the host animal -- 7. Utilization of the energy of absorbed nutrients -- 8. Feed quality and feed intake -- 9. Feed evaluation, past and present -- 10. Towards future feed evaluation systems.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0751-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Scientific Software Systems (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400908413
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Software Developments Introduction -- Scientific software in Ada -- Linear algebra support modules for approximation and other software -- Packages for solving almost block diagonal linear systems arising in spline collocation at Gaussian points with monomial basis functions -- Developments in the NAG library software for parabolic equations -- Recent developments in mathematical software at IMSL -- Two Processing Techniques: parallel processing, neural networks, and computer arithmetic Introduction -- Scientific library software for highly parallel computers -- Fortran 8x features and the exploitation of parallelism -- An introduction to neural networks -- Algorithms for the elementary functions in level-index arithmetic -- Three Symbolic and Exact Computation Introduction -- Symbolic algebra systems in teaching and research -- Recent developments in automatic differentiation -- An efficient algorithm for the generation of homogeneous harmonic polynomials -- Four Software Enhancements: computer graphics and expert systems Introduction -- Computer graphics for scientific computing -- What do we mean by expert systems? -- Expert systems for numerical software -- Numerical problem-solving environments — current and future trends -- An advisory expert system for curve and surface fitting.
    Abstract: The main aim of this book is to present a broader view of scientific software than has been common in the past. The provision of scientific software is no longer a matter of just writing 'good computer programs', but rather it is concerned with the development of an integrated software system wI-,ich offers the user facilities which approach all that he needs in terms of speed, accuracy and convenience. This means that due account must, for example, be taken of the high-speed computing capabilities of parallel processors, the exact computing features of symbolic mathematical systems, the presentational potentialities of computer graphics, and the advisory aspects of knowledge-based and expert systems. When suites of numerical software programs or routines are supported by such ranges of facilities, then they can be justly described as 'scientific software systems', and that is why we have adopted such a title here. The assembly of this book was a direct consequence of the running of a one-day international symposium, with the same broad aim of advocating a 'systems approach', under the title 'Scientific Software and Systems'. This Symposium was held at the Royal Military College of Science (RMCS) in Shrivenham on July 11, 1988 and was attended by 85 people. A very busy but most enjoyable day included invited talks, poster presentations and demonstrations of software products, not to mention various social activi­ ties.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Software Developments IntroductionScientific software in Ada -- Linear algebra support modules for approximation and other software -- Packages for solving almost block diagonal linear systems arising in spline collocation at Gaussian points with monomial basis functions -- Developments in the NAG library software for parabolic equations -- Recent developments in mathematical software at IMSL -- Two Processing Techniques: parallel processing, neural networks, and computer arithmetic Introduction -- Scientific library software for highly parallel computers -- Fortran 8x features and the exploitation of parallelism -- An introduction to neural networks -- Algorithms for the elementary functions in level-index arithmetic -- Three Symbolic and Exact Computation Introduction -- Symbolic algebra systems in teaching and research -- Recent developments in automatic differentiation -- An efficient algorithm for the generation of homogeneous harmonic polynomials -- Four Software Enhancements: computer graphics and expert systems Introduction -- Computer graphics for scientific computing -- What do we mean by expert systems? -- Expert systems for numerical software -- Numerical problem-solving environments - current and future trends -- An advisory expert system for curve and surface fitting.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0841-3
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Controlled Interphases in Composite Materials : Proceedings of the Third International Conference on Composite Interfaces (ICCI-III) held on May 21-24, 1990 in Cleveland, Ohio, USA (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401178167
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: Characterization of Interface -- II: Surface of Reinforcements -- III: Controlled Interphase -- IV: Interfacial Theories -- V: Influence of Interface on Mechanical and Physical Properties -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The third International Conference on Composite Interfaces (ICCI-III) was held under the auspecies of ASM International, The Aluminum Company of America (Alcoa), The Edison Polymer Innovation Co. (EPIC), Case Western Reserve University, Nippon Glass Fiber Co., Nitto Boseki Co., Office of Naval Reserach (ONR), SAMPE Japan, Teijin Co., Mobay Co., Union Carbide Co., and Vetrotex Sain-Gobain. The underlying philosophy of the conference continues to be the promotion of fundamental understanding of the structure and role of composite interfaces. With the growth of composite interface studies, the research direction naturally changes from characterization and understanding of interfacial structure to controlling this structure. For this reason, the conference was subtitled, "Controlled Interphase Structure." The rather unfamiliar phrase "interphase" is used to emphasize the interfacial region whose properties are different from the bulk. The importance of the interphase to the mechanochemical properties has been rapidly recognized among composite researchers in recent years. The conference incorporated nine sessions. No concurrent sessions were planned because of the strong interest among panicipants and organizers to intennix researchers from different disciplines. Papers presented were redistributed in Pans I throught V. Because of this, both the conference and proceedings are not organized based on the traditional disciplines or materials, but rather around concepts.
    Description / Table of Contents: I: Characterization of InterfaceII: Surface of Reinforcements -- III: Controlled Interphase -- IV: Interfacial Theories -- V: Influence of Interface on Mechanical and Physical Properties -- Author Index.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7816-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Soils of the Past : An introduction to paleopedology (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401179027
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Soils and Paleosols -- 1 Paleopedology -- 2 Soils on and under the landscape -- 3 Features of fossil soils -- 4 Soil-forming processes -- 5 Soil classification -- 6 Mapping and naming paleosols -- 7 Alteration of paleosols after burial -- Two: Factors in Soil Formation -- 8 Models of soil formation -- 9 Climate -- 10 Organisms -- 11 Topographic relief as a factor -- 12 Parent material as a factor -- 13 Time as a factor -- Three: Fossil Record of Soils -- 14 A long-term natural experiment in pedogenesis -- 15 Soils of other worlds -- 16 Earth’s earliest landscapes -- 17 Early life on land -- 18 Large plants and animals on land -- 19 Afforestation of the land -- 20 Grasses in dry continental interiors -- 21 Human impact on landscapes -- References.
    Abstract: Landscapes viewed from afar have a timeless quality that is soothing to the human spirit. Yet a tranquil wilderness scene is but a snapshot in the steady stream of surficial change. Wind, water and human activities reshape the landscape by means of gradual to catastrophic and usually irreversible events. Much of this change destroys past landscapes, but at some times and places, landscapes are buried in the rock record. This work is dedicated to the discovery of past landscapes and their life through the fossil record of soils. A long history of surficial changes extending back almost to the origin of our planet can be deciphered from the study of these buried soils, or paleosols. Some rudiments of this history, and our place in it, are outlined in a final section of this book. But first it is necessary to learn something of the language of soils, of what happens to them when buried in the rock record and which of the forces of nature can be confidently reconstructed from their remains. Much of this preliminary material is borrowed from soil science, but throughout emphasis is laid on features that provide most reliable evidence of landscapes during the distant geological past. This book has evolved primarily as a text for senior level university courses in paleopedology: the study of fossil soils.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Soils and Paleosols1 Paleopedology -- 2 Soils on and under the landscape -- 3 Features of fossil soils -- 4 Soil-forming processes -- 5 Soil classification -- 6 Mapping and naming paleosols -- 7 Alteration of paleosols after burial -- Two: Factors in Soil Formation -- 8 Models of soil formation -- 9 Climate -- 10 Organisms -- 11 Topographic relief as a factor -- 12 Parent material as a factor -- 13 Time as a factor -- Three: Fossil Record of Soils -- 14 A long-term natural experiment in pedogenesis -- 15 Soils of other worlds -- 16 Earth’s earliest landscapes -- 17 Early life on land -- 18 Large plants and animals on land -- 19 Afforestation of the land -- 20 Grasses in dry continental interiors -- 21 Human impact on landscapes -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7902-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    PVC Plastics : Properties, Processing, and Applications (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401138345
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Section 1 Introductory -- 1 General Introduction -- 2 Constitution and Formulation of PVC Materials -- Section 2 Constituents of PVC Compositions -- 3 PVC Polymers -- 4 Stabilisers -- 5 Plasticisers -- 6 Fillers -- 7 Lubricants -- 8 Polymeric Modifiers -- 9 Miscellaneous Additives -- Section 3 Production (Compounding) of Solid PVC Compositions -- 10 Solid (‘Dry’) PVC Compositions -- 11 Compounding: Operations and Equipment -- Section 4 Processing of Solid PVC Compositions into Products -- 12 Main Types of PVC Products and Methods of Their Production -- 13 Extrusion -- 14 Calendering -- 15 Blow Moulding -- 16 Injection Moulding -- 17 Other Processes -- Section 5 Liquid PVC Compositions: Nature, Preparation, Processing, and Applications -- 18 PVC Pastes -- 19 Solutions -- 20 PVC Latices -- Section 6 Post-production Processing of PVC Products -- 21 Fabrication, Conversion and Related Processing of PYC Sheet and Parts -- 22 External Treatments of PVC Products -- Section 7 Applications of PVC Products, and Some Important Application-Related Properties -- 23 Miscellaneous PVC Products and Their Applications -- 24 PVC Properties of Special Significance in Some Important Usage Contexts -- Appendix 1 Some Material Properties of PVC Products and Compounds -- Appendix 2 Quantities and Units: The SI System: Unit Conversion Tables -- Appendix 3 Abbreviations (Letter Symbols) Used in This Book for Some Polymers, Their Derivative Plastics, and Certain Monomers.
    Abstract: This book originated from my Publisher's request for anew, concise account of PVC plastics in terms of their nature, properties, process­ ing, and applications. There is thus, inevitably, an extensive thematic overlap with my-still relatively recent-PVC Technology (4th edi­ tion), and I have drawn liberally on that source for a substantial amount of relevant basic material. However, the present book is by no means merely an abridgement of the earlier one: whilst indeed considerably shorter, it is not only comparable in scope and general coverage of the subject, but also contains much new information. I have made a point of again strongly featuring the numerous standards relevant-and in many cases cardinal-to the testing and characterisa­ tion of PVC materials and products, and to the evaluation of their properties and performance: these standards are an indispensable part of the technology of PVC plastics, and nobody concerned with any aspect of this complex subject should fail to recognise that fact. It is ever a pleasure to express appreciation and thanks where they are due. I am grateful to Dipl-Ing. H. E. Luben of Brabender OHG, Duisburg, FRG, not only for the up-to-date information he provided on Brabender equipment, but also most particularly for his exception­ ally friendly, helpful attitude in all our contacts, and for the trouble he took to make some illustrations and figures available in the form convenient for direct reproduction.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section 1 Introductory1 General Introduction -- 2 Constitution and Formulation of PVC Materials -- Section 2 Constituents of PVC Compositions -- 3 PVC Polymers -- 4 Stabilisers -- 5 Plasticisers -- 6 Fillers -- 7 Lubricants -- 8 Polymeric Modifiers -- 9 Miscellaneous Additives -- Section 3 Production (Compounding) of Solid PVC Compositions -- 10 Solid (‘Dry’) PVC Compositions -- 11 Compounding: Operations and Equipment -- Section 4 Processing of Solid PVC Compositions into Products -- 12 Main Types of PVC Products and Methods of Their Production -- 13 Extrusion -- 14 Calendering -- 15 Blow Moulding -- 16 Injection Moulding -- 17 Other Processes -- Section 5 Liquid PVC Compositions: Nature, Preparation, Processing, and Applications -- 18 PVC Pastes -- 19 Solutions -- 20 PVC Latices -- Section 6 Post-production Processing of PVC Products -- 21 Fabrication, Conversion and Related Processing of PYC Sheet and Parts -- 22 External Treatments of PVC Products -- Section 7 Applications of PVC Products, and Some Important Application-Related Properties -- 23 Miscellaneous PVC Products and Their Applications -- 24 PVC Properties of Special Significance in Some Important Usage Contexts -- Appendix 1 Some Material Properties of PVC Products and Compounds -- Appendix 2 Quantities and Units: The SI System: Unit Conversion Tables -- Appendix 3 Abbreviations (Letter Symbols) Used in This Book for Some Polymers, Their Derivative Plastics, and Certain Monomers.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-3834-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Parasite Communities: Patterns and Processes (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400908376
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Patterns and processes in helminth parasite communities: an overview -- 2 Host populations as resources defining parasite community organization -- 3 Spatial scale and the processes structuring a guild of larval trematode parasites -- 4 Guild structure of larval trematodes in molluscan hosts: prevalence, dominance and significance in competition -- 5 Helminth communities in marine fishes -- 6 Helminth communities in freshwater fish: structured communities of stochastic assemblages? -- 7 Helminth communities of amphibians and reptiles: comparative approaches to understanding patterns and processes -- 8 Helminth communities in avian hosts: determinants of pattern -- 9 Helminth community of mammalian hosts: concepts at the infracommunity, component and compound community levels -- 10 Models for multi-species parasite-host communities -- 11 Free-living communities and alimentary tract helminths: hypotheses and pattern analyses -- 12 Concluding remarks.
    Abstract: We first discussed the possibility of organizing a symposium on helminth communities in June, 1986. At that time, we were engaged in writing a joint paper on potential structuring mechanisms in helminth communities; we disagreed on a number of issues. We felt the reason for such debate was because the discipline was in a great state of flux, with many new concepts and approaches being introduced with increasing frequency. After consider­ able discussion about the need, scope and the inevitable limitations of such a symposium, we decided that the time was ripe to bring other ecologists, engaged in similar research, face-to-face. There were many individuals from whom to choose; we selected those who were actively publishing on helminth communities or those who had expertise in areas which we felt were particularly appropriate. We compiled a list of potential participants, contacted them and received unanimous support to organize such a symposium. Our intent was to cover several broad areas, fully recognizing that breadth negates depth (at least with a publisher's limitation on the number of pages). We felt it important to consider patterns amongst different kinds of hosts because this is where we had disagreed among ourselves.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Patterns and processes in helminth parasite communities: an overview2 Host populations as resources defining parasite community organization -- 3 Spatial scale and the processes structuring a guild of larval trematode parasites -- 4 Guild structure of larval trematodes in molluscan hosts: prevalence, dominance and significance in competition -- 5 Helminth communities in marine fishes -- 6 Helminth communities in freshwater fish: structured communities of stochastic assemblages? -- 7 Helminth communities of amphibians and reptiles: comparative approaches to understanding patterns and processes -- 8 Helminth communities in avian hosts: determinants of pattern -- 9 Helminth community of mammalian hosts: concepts at the infracommunity, component and compound community levels -- 10 Models for multi-species parasite-host communities -- 11 Free-living communities and alimentary tract helminths: hypotheses and pattern analyses -- 12 Concluding remarks.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0837-6
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Photostabilization of Polymers : Priciples and Applications (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400907478
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to the Photo-oxidative Degradation Mechanisms of Polymers -- 1.1 Definitions of Photostability of Polymeric Materials -- 1.2 General Mechanism of Polymer Photo-oxidation -- 1.3 Photoinitiation of Polymer Degradation -- 1.4 Chain Propagation -- 1.5 Chain Branching -- 1.6 Photo-reactions of Carbonyl Groups -- 1.7 Hydrogen Abstraction -- 1.8 Photodecomposition of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 1.9 Formation of Acids and Peracids -- 1.10 Formation of Unsaturated Groups -- 1.11 Termination Reactions -- 1.12 Phenyl Ring Opening Photo-reactions -- 1.13 Kinetics of Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.14 Role of Polymer Morphology in Photo-oxidation -- 1.15 Role of Polymer Manufacturing -- 1.16 Role of Metals or Metallic Compounds in Thermal and/or Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.17 Role of Processing in Thermal Oxidation of Polymers -- 1.18 Mechanisms Involved in the Photolysis of the Thermally Oxidized Polyolefins During Processing -- 1.19 Physical Processes in the Photo-oxidation of Polymers -- 2 Introduction to the Oxidative and Photo- stabilization of Polymers -- 2.1 Antioxidants -- 2.2 Photostabilizers -- 2.3 Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.4 Distribution of Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.5 Quenchers -- 2.6 Singlet Oxygen Deactivators -- 2.7 Photostability of Additives -- 2.8 Synergism and Antagonism between Additives -- 3 Antioxidants -- 3.1 Hindered Phenols -- 3.2 Hydroxygalvinol/Galvinoxy Radical System -- 3.3 Phenolic Sulphides -- 3.4 Monosulphides -- 3.5 Thiophenols and Dithiobisphenols -- 3.6 Sulphoxides and Sulphones -- 3.7 Synergistic Effects between Hindered Phenols and Sulphur- Containing Compounds -- 3.8 Dixanthogens and Thiophosphoryl Disulphides -- 3.9 Metal Dithiolates as Antioxidants -- 3.10 4-Alkyl-2-mercaptothiazolines -- 3.11 Sulphur Dioxide Role in Antioxidizing Systems -- 3.12 Role of the Antioxidant Structure in Stabilization Processes -- 3.13 Oven Ageing Antioxidant Performance -- 3.14 Polyquinones as Antioxidants -- 3.15 Lignin Derivatives as Stabilizers -- 3.16 Organophosphorus Antioxidants -- 3.17 Pentaerythrityl Diphosphites -- 3.18 Organoboron Antioxidants -- 3.19 Macrocyclic Ligands -- 3.20 Aromatic Amine Antioxidants -- 3.21 Nitroso Compounds and Nitrones -- 3.22 Antioxidant Properties of Nitrosoamines -- 3.23 Antioxidant Properties of Antistatic Agents (Tensides) -- 4 Pigments -- 4.1 Photostabilizing Properties of Pigments -- 4.2 Titanium Dioxide -- 4.3 Zinc Oxide -- 4.4 Metal Salts Coatings -- 4.5 Carbon Black -- 5 Photostabilizers -- 5.1 Alkyl-Substituted p-Hydroxybenzoates -- 5.2 Phenyl Esters of Benzoic Acid -- 5.3 Salicylanilides and Oxanilides -- 5.4 Diketones -- 5.5 Benzylidene Malonate -- 5.6 Esters of ?-Cyano-?-phenylcinnamic Acid -- 5.7 Hydroxybenzophenones -- 5.8 Chromanone and Tetralone Photostabilizers -- 5.9 Hydroxybenzotriazoles -- 5.10 Organic Metal Photostabilizers -- 5.11 Metal Stearates -- 5.12 Metal Salts of Organic Acids -- 5.13 Metal Oxime Chelates -- 5.14 Nickel(II) Mono-oxime (Hydrazone) Chelates -- 5.15 Metal Salicylate Chelates -- 5.16 Nickel(II) Bis(stilbene dithiolate) Chelates -- 5.17 Pyrazole Chelates -- 5.18 Nickel(II) Thiopicoline Anilide Chelate -- 5.19 Nickel(II) 2,2?-Thiobis(4-tert.-octylphenolato)-n-butylamine -- 5.20 Nickel(II) Bis(o-butyl-3,5-di-tert.-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-phosphonate -- 5.21 Metal Dithiolates as Photostabilizers -- 5.22 Metal Chelates as Pro-oxidants and Photoinitiators -- 5.23 Dithiocarbamate Iron Complex Acting as Photoinitiator of Polymer Degradation -- 5.24 Metal Acetylacetonates -- 5.25 Metal Deactivators -- 5.26 Organotellurium Compounds as Photostabilizers -- 6 Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers (HALS) -- 6.1 Mechanisms of HALS Reactions -- 6.2 Mechanisms of Nitroxy Radical Reactions -- 6.3 Transformations of Hindered Amines and Nitroxy Radicals During Processing of Polymers -- 6.4 Stabilizing Properties of HALS in Commercial Polymers -- 6.5 Synergistic/Antagonistic Effects of HALS with Other Additives -- 6.6 Novel HALS -- 7 Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.1 Properties of Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.2 Polymeric Antioxidants -- 7.3 Polymeric Photostabilizers -- 7.4 Hindered Amine (HALS) Monomers and Polymers -- 7.5 Polymers with Hindered N-oxy Group in the Main Chain -- 8 Industrial Aspects of Polymer Stabilization -- 8.1 Industrial Methods of Incorporating Additives -- 8.2 Toxicity of Photostabilizers -- 8.3 ‘World Index of Polyolefine Stabilizers’ -- 8.4 Industrial Application of Antioxidants -- 8.5 Photostabilization of Low-Density Polyethylene for Agricultural Applications -- 8.6 Commercially Produced Polymeric HALS -- 8.7 Photostabilization of Polypropylene Tapes and Fibres -- 8.8 Photostabilization of Rubber-Modified Plastics -- 8.9 Photostabilization of Poly(vinyl chloride) by Surface Photografting -- 8.10 Photostabilization of Coatings -- 8.11 Additives in a Space Environment -- 9 Experimental Methods in Polymer Degradation and Stabilization -- 9.1 Preparation of a Test Specimen -- 9.2 Determination of the Additive Content after Polymer Photo-oxidative Degradation -- 9.3 Quantitative Determination of Antioxidants -- 9.4 Determination of Effectiveness of Antioxidants -- 9.5 Measurement of Evaporation of Additives from Polymer Samples -- 9.6 Absorption Spectroscopy -- 9.7 Chemiluminescence Measurements -- 9.8 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy -- 9.9 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy -- 9.10 Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis (ESCA) -- 9.11 Analytical Methods for the Determination of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 9.12 Studies of the Kinetics of Oxidation by Oxygen Uptake Measurements -- 9.13 Determination of the Quenching of Singlet Oxygen -- 9.14 Radioactive Labelling Techniques -- 9.15 Viscosity Measurements -- 9.16 Determination of Chain Scission -- 9.17 The Gloss Loss Test -- 9.18 Testing Methods of Thermo-oxidative Degradation and Stability of Polymers and Plastics -- 9.19 Mechanical Testing of Polymer (Plastic) Samples -- 9.20 Testing of Weathering in Polymers -- 9.21 Computer Modelling of Photo-oxidation and Photostabilization -- References -- Appendices.
    Abstract: During the last two decades, the production of polymers and plastics has been increasing rapidly. In spite of developing new polymers and polymeric materials, only 40-60 are used commercially on a large scale. It has been estimated that half of the annual production of polymers is employed outdoors. Increasing the stability of polymers and plastics towards heat, light, atmospheric oxygen and other environmental agents and weathering conditions has always been a very important problem. The photochemical instability of most of polymers limits them to outdoor application, where they are photo­ degraded fast over periods ranging from months to a few years. To the despair of technologists and consumers alike, photodegrada­ tion and environmental ageing of polymers occur much faster than can be expected from knowledge collected in laboratories. In many cases, improved methods of preparation and purification of both monomers and polymers yield products of better quality and higher resistance to heat and light. However, without stabilization of polymers by applica­ tion of antioxidants (to decrease thermal oxidative degradation) and photostabilizers (to decrease photo-oxidative degradation) it would be impossible to employ polymers and plastics in everyday use.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to the Photo-oxidative Degradation Mechanisms of Polymers1.1 Definitions of Photostability of Polymeric Materials -- 1.2 General Mechanism of Polymer Photo-oxidation -- 1.3 Photoinitiation of Polymer Degradation -- 1.4 Chain Propagation -- 1.5 Chain Branching -- 1.6 Photo-reactions of Carbonyl Groups -- 1.7 Hydrogen Abstraction -- 1.8 Photodecomposition of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 1.9 Formation of Acids and Peracids -- 1.10 Formation of Unsaturated Groups -- 1.11 Termination Reactions -- 1.12 Phenyl Ring Opening Photo-reactions -- 1.13 Kinetics of Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.14 Role of Polymer Morphology in Photo-oxidation -- 1.15 Role of Polymer Manufacturing -- 1.16 Role of Metals or Metallic Compounds in Thermal and/or Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.17 Role of Processing in Thermal Oxidation of Polymers -- 1.18 Mechanisms Involved in the Photolysis of the Thermally Oxidized Polyolefins During Processing -- 1.19 Physical Processes in the Photo-oxidation of Polymers -- 2 Introduction to the Oxidative and Photo- stabilization of Polymers -- 2.1 Antioxidants -- 2.2 Photostabilizers -- 2.3 Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.4 Distribution of Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.5 Quenchers -- 2.6 Singlet Oxygen Deactivators -- 2.7 Photostability of Additives -- 2.8 Synergism and Antagonism between Additives -- 3 Antioxidants -- 3.1 Hindered Phenols -- 3.2 Hydroxygalvinol/Galvinoxy Radical System -- 3.3 Phenolic Sulphides -- 3.4 Monosulphides -- 3.5 Thiophenols and Dithiobisphenols -- 3.6 Sulphoxides and Sulphones -- 3.7 Synergistic Effects between Hindered Phenols and Sulphur- Containing Compounds -- 3.8 Dixanthogens and Thiophosphoryl Disulphides -- 3.9 Metal Dithiolates as Antioxidants -- 3.10 4-Alkyl-2-mercaptothiazolines -- 3.11 Sulphur Dioxide Role in Antioxidizing Systems -- 3.12 Role of the Antioxidant Structure in Stabilization Processes -- 3.13 Oven Ageing Antioxidant Performance -- 3.14 Polyquinones as Antioxidants -- 3.15 Lignin Derivatives as Stabilizers -- 3.16 Organophosphorus Antioxidants -- 3.17 Pentaerythrityl Diphosphites -- 3.18 Organoboron Antioxidants -- 3.19 Macrocyclic Ligands -- 3.20 Aromatic Amine Antioxidants -- 3.21 Nitroso Compounds and Nitrones -- 3.22 Antioxidant Properties of Nitrosoamines -- 3.23 Antioxidant Properties of Antistatic Agents (Tensides) -- 4 Pigments -- 4.1 Photostabilizing Properties of Pigments -- 4.2 Titanium Dioxide -- 4.3 Zinc Oxide -- 4.4 Metal Salts Coatings -- 4.5 Carbon Black -- 5 Photostabilizers -- 5.1 Alkyl-Substituted p-Hydroxybenzoates -- 5.2 Phenyl Esters of Benzoic Acid -- 5.3 Salicylanilides and Oxanilides -- 5.4 Diketones -- 5.5 Benzylidene Malonate -- 5.6 Esters of ?-Cyano-?-phenylcinnamic Acid -- 5.7 Hydroxybenzophenones -- 5.8 Chromanone and Tetralone Photostabilizers -- 5.9 Hydroxybenzotriazoles -- 5.10 Organic Metal Photostabilizers -- 5.11 Metal Stearates -- 5.12 Metal Salts of Organic Acids -- 5.13 Metal Oxime Chelates -- 5.14 Nickel(II) Mono-oxime (Hydrazone) Chelates -- 5.15 Metal Salicylate Chelates -- 5.16 Nickel(II) Bis(stilbene dithiolate) Chelates -- 5.17 Pyrazole Chelates -- 5.18 Nickel(II) Thiopicoline Anilide Chelate -- 5.19 Nickel(II) 2,2?-Thiobis(4-tert.-octylphenolato)-n-butylamine -- 5.20 Nickel(II) Bis(o-butyl-3,5-di-tert.-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-phosphonate -- 5.21 Metal Dithiolates as Photostabilizers -- 5.22 Metal Chelates as Pro-oxidants and Photoinitiators -- 5.23 Dithiocarbamate Iron Complex Acting as Photoinitiator of Polymer Degradation -- 5.24 Metal Acetylacetonates -- 5.25 Metal Deactivators -- 5.26 Organotellurium Compounds as Photostabilizers -- 6 Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers (HALS) -- 6.1 Mechanisms of HALS Reactions -- 6.2 Mechanisms of Nitroxy Radical Reactions -- 6.3 Transformations of Hindered Amines and Nitroxy Radicals During Processing of Polymers -- 6.4 Stabilizing Properties of HALS in Commercial Polymers -- 6.5 Synergistic/Antagonistic Effects of HALS with Other Additives -- 6.6 Novel HALS -- 7 Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.1 Properties of Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.2 Polymeric Antioxidants -- 7.3 Polymeric Photostabilizers -- 7.4 Hindered Amine (HALS) Monomers and Polymers -- 7.5 Polymers with Hindered N-oxy Group in the Main Chain -- 8 Industrial Aspects of Polymer Stabilization -- 8.1 Industrial Methods of Incorporating Additives -- 8.2 Toxicity of Photostabilizers -- 8.3 ‘World Index of Polyolefine Stabilizers’ -- 8.4 Industrial Application of Antioxidants -- 8.5 Photostabilization of Low-Density Polyethylene for Agricultural Applications -- 8.6 Commercially Produced Polymeric HALS -- 8.7 Photostabilization of Polypropylene Tapes and Fibres -- 8.8 Photostabilization of Rubber-Modified Plastics -- 8.9 Photostabilization of Poly(vinyl chloride) by Surface Photografting -- 8.10 Photostabilization of Coatings -- 8.11 Additives in a Space Environment -- 9 Experimental Methods in Polymer Degradation and Stabilization -- 9.1 Preparation of a Test Specimen -- 9.2 Determination of the Additive Content after Polymer Photo-oxidative Degradation -- 9.3 Quantitative Determination of Antioxidants -- 9.4 Determination of Effectiveness of Antioxidants -- 9.5 Measurement of Evaporation of Additives from Polymer Samples -- 9.6 Absorption Spectroscopy -- 9.7 Chemiluminescence Measurements -- 9.8 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy -- 9.9 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy -- 9.10 Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis (ESCA) -- 9.11 Analytical Methods for the Determination of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 9.12 Studies of the Kinetics of Oxidation by Oxygen Uptake Measurements -- 9.13 Determination of the Quenching of Singlet Oxygen -- 9.14 Radioactive Labelling Techniques -- 9.15 Viscosity Measurements -- 9.16 Determination of Chain Scission -- 9.17 The Gloss Loss Test -- 9.18 Testing Methods of Thermo-oxidative Degradation and Stability of Polymers and Plastics -- 9.19 Mechanical Testing of Polymer (Plastic) Samples -- 9.20 Testing of Weathering in Polymers -- 9.21 Computer Modelling of Photo-oxidation and Photostabilization -- References -- Appendices.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0747-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Modern Marketing Communications (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401168687
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Marketing. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: to Marketing Communications -- One Communications and the Marketing Mix -- 1 A Broader Look at the Marketing Mix -- 2 Communications in Relation to the Product Life Cycle -- 3 How Well do Names and Brands Communicate? -- 4 The Product Image and Packaging -- 5 How Does Price Communicate? -- 6 Corporate Identity -- Two Internal Communications -- 7 Internal Communications: Media and Methods -- 8 Sales Conferences -- 9 Sales Contests and Incentives -- 10 Communicating with Sales Staff -- Three Communicating with the Trade -- 11 Dealer Activities -- 12 Communicating with the Trade -- Four Communications with Customers -- 13 Consumer Behaviour -- 14 Market Education -- 15 The After Market -- Five Special Communication Techniques -- 16 Advertising -- 17 Sales Promotion -- 18 Direct Response Marketing -- 19 Public Relations -- 20 Sponsorships -- 21 Marketing Research -- Appendix I Bibliography -- Appendix II Associations and Educational Bodies -- Appendix III Syllabus for Marketing Communications, Chartered Institute of Marketing Diploma (as revised 1988).
    Abstract: Marketing communications is a subject which has become popular in both marketing and public relations circles, but sometimes with different parameters. There are those who prefer to confine marketing communications to promotional activities, which is mostly an academic point of view, and there are those who see the subject in broader terms, embracing every form of communication used in marketing, which is how the subject is practised in the business world. While the author has long experience as a teacher and examiner, he also continues to be a professional practitioner. Consequently, the book aims to serve those concerned with both the academic and the professional in terpreta tions of marketing comm unica tions. I t is of course hoped that those who adopt the academic approach to the subject will eventually acknowledge that there is more to marketing communi­ cations than advertising, sales promotion, selling, marketing research and public relations. It is also necessary to realise that public relations embraces much more than the 'publicity' in the 4Ps promotion box. Without wishing to be contentious, this broad approach is proposed so that communications of all kinds throughout the marketing strategy can have maximum effect. Very little has been published on this subject, and the book is therefore a pioneer attempt to establish the practical parameters of modern marketing communications. There are so many broad and narrow interpretations of marketing communications, but it is hoped that this book will be useful to teachers, students and practitioners of the subject.
    Description / Table of Contents: to Marketing CommunicationsOne Communications and the Marketing Mix -- 1 A Broader Look at the Marketing Mix -- 2 Communications in Relation to the Product Life Cycle -- 3 How Well do Names and Brands Communicate? -- 4 The Product Image and Packaging -- 5 How Does Price Communicate? -- 6 Corporate Identity -- Two Internal Communications -- 7 Internal Communications: Media and Methods -- 8 Sales Conferences -- 9 Sales Contests and Incentives -- 10 Communicating with Sales Staff -- Three Communicating with the Trade -- 11 Dealer Activities -- 12 Communicating with the Trade -- Four Communications with Customers -- 13 Consumer Behaviour -- 14 Market Education -- 15 The After Market -- Five Special Communication Techniques -- 16 Advertising -- 17 Sales Promotion -- 18 Direct Response Marketing -- 19 Public Relations -- 20 Sponsorships -- 21 Marketing Research -- Appendix I Bibliography -- Appendix II Associations and Educational Bodies -- Appendix III Syllabus for Marketing Communications, Chartered Institute of Marketing Diploma (as revised 1988).
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6868-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Planar Processing Primer (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400904415
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 634 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Planar Processing and Basic Devices -- 2. Wafers -- 3. Wafer Measurements -- 4. Equilibrium Concepts -- 5. Oxidation -- 6. Diffusion: Predeposition -- 7. Diffusion; Redistribution -- 8. Ion Implantation -- 9. Chemical Vapor Deposition; Epitaxy -- 10. Etching -- 11. Lithography -- 12. Physical Vapor Deposition; Sputtering -- Appendix A. Four-Point-Probe Derivations; Optical Interference -- A.1 Semi-Infinite (S-I) Sample -- A.2 Thickness Correction for l-t Samples -- A.3 Logarithmic Potential Derivation for Thin Samples -- A.4 Optical Interference -- Appendix B. Ion/Field Interactions -- Appendix C. The Glow Discharge -- C.1 General Gas Discharge -- C.2 The Glow -- C.3 A-C/R-F Glow Discharge -- C.4 R-F Problems -- C.5 Modified Techniques -- Appendix D. Gas Systems -- D.1 Basic Concepts -- D.2 Conductance Calculations -- D.3 Gas Supply Systems -- D.4 Gas Distribution Systems -- D.5 Exhaust Pump Considerations -- F.5.4. Dry Oxidation Curves for (111) Silicon Showing the Effect of Oxidant Pressure -- F.5.5. Dry Oxidation Curves of (111) Silicon with Added Chlorides -- F.5.6. Wet Oxidation of (111) Silicon and Silicon Nitride -- F.5.7. MBASIC Program for Oxidation of Silicon at Atmospheric Pressure -- F.6.1. Diffusion Data -- F.6.2. Error Function Properties -- F.6.3. Error Function Table -- F.6.5. Irvin Sheet Resistance Curves -- F.6.6. Oxide Masking Curves for Boron Predep -- F.6.7. Oxide Masking Curves for Phosphorus Predep -- F.6.8. Vapor Pressure Curves of Liquid Predep Sources -- F.6.10 Boron Nitride Predep Curves -- F.8.1. Ion Implantation: Effective Range Data -- Appendix G. Numerical Constants -- Appendix H. Furnace Construction.
    Abstract: Planar Processing Primer is based on lecture notes for a silicon planar process­ ing lecture/lab course offered at the University of Illinois-UC for over fifteen years. Directed primarily to electrical engineering upperclassmen and graduate students, the material also has been used successfully by graduate students in physics and ceramic and metallurgical engineering. It is suitable for self-study by engineers trained in other disciplines who are beginning work in the semiconductor fields, and it can make circuit design engineers aware of the processing limitations under which they must work. The text describes and explains, at an introductory level, the principal processing steps used to convert raw silicon into a semiconductor device or integrated circuit. First-order models are used for theoretical treatments (e.g., of diffusion and ion implantation), with reference made to more advanced treatments, to computer programs such as SUPREM that include higher order effects, and to interactions among sequential processes. In Chapters 8, 9, and to, the application of silicon processes to compound semiconductors is discussed briefly. Over the past several years, the size of transistors has decreased markedly, allowing more transistors per chip unit area, and chip size has increased.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0441-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Visual System of Fish (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400904118
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The underwater visual environment -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition of terms -- 1.3 The photic environment -- 1.4 Underwater vision and ultraviolet light -- 1.5 Dynamic changes in underwater light - spatiotemporal properties -- 1.6 The underwater polarized light field -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 2 The optical system of fishes -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.1 Optics -- 2.3 Accommodation -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 3 Optical variability of the fish lens -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Lens shape -- 3.3 Relative focal length (Matthiessen’s ratio) -- 3.4 Spherical aberration -- 3.5 Chromatic aberration -- 3.6 Functional significance of fish lens quality -- 3.7 Concluding remarks -- References -- 4 Visual pigments of fishes -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Visual pigment structure -- 4.3 Receptor types -- 4.4 Distribution of visual pigments -- References -- 5 Retinal structure of fishes -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Diversity of retinal structure -- 5.3 Differentiation, structure and connectivity of retinal cells -- 5.4 Cyclic changes of cell morphology in the outer retina -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 6 Electrophysiological characteristics of retinal neurones: synaptic interactions and functional outputs -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Receptive field organizations: spatial and spectral aspects -- 6.3 Voltage-dependent conductances -- 6.4 Specific synaptic interactions -- 6.5 Efferent inputs -- 6.6 Concluding remarks -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 7 Neurotransmitters and neuromodulators of the fish retina -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Neurotransmitters of the distal retina -- 7.3 Neurotransmitters of the proximal retina -- 7.4 Summary -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 8 Tectal morphology: connections, neurones and synapses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Retinal projections -- 8.3 Tectal position and lamination -- 8.4 Tectal afferents -- 8.5 Intrinsic structural organization of the tectum -- 8.6 Tectal efferents -- 8.7 Concluding remarks -- Abbreviations -- References -- 9 The physiology of the teleostean optic tectum -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 General physiological properties -- 9.3 Tectal input pathways: the retinotectal pathway -- 9.4 The marginal fibre pathway -- 9.5 The retinal efferents (retinopetal component) -- 9.6 The tectoreticular pathway -- 9.7 Conclusion -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 10 The visual pathways and central non-tectal processing -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Visual structures in the diencephalon including the pretectum -- 10.3 Visual structures in the telencephalon -- 10.4 Visual structures in the ventral mesencephalon -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 11 Behavioural studies of fish vision: an analysis of visual capabilities -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Behavioural methods -- 11.3 Visual capabilities -- References -- 12 Development of the visual system -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Development of the optics of the eye -- 12.3 Development of the retina -- 12.4 Development of the optic tectum -- References -- 13 Haplochromis burtoni: a case study -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Visually guided behaviour -- 13.3 Social regulation of growth -- 13.4 Retinal structure -- 13.5 Retinal growth -- 13.6Summary -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 14 Vision in elasmobranchs -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Physiological optics -- 14.3 Tapetum lucidum -- 14.4 Retinal anatomy and physiology -- 14.5 Concluding remarks -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 15 Stimulus, environment and vision in fishes -- 15.1 Introduction -- 15.2 The underwater light environment -- 15.3 Visual adaptations to the environment -- 15.4 Fish as visual stimuli -- 15.5 Summary -- References -- Species index.
    Abstract: A question often asked of those of us who work in the seemingly esoteric field of fish vision is, why? To some of us the answer seems obvious - how many other visual scientists get to dive in a tropical lagoon in the name of science and then are able to eat their subjects for dinner? However, there are better, or at least scientifically more acceptable, reasons for working on the visual system of fish. First, in terms of numbers, fish are by far the most important of all vertebrate classes, probably accounting for over half (c. 22 000 species) of all recognized vertebrate species (Nelson, 1984). Furthermore, many of these are of commercial importance. Secondly, if one of the research aims is to understand the human visual system, animals such as fish can tell us a great deal, since in many ways their visual systems, and specifically their eyes, are similar to our own. This is fortunate, since there are several techniques, such as intracellular retinal recording, which are vital to our understanding of the visual process, that cannot be performed routinely on primates. The cold­ blooded fish, on the other hand, is an ideal subject for such studies and much of what we know about, for example, the fundamentals of information processing in the retina is based on work carried out on fish (e. g. Svaetichin, 1953).
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The underwater visual environment1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition of terms -- 1.3 The photic environment -- 1.4 Underwater vision and ultraviolet light -- 1.5 Dynamic changes in underwater light - spatiotemporal properties -- 1.6 The underwater polarized light field -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 2 The optical system of fishes -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.1 Optics -- 2.3 Accommodation -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 3 Optical variability of the fish lens -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Lens shape -- 3.3 Relative focal length (Matthiessen’s ratio) -- 3.4 Spherical aberration -- 3.5 Chromatic aberration -- 3.6 Functional significance of fish lens quality -- 3.7 Concluding remarks -- References -- 4 Visual pigments of fishes -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Visual pigment structure -- 4.3 Receptor types -- 4.4 Distribution of visual pigments -- References -- 5 Retinal structure of fishes -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Diversity of retinal structure -- 5.3 Differentiation, structure and connectivity of retinal cells -- 5.4 Cyclic changes of cell morphology in the outer retina -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 6 Electrophysiological characteristics of retinal neurones: synaptic interactions and functional outputs -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Receptive field organizations: spatial and spectral aspects -- 6.3 Voltage-dependent conductances -- 6.4 Specific synaptic interactions -- 6.5 Efferent inputs -- 6.6 Concluding remarks -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 7 Neurotransmitters and neuromodulators of the fish retina -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Neurotransmitters of the distal retina -- 7.3 Neurotransmitters of the proximal retina -- 7.4 Summary -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 8 Tectal morphology: connections, neurones and synapses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Retinal projections -- 8.3 Tectal position and lamination -- 8.4 Tectal afferents -- 8.5 Intrinsic structural organization of the tectum -- 8.6 Tectal efferents -- 8.7 Concluding remarks -- Abbreviations -- References -- 9 The physiology of the teleostean optic tectum -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 General physiological properties -- 9.3 Tectal input pathways: the retinotectal pathway -- 9.4 The marginal fibre pathway -- 9.5 The retinal efferents (retinopetal component) -- 9.6 The tectoreticular pathway -- 9.7 Conclusion -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 10 The visual pathways and central non-tectal processing -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Visual structures in the diencephalon including the pretectum -- 10.3 Visual structures in the telencephalon -- 10.4 Visual structures in the ventral mesencephalon -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 11 Behavioural studies of fish vision: an analysis of visual capabilities -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Behavioural methods -- 11.3 Visual capabilities -- References -- 12 Development of the visual system -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Development of the optics of the eye -- 12.3 Development of the retina -- 12.4 Development of the optic tectum -- References -- 13 Haplochromis burtoni: a case study -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Visually guided behaviour -- 13.3 Social regulation of growth -- 13.4 Retinal structure -- 13.5 Retinal growth -- 13.6Summary -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 14 Vision in elasmobranchs -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Physiological optics -- 14.3 Tapetum lucidum -- 14.4 Retinal anatomy and physiology -- 14.5 Concluding remarks -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 15 Stimulus, environment and vision in fishes -- 15.1 Introduction -- 15.2 The underwater light environment -- 15.3 Visual adaptations to the environment -- 15.4 Fish as visual stimuli -- 15.5 Summary -- References -- Species index.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0411-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook Of Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401170475
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering -- 2 Project Planning -- 3 Human Factors Engineering -- 4 Fabrication Processes -- 5 Mechanical Fasteners -- 6 Heat Transfer and Thermal Control -- 7 Shock and Vibration Design -- 8 Subassemblies and Assemblies -- 9 Design Considerations for Space Electronics -- 10 Material Plating and Finishes -- 11 Radio Frequency and Electromagnetic Shielding -- 12 Design and Development of Miniature Electronics Systems -- 13 Wire and Cabling -- 14 Materials and Processes -- 15 Safety -- 16 Printed Circuits -- 17 Electrical Interconnection Systems -- 18 Forced Air Cooling Systems -- 19 Preferred Materials for Electronic Packaging -- 20 Selection of Plastics for Various Environments -- 21 Mechanics of Simple Stresses -- 22 Formulas and Conversions -- 23 Design Reviews—An Instrument for Decision Making -- 24 Slide Mount Considerations for Electronic Assemblies -- 25 Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronic Parts and Equipment -- 26 Metal Alloy and Temper Designation Systems -- Appendix A -- Appendix B.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering has been writ­ ten as a reference source for use in the packaging design of electronics equip­ ment. It is designed to provide a single convenient source for the solution of re­ curring design problems. The primary consideration of any design is that the end product meet or exceed the applicable product specifications. The judicious use of uniform design practices will realize the following economies and equipment improvements: • Economics of design. Uniform design practices will result in less engineering and design times and lower costs. They will also reduce the number of changes that may be required due to poor reliability, maintainability, or producibility. • Improved design. Better designs with increased reliability, maintainability, and producibility will result from the use of uniform design practices. • Production economies. Uniform designs employing standard available tools, materials, and parts will result in the cost control of manufacturing. The Handbook is intended primarily for the serious student of electronics packaging and for those engineers and designers actively engaged in this vital and interesting profession. It attempts to present electronics packaging as it is today. It can be used as a training text for instructional purposes and as a reference source for the practicing designer and engineer.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering2 Project Planning -- 3 Human Factors Engineering -- 4 Fabrication Processes -- 5 Mechanical Fasteners -- 6 Heat Transfer and Thermal Control -- 7 Shock and Vibration Design -- 8 Subassemblies and Assemblies -- 9 Design Considerations for Space Electronics -- 10 Material Plating and Finishes -- 11 Radio Frequency and Electromagnetic Shielding -- 12 Design and Development of Miniature Electronics Systems -- 13 Wire and Cabling -- 14 Materials and Processes -- 15 Safety -- 16 Printed Circuits -- 17 Electrical Interconnection Systems -- 18 Forced Air Cooling Systems -- 19 Preferred Materials for Electronic Packaging -- 20 Selection of Plastics for Various Environments -- 21 Mechanics of Simple Stresses -- 22 Formulas and Conversions -- 23 Design Reviews-An Instrument for Decision Making -- 24 Slide Mount Considerations for Electronic Assemblies -- 25 Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronic Parts and Equipment -- 26 Metal Alloy and Temper Designation Systems -- Appendix A -- Appendix B.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7047-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Yeast Technology (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401197717
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Preservation -- Nutrition -- 1 General Classification of Yeast -- Classification -- Impact of Recent Taxonomic Revision on Industry -- Yeasts of Economic Importance -- Culture Collection -- 2 Yeast Genetics -- Life Cycle -- Techniques Applicable to Yeast Strain Development -- Baker’s Yeast -- Brewer’s Yeast -- 3 Brewer’s Yeast -- General Characteristics of Yeast -- Yeast Characteristics Important for Brewing -- Brewing Process -- Brewery Contaminants -- Biochemistry of Brewing -- Recent Developments -- 4 Wine Yeasts -- Ecology -- Terminology -- Natural Yeasts and Their Occurrence on Grapes and in Musts -- Natural Fermentations -- Description of Species -- Selected Pure Culture Yeasts and Active Dry Wine Yeasts -- Preparation of Starter Cultures -- Biochemistry of Wine Fermentation165 -- The Killer Factor184 -- By-products of the Alcoholic Fermentation and Aroma Compounds -- Microbiological Reduction of Acids193 -- Genetic Manipulation of Wine Yeasts198 -- Microbial Spoilage of Wines199 -- B?otrytis cineria 201 -- Biogenic Amines and Ethyl Carbamate202 -- Technology of Wine Making204 -- Further Readings -- 5 Distiller’s Yeasts -- Whisky227 -- Distillates from Sugar-Containing Raw Materials238 -- Characteristics and Strains of Distiller’s Yeasts242 -- Flavor Compounds248 -- Fermentation Alcohol as Fuel252 -- Further Readings -- 6 Baker’s Yeast Production -- Manufacturing Process Outline262 -- Strains263 -- Principles of Aerobic Growth264 -- Raw Materials271 -- Environmental Parameters280 -- Practice of Aerobic Growth284 -- Further Readings -- 7 Use of Yeast in Baking -- Function of Yeast in Baking316 -- Bread Flavor334 -- White Pan Bread Technology336 -- Active Dry Yeast -- Further Readings -- 8 Yeast-Derived Products -- Flavor Products and Flavor Enhancers370 -- Nutritional Yeast385 -- Colorants Derived from Yeast390 -- Yeast-Derived Enzymes393 -- Products of Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Value, -- 9 Food and Feed Yeast -- Composition415 -- Use of Yeast as a Major Protein Source424 -- Production of Biomass426 -- Further Readings -- 10 Use of Yeasts in the Dairy Industry -- Cheese441 -- Lactose-free Milk441 -- Acidophilus-Yeast Milk442 -- Kefir442 -- Koumiss444 -- Desugaring of Eggs.
    Abstract: Yeasts are the active agents responsible for three of our most important foods - bread, wine, and beer - and for the almost universally used mind/ personality-altering drug, ethanol. Anthropologists have suggested that it was the production of ethanol that motivated primitive people to settle down and become farmers. The Earth is thought to be about 4. 5 billion years old. Fossil microorganisms have been found in Earth rock 3. 3 to 3. 5 billion years old. Microbes have been on Earth for that length of time carrying out their principal task of recycling organic matter as they still do today. Yeasts have most likely been on Earth for at least 2 billion years before humans arrived, and they playa key role in the conversion of sugars to alcohol and carbon dioxide. Early humans had no concept of either microorganisms or fermentation, yet the earliest historical records indicate that by 6000 B. C. they knew how to make bread, beer, and wine. Earliest humans were foragers who col­ lected and ate leaves, tubers, fruits, berries, nuts, and cereal seeds most of the day much as apes do today in the wild. Crushed fruits readily undergo natural fermentation by indigenous yeasts, and moist seeds germinate and develop amylases that produce fermentable sugars. Honey, the first con­ centrated sweet known to humans, also spontaneously ferments to alcohol if it is by chance diluted with rainwater. Thus, yeasts and other microbes have had a long history of 2 to 3.
    Description / Table of Contents: PreservationNutrition -- 1 General Classification of Yeast -- Classification -- Impact of Recent Taxonomic Revision on Industry -- Yeasts of Economic Importance -- Culture Collection -- 2 Yeast Genetics -- Life Cycle -- Techniques Applicable to Yeast Strain Development -- Baker’s Yeast -- Brewer’s Yeast -- 3 Brewer’s Yeast -- General Characteristics of Yeast -- Yeast Characteristics Important for Brewing -- Brewing Process -- Brewery Contaminants -- Biochemistry of Brewing -- Recent Developments -- 4 Wine Yeasts -- Ecology -- Terminology -- Natural Yeasts and Their Occurrence on Grapes and in Musts -- Natural Fermentations -- Description of Species -- Selected Pure Culture Yeasts and Active Dry Wine Yeasts -- Preparation of Starter Cultures -- Biochemistry of Wine Fermentation165 -- The Killer Factor184 -- By-products of the Alcoholic Fermentation and Aroma Compounds -- Microbiological Reduction of Acids193 -- Genetic Manipulation of Wine Yeasts198 -- Microbial Spoilage of Wines199 -- B?otrytis cineria 201 -- Biogenic Amines and Ethyl Carbamate202 -- Technology of Wine Making204 -- Further Readings -- 5 Distiller’s Yeasts -- Whisky227 -- Distillates from Sugar-Containing Raw Materials238 -- Characteristics and Strains of Distiller’s Yeasts242 -- Flavor Compounds248 -- Fermentation Alcohol as Fuel252 -- Further Readings -- 6 Baker’s Yeast Production -- Manufacturing Process Outline262 -- Strains263 -- Principles of Aerobic Growth264 -- Raw Materials271 -- Environmental Parameters280 -- Practice of Aerobic Growth284 -- Further Readings -- 7 Use of Yeast in Baking -- Function of Yeast in Baking316 -- Bread Flavor334 -- White Pan Bread Technology336 -- Active Dry Yeast -- Further Readings -- 8 Yeast-Derived Products -- Flavor Products and Flavor Enhancers370 -- Nutritional Yeast385 -- Colorants Derived from Yeast390 -- Yeast-Derived Enzymes393 -- Products of Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Value, -- 9 Food and Feed Yeast -- Composition415 -- Use of Yeast as a Major Protein Source424 -- Production of Biomass426 -- Further Readings -- 10 Use of Yeasts in the Dairy Industry -- Cheese441 -- Lactose-free Milk441 -- Acidophilus-Yeast Milk442 -- Kefir442 -- Koumiss444 -- Desugaring of Eggs.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-9771-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dynamic Aspects of Dental Pulp : Molecular biology, pharmacology and pathophysiology (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400904217
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Cells and Development -- 1 Innervation of teeth: developmental aspects -- 2 Odontoblasts: developmental aspects -- 3 Dental pulp fibroblasts in culture -- 4 Concluding remarks -- Two Anatomical Aspects of the Pulp — Odontoblast and Vascular Architecture -- 5 Role of the odontoblast process -- 6 Change of vascular architecture of dental pulp with growth -- 7 Concluding remarks -- Three Physiological Aspects of the Pulp — Microcirculatory and Sensory Functions -- 8 Intradental sensory units -- 9 Microcirculation: function and regulation in microvasculature -- 10 Haemodynamic regulation of the dental pulp -- 11 Interstitial fluid pressure and transmicrovascular fluid flow -- 12 Concluding remarks -- Four Biochemical Aspects of the Pulp — Enzymes and Matrix -- 13 Enzymes of the glycolytic pathway-phosphofructokinase, pyruvate kinase and lactate dehydrogenase -- 14 Collagenase synthesis by odontoblast-like cells (RP cells) preparation of monoclonal antibodies against RP cell collagenase and characterization of the enzyme -- 15 Dental pulp matrix — collagens and glycoproteins -- 16 Glycosaminoglycans in dental pulp -- 17 Concluding remarks -- Five Neuroregulators — Classic Neurotransmitters -- 18 The adrenergic system and dental pulp -- 19 The cholinergic system and the dental pulp -- 20 Concluding remarks -- Six Neuroregulators — Neuropeptides -- 21 Distribution of peptidergic nerves -- 22 Functions of peptidergic nerves -- 23 Concluding remarks -- Seven Bioactive Substances -- 24 Neurotrophic substances -- 25 Bradykinin and enkephalins -- 26 Prostaglandins and leukotrienes in dental pulp: their possible roles in pulp pathophysiology -- 27 Concluding remarks -- Eight Pathological Aspects of the Pulp and Medication -- 28 Reactions of dental sensory innervation to injury and inflammation -- 29 Proteases in inflammation -- 30 Arachidonic acid metabolism and antiseptics -- 31 Concluding Remarks.
    Abstract: This book presents a circumspective overview and update of the present existing knowledge of the biology, chemistry and pathophysiology of the dental pulp. It details numerous observations of a group of highly specialized investigators who have united in the common purpose of presenting their observations for the benefit of clinicians, teachers, researchers and students. Fortunately, the dental literature presents abundant research findings about pulp biology and the pulp's responses to various stimuli. This abundance has resulted in an increased interest and expansion of research on this subject. For example, publications abound on the response of pulp tissue to various medications and to a variety of types of dental materials which may be placed near to or at some distance from the pulp through the medium of dentine. One of the reasons the pulp is of such interest is that it not only provides the vitality to the teeth but also produces the dentine - both the primary and secondary, as well as reparative. The latter-type dentine is a result of the pulp's functions in response to disease as the former dentine is in response to health. As an example, some investigators have reported the effects of cutting of dentine and the placement of restorations in dentine which in turn reflect changes on the pulp tissue. These reports have raised a number of questions, which in turn have created a need for answers.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Cells and Development1 Innervation of teeth: developmental aspects -- 2 Odontoblasts: developmental aspects -- 3 Dental pulp fibroblasts in culture -- 4 Concluding remarks -- Two Anatomical Aspects of the Pulp - Odontoblast and Vascular Architecture -- 5 Role of the odontoblast process -- 6 Change of vascular architecture of dental pulp with growth -- 7 Concluding remarks -- Three Physiological Aspects of the Pulp - Microcirculatory and Sensory Functions -- 8 Intradental sensory units -- 9 Microcirculation: function and regulation in microvasculature -- 10 Haemodynamic regulation of the dental pulp -- 11 Interstitial fluid pressure and transmicrovascular fluid flow -- 12 Concluding remarks -- Four Biochemical Aspects of the Pulp - Enzymes and Matrix -- 13 Enzymes of the glycolytic pathway-phosphofructokinase, pyruvate kinase and lactate dehydrogenase -- 14 Collagenase synthesis by odontoblast-like cells (RP cells) preparation of monoclonal antibodies against RP cell collagenase and characterization of the enzyme -- 15 Dental pulp matrix - collagens and glycoproteins -- 16 Glycosaminoglycans in dental pulp -- 17 Concluding remarks -- Five Neuroregulators - Classic Neurotransmitters -- 18 The adrenergic system and dental pulp -- 19 The cholinergic system and the dental pulp -- 20 Concluding remarks -- Six Neuroregulators - Neuropeptides -- 21 Distribution of peptidergic nerves -- 22 Functions of peptidergic nerves -- 23 Concluding remarks -- Seven Bioactive Substances -- 24 Neurotrophic substances -- 25 Bradykinin and enkephalins -- 26 Prostaglandins and leukotrienes in dental pulp: their possible roles in pulp pathophysiology -- 27 Concluding remarks -- Eight Pathological Aspects of the Pulp and Medication -- 28 Reactions of dental sensory innervation to injury and inflammation -- 29 Proteases in inflammation -- 30 Arachidonic acid metabolism and antiseptics -- 31 Concluding Remarks.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0421-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Fluoride Glass Optical Fibres (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401168656
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Perspective and overview -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Optical fibre fundamentals -- 1.3 Loss mechanisms in optical fibre materials -- 1.4 Long wavelength fibre materials -- 1.5 Fluoride glasses and optical fibres -- 1.6 Applications for infrared optical fibres -- 1.7 Future prospects -- References -- 2 Properties of fluoride glasses -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Glass-forming systems, structure and crystallization -- 2.3 Thermal properties -- 2.4 Other properties -- 2.5 Optical properties -- References -- 3 Propagation in optical fibres -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Multimode fibres -- 3.3 Monomode fibres -- References -- 4 Manufacture of infrared fibres -- 4.1 Materials preparation -- 4.2 Melting techniques -- 4.3 Fibre fabrication -- 4.4 Problems -- 4.5 Fibre results -- References -- 5 Intrinsic loss measurements -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Rayleigh scattering -- 5.3 IR multiphonon edge -- 5.4 Minimum intrinsic loss -- 5.5 Longer wavelength transmitting fibres -- References -- 6 Extrinsic absorption -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Spectrometer measurements -- 6.3 Absorption due to water -- 6.4 Absorption due to transition metal ions -- 6.5 Absorption due to rare earth ions -- 6.6 Other impurities -- References -- 7 Extrinsic scattering -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Identification of scattering centres -- 7.3 Scattering theory -- 7.4 Scattering solutions for limiting cases -- 7.5 Solutions for metallic (absorbing) spheres -- 7.6 Applications to practical examples -- 7.7 Calculations of scattering loss -- 7.8 Scattering loss in fibres -- 7.9 Conclusions -- References -- 8 Measured losses in fibres -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Available techniques -- 8.3 Total loss -- 8.4 Absorption -- 8.5 Scattering -- 8.6 Recent results -- 8.7 Predicted minimum loss -- References -- 9 Mechanical properties -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Fracture and glass parameters -- 9.3 Strength measuring methods -- 9.4 Fibre strengths -- 9.5 Identification of flaws and effect on strength -- 9.6 Ultimate strength and maximum practical strength -- 9.7 Strength and homogeneous crystal growth -- 9.8 Durability -- 9.9 Conclusions -- References -- 10 Applications -- 10.1 Mid-IR communication systems -- 10.2 Active fibres -- 10.3 Laser surgery -- 10.4 Infrared fibre sensors -- References.
    Abstract: One of the most exciting prospects for optical fibres made from fluoride glasses is the possibility of providing long distance optical communication systems without the need for repeaters. This objective has stimulated much of the work into fluoride glasses over the past ten years, and has prompted the writing of this book. It has also emerged that fluoride fibres can transmit both visible and infrared energy (from about 0.5 to 5 ,urn) and that they have many applications outside the field of telecommunications. These include optical fibre sensors (particularly in remote infrared spectroscopy), laser surgery and fibre lasers. Several companies are now established in the field, and good quality fluoride fibres are available from sources throughout the USA, Europe and Japan. Moreover, the first commercial instruments based on fluoride fibres are finding their way to the market place and these fibres will undoubtedly form the basis of many more instruments yet to be developed. The work presented in this book represents the field both from an academic understanding of the materials and ways to convert them into fibre, and from a practical and commercial viewpoint. The principal author and some of the co­ authors are based at the British Telecom Research Laboratories in the UK.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Perspective and overview1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Optical fibre fundamentals -- 1.3 Loss mechanisms in optical fibre materials -- 1.4 Long wavelength fibre materials -- 1.5 Fluoride glasses and optical fibres -- 1.6 Applications for infrared optical fibres -- 1.7 Future prospects -- References -- 2 Properties of fluoride glasses -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Glass-forming systems, structure and crystallization -- 2.3 Thermal properties -- 2.4 Other properties -- 2.5 Optical properties -- References -- 3 Propagation in optical fibres -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Multimode fibres -- 3.3 Monomode fibres -- References -- 4 Manufacture of infrared fibres -- 4.1 Materials preparation -- 4.2 Melting techniques -- 4.3 Fibre fabrication -- 4.4 Problems -- 4.5 Fibre results -- References -- 5 Intrinsic loss measurements -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Rayleigh scattering -- 5.3 IR multiphonon edge -- 5.4 Minimum intrinsic loss -- 5.5 Longer wavelength transmitting fibres -- References -- 6 Extrinsic absorption -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Spectrometer measurements -- 6.3 Absorption due to water -- 6.4 Absorption due to transition metal ions -- 6.5 Absorption due to rare earth ions -- 6.6 Other impurities -- References -- 7 Extrinsic scattering -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Identification of scattering centres -- 7.3 Scattering theory -- 7.4 Scattering solutions for limiting cases -- 7.5 Solutions for metallic (absorbing) spheres -- 7.6 Applications to practical examples -- 7.7 Calculations of scattering loss -- 7.8 Scattering loss in fibres -- 7.9 Conclusions -- References -- 8 Measured losses in fibres -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Available techniques -- 8.3 Total loss -- 8.4 Absorption -- 8.5 Scattering -- 8.6 Recent results -- 8.7 Predicted minimum loss -- References -- 9 Mechanical properties -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Fracture and glass parameters -- 9.3 Strength measuring methods -- 9.4 Fibre strengths -- 9.5 Identification of flaws and effect on strength -- 9.6 Ultimate strength and maximum practical strength -- 9.7 Strength and homogeneous crystal growth -- 9.8 Durability -- 9.9 Conclusions -- References -- 10 Applications -- 10.1 Mid-IR communication systems -- 10.2 Active fibres -- 10.3 Laser surgery -- 10.4 Infrared fibre sensors -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6865-6
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Principles of Experimental Frequency Analysis (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400907850
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0785-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Design to Test : A Definitive Guide for Electronic Design, Manufacture, and Service (1990)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401160445
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- How (and Why) Circuits Are Tested -- Key Testability Techniques -- Testability Definitions -- Why Is Testability Important? -- Testability Awareness -- Testability Commitment -- Testability Benefits -- Testability Trends for the Future -- Design-to-Test Overview -- 2 System Level Guidelines -- System Analysis -- System Level Testability Guidelines -- 3 General Digital Circuit Guidelines -- Initialization -- Asynchronous Circuits and One-Shots -- Interfaces -- Built-in Test Diagnostics -- Feedback Loops -- Oscillators and Clocks -- Fan-in and Fan-out Considerations -- Bussed Logic -- Buffers -- Visibility Points -- Partitioning Functions into Logically Separable Units -- Wired OR/AND Functions -- Counters and Shift Registers -- Additional General Digital Board Guidelines -- Guidelines for Programmable Logic Devices -- 4 General Analog Circuit Guidelines -- General Analog Testability Guidelines -- Analog Circuit Elements -- Frequency Considerations -- High-Frequency Analog Circuits 81 Additional General Analog Circuit Guidelines -- Testability Guidelines for Hybrid Circuits -- 5 LSI/VLSI Board Level Guidelines -- LSI/VLSI Board Advantages and Disadvantages -- Partitioning of LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Controllability of LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Visibility on LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Initialization -- Synchronization -- Self-Tests -- Device Standardization -- Summary of LSI/VLSI Board Guidelines -- 6 Merchant Devices on Boards -- General Guidelines Using Merchant Devices -- The 8080A Microprocessor Family -- The 8085A Microprocessor Family -- The 8048 Microprocessor Family -- The 8086 Microprocessor Family -- The 80186 Processor -- The 80286 Processor -- The 80386 Processor -- The Z80 Microprocessor Family -- The Z8000 Microprocessor Family -- The 6800 Microprocessor Family -- The 2901 Microprocessor Family -- The 68000 Processor Family -- The 68020 Processor -- The 68030 Processor -- The 88000 RISC Processor Family -- The 320C2x DSP Device Family -- Merchant Semiconductor Use Guidelines Summary -- 7 LSI/VLSI ASIC Level Techniques -- Level Sensitive Scan Design (LSSD) -- Scan Path -- Scan/Set Logic -- Random Access Scan 169 Built-in Logic Block Observation (BILBO) -- Signature Analysis -- Reduced Intrusion Scan Path (RISP) -- Using Device Scan Paths for Board Level Testing -- Cross Check Technology Embedded Testability -- 8 Boundary Scan -- Board Test Problems as a Basis for Boundary Scan -- Boundary Scan Description -- Test Access Port Description -- Boundary Scan TAP Interconnection and Operation -- Types of Tests Using Boundary Scan -- Boundary Scan Cell Designs -- 9 Built-in Test (BIT) Approaches -- BIT Implementation Requirements -- BIT Access Bus Alternatives -- Chip Level BIT Implementations -- Dual-Port BIT Bus Implementations -- Built-in Test and Human Interactions -- Real-Time On-line Monitoring -- 10 Testability Busses -- The Proposed IEEE Standard Testability Bus -- Testability Busses and LSSD -- Testability Busses and Boundary Scan -- Testability Busses and Scan/Set -- TM and E-TM Testability Busses -- Testability Busses and the TAP -- Real-Time Testability Busses and Multiplexing -- Combination Serial/Real-Time Testability Bus -- Analog Testability Bus Implementation -- Testability Bus Configuration Options -- Testability Busses and ATE -- 11 Mechanical Guidelines -- Overall Test Philosophy -- Accessibility -- Connectors -- Board Layout Guidelines -- Adjustments -- Other Physical Guidelines -- 12 Surface Mount Technology Guidelines -- Mechanical Guidelines for SMT Board Design -- Electrical Guidelines for SMT Board Design -- 13 Software Guidelines -- Hardware Design Factors Required for Software Testability -- General Software Design Guidelines -- Specific Guidelines for Test Control -- Specific Guidelines for Test Modules -- Specific Guidelines for System Level Diagnostics -- Memory Tests -- Specific Guidelines for LRU Testing -- Test Software Development Plans -- 14 Testability Documentation -- Test Software Documentation -- Hardware Documentation -- 15 Implementation Guidelines -- Testability Program Flow -- Design Reviews -- Digital T-Score Rating System and Checklists -- 16 Test Techniques and Strategies -- Production Test Flows -- Cable, Backplane, and Bare Board Continuity Testing -- Loaded Board Opens and Shorts Testing -- In-Circuit Inspection Board Testing -- Manufacturing Defects Testing -- Digital Functional Testing -- Analog PCB Test Equipment -- Combinational Testers -- Choosing a Test Strategy -- Appendix A Testability Checklists -- Appendix B Digital T-Score Rating System.
    Abstract: This book is the second edition of Design to Test. The first edition, written by myself and H. Frank Binnendyk and first published in 1982, has undergone several printings and become a standard in many companies, even in some countries. Both Frank and I are very proud of the success that our customers have had in utilizing the information, all of it still applicable to today's electronic designs. But six years is a long time in any technology field. I therefore felt it was time to write a new edition. This new edition, while retaining the basic testability prin­ ciples first documented six years ago, contains the latest material on state-of-the-art testability techniques for electronic devices, boards, and systems and has been completely rewritten and up­ dated. Chapter 15 from the first edition has been converted to an appendix. Chapter 6 has been expanded to cover the latest tech­ nology devices. Chapter 1 has been revised, and several examples throughout the book have been revised and updated. But some­ times the more things change, the more they stay the same. All of the guidelines and information presented in this book deal with the three basic testability principles-partitioning, control, and visibility. They have not changed in years. But many people have gotten smarter about how to implement those three basic test­ ability principles, and it is the aim of this text to enlighten the reader regarding those new (and old) testability implementation techniques.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionHow (and Why) Circuits Are Tested -- Key Testability Techniques -- Testability Definitions -- Why Is Testability Important? -- Testability Awareness -- Testability Commitment -- Testability Benefits -- Testability Trends for the Future -- Design-to-Test Overview -- 2 System Level Guidelines -- System Analysis -- System Level Testability Guidelines -- 3 General Digital Circuit Guidelines -- Initialization -- Asynchronous Circuits and One-Shots -- Interfaces -- Built-in Test Diagnostics -- Feedback Loops -- Oscillators and Clocks -- Fan-in and Fan-out Considerations -- Bussed Logic -- Buffers -- Visibility Points -- Partitioning Functions into Logically Separable Units -- Wired OR/AND Functions -- Counters and Shift Registers -- Additional General Digital Board Guidelines -- Guidelines for Programmable Logic Devices -- 4 General Analog Circuit Guidelines -- General Analog Testability Guidelines -- Analog Circuit Elements -- Frequency Considerations -- High-Frequency Analog Circuits 81 Additional General Analog Circuit Guidelines -- Testability Guidelines for Hybrid Circuits -- 5 LSI/VLSI Board Level Guidelines -- LSI/VLSI Board Advantages and Disadvantages -- Partitioning of LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Controllability of LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Visibility on LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Initialization -- Synchronization -- Self-Tests -- Device Standardization -- Summary of LSI/VLSI Board Guidelines -- 6 Merchant Devices on Boards -- General Guidelines Using Merchant Devices -- The 8080A Microprocessor Family -- The 8085A Microprocessor Family -- The 8048 Microprocessor Family -- The 8086 Microprocessor Family -- The 80186 Processor -- The 80286 Processor -- The 80386 Processor -- The Z80 Microprocessor Family -- The Z8000 Microprocessor Family -- The 6800 Microprocessor Family -- The 2901 Microprocessor Family -- The 68000 Processor Family -- The 68020 Processor -- The 68030 Processor -- The 88000 RISC Processor Family -- The 320C2x DSP Device Family -- Merchant Semiconductor Use Guidelines Summary -- 7 LSI/VLSI ASIC Level Techniques -- Level Sensitive Scan Design (LSSD) -- Scan Path -- Scan/Set Logic -- Random Access Scan 169 Built-in Logic Block Observation (BILBO) -- Signature Analysis -- Reduced Intrusion Scan Path (RISP) -- Using Device Scan Paths for Board Level Testing -- Cross Check Technology Embedded Testability -- 8 Boundary Scan -- Board Test Problems as a Basis for Boundary Scan -- Boundary Scan Description -- Test Access Port Description -- Boundary Scan TAP Interconnection and Operation -- Types of Tests Using Boundary Scan -- Boundary Scan Cell Designs -- 9 Built-in Test (BIT) Approaches -- BIT Implementation Requirements -- BIT Access Bus Alternatives -- Chip Level BIT Implementations -- Dual-Port BIT Bus Implementations -- Built-in Test and Human Interactions -- Real-Time On-line Monitoring -- 10 Testability Busses -- The Proposed IEEE Standard Testability Bus -- Testability Busses and LSSD -- Testability Busses and Boundary Scan -- Testability Busses and Scan/Set -- TM and E-TM Testability Busses -- Testability Busses and the TAP -- Real-Time Testability Busses and Multiplexing -- Combination Serial/Real-Time Testability Bus -- Analog Testability Bus Implementation -- Testability Bus Configuration Options -- Testability Busses and ATE -- 11 Mechanical Guidelines -- Overall Test Philosophy -- Accessibility -- Connectors -- Board Layout Guidelines -- Adjustments -- Other Physical Guidelines -- 12 Surface Mount Technology Guidelines -- Mechanical Guidelines for SMT Board Design -- Electrical Guidelines for SMT Board Design -- 13 Software Guidelines -- Hardware Design Factors Required for Software Testability -- General Software Design Guidelines -- Specific Guidelines for Test Control -- Specific Guidelines for Test Modules -- Specific Guidelines for System Level Diagnostics -- Memory Tests -- Specific Guidelines for LRU Testing -- Test Software Development Plans -- 14 Testability Documentation -- Test Software Documentation -- Hardware Documentation -- 15 Implementation Guidelines -- Testability Program Flow -- Design Reviews -- Digital T-Score Rating System and Checklists -- 16 Test Techniques and Strategies -- Production Test Flows -- Cable, Backplane, and Bare Board Continuity Testing -- Loaded Board Opens and Shorts Testing -- In-Circuit Inspection Board Testing -- Manufacturing Defects Testing -- Digital Functional Testing -- Analog PCB Test Equipment -- Combinational Testers -- Choosing a Test Strategy -- Appendix A Testability Checklists -- Appendix B Digital T-Score Rating System.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6044-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Comparative Biochemistry of Parasitic Helminths (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400908338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 180 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Ascris suum: a useful model for anerobic mitochondrial metabolism and the transition in aerobic-anaerobic developing parasitic helminths -- 2 The role of 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT: serotonin) in glucose transport, intermediary carbohydrate metabolism and helminth neurobiology -- 3 What are the functions of the catecholamines and 5-hydroxytryptamine in the parasitic nematodes? -- 4 The physiological significance of Complex II (succinate-ubiquinone reductase) in respiratory adaptation -- 5 Oxygen and the lower Metazoa -- 6 How do parasitic helminths use and survive oxygen and oxygen metabolites? -- 7 Carbohydrate and energy metabolism in adult schistosomes: a reappraisal -- 8 Using carbon-13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy to study helminth metabolism -- 9 Detoxification reactions in parasitic helminths -- 10 Parasite transport and inactivation functions involved in antiparasitic efficacy -- 11 The molecular biology of drug resistance in parasitic helminths -- 12 Comparative biochemistry of parasites and its role in drug resistance—an investigation of species differences in tubulin -- 13 Systemic effects of helminth infections as revealed by serum LDH isozymes and kinetic parameters of transport (Vmax and K1) of the host tissue -- Helminth index.
    Abstract: When Professor John Sprent first suggested, in 1982, that the Australian Society for Parasitology should bid for the opportunity to mount the Sixth International Congress of Parasitology, the immediate reaction was one of disbelief. However, in the two years or so before ICOPA 5, in Toronto, he used his considerable powers to the utmost and spent himself unstintingly in persuading Australian parasitologists to put together a bid. The Society inevitably agreed, for it is difficult to prevent such a determined and eminent man from getting his own way! A case for an Australian venue was prepared and, as President, I was charged with the task of convincing the delegates in Toronto that Australia was worth going all the way to see. The events of that meeting are now far in the past; suffice to say that, in the end, Australia won by the narrowest of margins, largely due to the energy of my inventive colleagues who put the case for Australia at every possible and improbable moment. I do not remember a great deal about the scientific aspects of ICOPA 5. I was far too preoccupied with an awful spectre, that of telling John Sprent that I had failed, to pay attention to much other than lobbying for votes. I do remember, however, telling myself how much I would enjoy the next ICOPA without the terrible responsibility of capturing ICOPA 7.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Ascris suum: a useful model for anerobic mitochondrial metabolism and the transition in aerobic-anaerobic developing parasitic helminths2 The role of 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT: serotonin) in glucose transport, intermediary carbohydrate metabolism and helminth neurobiology -- 3 What are the functions of the catecholamines and 5-hydroxytryptamine in the parasitic nematodes? -- 4 The physiological significance of Complex II (succinate-ubiquinone reductase) in respiratory adaptation -- 5 Oxygen and the lower Metazoa -- 6 How do parasitic helminths use and survive oxygen and oxygen metabolites? -- 7 Carbohydrate and energy metabolism in adult schistosomes: a reappraisal -- 8 Using carbon-13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy to study helminth metabolism -- 9 Detoxification reactions in parasitic helminths -- 10 Parasite transport and inactivation functions involved in antiparasitic efficacy -- 11 The molecular biology of drug resistance in parasitic helminths -- 12 Comparative biochemistry of parasites and its role in drug resistance-an investigation of species differences in tubulin -- 13 Systemic effects of helminth infections as revealed by serum LDH isozymes and kinetic parameters of transport (Vmax and K1) of the host tissue -- Helminth index.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0833-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Solder Paste in Electronics Packaging : Technology and Applications in Surface Mount, Hybrid Circuits, and Component Assembly (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401160506
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I—Overview -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II—Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III—Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV—Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-RelatedProblems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V—Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI—Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: PrintedWiring Assemblies -- IV.Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues onCleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    Abstract: One of the strongest trends in the design and manufacture of modern electronics packages and assemblies is the utilization of surface mount technology as a replacement for through-hole tech­ nology. The mounting of electronic devices and components onto the surface of a printed wiring board or other substrate offers many advantages over inserting the leads of devices or components into holes. From the engineering viewpoint, much higher lead counts with shorter wire and interconnection lengths can be accommo­ dated. This is critical in high performance modern electronics packaging. From the manufacturing viewpoint, the application of automated assembly and robotics is much more adaptable to high lead count surface mounted devices and components. Indeed, the insertion of high lead count parts into fine holes on a substrate might often be nearly impossible. Yet, in spite of these surface mounting advantages, the utilization of surface mount technology is often a problem, primarily due to soldering problems. The most practical soldering methods use solder pastes, whose intricacies are frequently not understood by most of those involved in the engineering and manufacture of electronics assemblies. This publication is the first book devoted exclusively to explanations of the broad combination of the chemical, metallurgical, and rheological principles that are critical to the successful use of solder pastes. The critical relation­ ships between these characteristics are clearly explained and pre­ sented. In this excellent presentation, Dr. Hwang highlights three impor­ tant areas of solder paste technology.
    Description / Table of Contents: I-Overview1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II-Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III-Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV-Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-RelatedProblems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V-Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI-Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: PrintedWiring Assemblies -- IV.Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues onCleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6050-6
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    I.T. in Retailing : Application of Information Technology and Corporate Models in Retailing (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401164054
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Retail trade. ; Computer science. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Overview of retailing: the future -- 2 Direct product profitability -- 3 Towards an integrated retail management information system -- 4 Planning profitable strategies -- 5 Simulating the retail environment for planning, assessment and training -- Problems Specifically of the Small and Medium Retailer -- 6 A decision support system for medium sized retailers using low cost local area networks -- 7 Technology for the small independent grocer -- Electronic Point of Sales -- 8 Retailing is communicating -- 9 Using point of sales -- 10 Technology for the independent retailer -- 11 Hand held systems in the retail industry -- Specialised Aspects of Retailing -- 12 Lessons for the future from out of the past -- 13 Design and implementation of forecasting and inventory control in the retail industry -- 14 Utilising private data networks to manage -- 15 Enhancing retail profitability using computer-aided design -- 16 Advertising tracking for retailers -- 17 Intreractive media — gimmick or real productivity tool? -- The Future — Land of Promise? -- 18 Making EFTPoS work -- 19 Smart cards in retailing -- 20 EFTPoS the consumer viewpoint.
    Abstract: Retailing today is one of the largest, most buoyant and most competitive market sectors. The large, medium and small retailers, providers of systems are the major players in this market. The exploitation of information technology and the use of quantitative corporate models are emerging as key factors in determining the strength and effectiveness of marketing plans and support logistics. Many major retailers have developed considerable in-house expertise in this area and many hard­ ware manufacturers and systems houses have created special divisions to provide turn-key installations, products and services in order to exploit these opportunities. However, in the research leading up to the seminar on which this book is based, a number of important gaps in retailer useage of systems were noted. While many retailers, including the large multiples, had very sophisticated electronic point of sales devices, the information that was available was not being used to plan effective marketing and selling strategies, nor yet to plan for growth. In the medium and smaller companies there was still concern whether electronic point of sales were cost effective for them or whether being without such aids put them at a grave disadvantage vis-a-vis their larger competitors.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Overview of retailing: the future2 Direct product profitability -- 3 Towards an integrated retail management information system -- 4 Planning profitable strategies -- 5 Simulating the retail environment for planning, assessment and training -- Problems Specifically of the Small and Medium Retailer -- 6 A decision support system for medium sized retailers using low cost local area networks -- 7 Technology for the small independent grocer -- Electronic Point of Sales -- 8 Retailing is communicating -- 9 Using point of sales -- 10 Technology for the independent retailer -- 11 Hand held systems in the retail industry -- Specialised Aspects of Retailing -- 12 Lessons for the future from out of the past -- 13 Design and implementation of forecasting and inventory control in the retail industry -- 14 Utilising private data networks to manage -- 15 Enhancing retail profitability using computer-aided design -- 16 Advertising tracking for retailers -- 17 Intreractive media - gimmick or real productivity tool? -- The Future - Land of Promise? -- 18 Making EFTPoS work -- 19 Smart cards in retailing -- 20 EFTPoS the consumer viewpoint.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6405-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Surface Mount Technology : Principles and Practice (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401165327
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 1 Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 2 Implementing Surface Mount Technology -- Two Designing with Surface Mounting -- 3 Surface Mount Components -- 4 Substrates for Surface Mounting -- 5 Surface Mount Design Considerations -- 6 Surface Mount Land Pattern Design -- 7 Design for Manufacturability, Testing, and Repair -- Three Manufacturing with Surface Mounting -- 8 Adhesive and Its Application -- 9 Solder Paste and Its Application -- 10 Metallurgy of Soldering and Solderability -- 11 Component Placement -- 12 Soldering of Surface Mounted Components -- 13 Flux and Cleaning -- 14 Quality Control, Repair, and Testing -- Appendix A Surface Mount Standards -- Appendix B Detailed Questionnaire for Evaluating Pick-and-Place Equipment for Surface Mounting -- Appendix C Glossary.
    Abstract: Surface Mount Technology is not a technology of tommorrow but a technology of today. It provides a quantum jump in the packaging tech­ nology to produce state-of-the-art miniaturized electronic products. How­ ever, in order to take advantage of this technology, a complete infrastruc­ ture must be put in place. This requires considerable investment in human and capital resources. Intel corporation has made these investments to keep its customers for components and systems on the leading edge of technology. Based on the experience of putting this infrastructure in place for system products, this book is written for managers who need to manage the risk during its implementation, and the practicing engineers who need to improve the design and manufacturing processes for improved yield and cost reduction. To accomplish this task, I have not only culled the infor­ mation from published materials, but have also depended on input from both my colleagues in Intel and such outside organizations as the Institute of interconnecting and Packaging electronic Circuits (IPC) , the Electronics Industries Association (EIA), and the Surface Mount Council. But the underlying basis for this book has been my first-hand experience in im­ plementing this technology for Intel Systems Group and my experience at Boeing, my previous employer. In a fast-changing technology like SMT, it is very easy to have obsolete information even before the book is published. For this reason, I have concentrated on the basic principles and practice of the technology.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Introduction to Surface Mounting1 Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 2 Implementing Surface Mount Technology -- Two Designing with Surface Mounting -- 3 Surface Mount Components -- 4 Substrates for Surface Mounting -- 5 Surface Mount Design Considerations -- 6 Surface Mount Land Pattern Design -- 7 Design for Manufacturability, Testing, and Repair -- Three Manufacturing with Surface Mounting -- 8 Adhesive and Its Application -- 9 Solder Paste and Its Application -- 10 Metallurgy of Soldering and Solderability -- 11 Component Placement -- 12 Soldering of Surface Mounted Components -- 13 Flux and Cleaning -- 14 Quality Control, Repair, and Testing -- Appendix A Surface Mount Standards -- Appendix B Detailed Questionnaire for Evaluating Pick-and-Place Equipment for Surface Mounting -- Appendix C Glossary.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6532-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Agricultural Research and Technology Transfer (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401167710
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Agricultural Research Systems -- 1. National Agricultural Research Systems: Selected Case Histories -- 2. National Agricultural Research Systems: An Overview -- 3. Components of the National Agricultural Research Systems -- 4. International Agricultural Research Systems and Co-operation -- Two: Agricultural Research-Form and Content -- 5. The Conceptual Framework -- 6. Allocation of Resources for Agricultural Research -- 7. Planning the Research Programme -- 8. The Research Project -- Three: Human Resources in Agricultural Research -- 9. Formation of the Research Worker -- 10. Manpower Needs, Recruitment and Personnel Policy -- 11. The Research Organisation as a Social System -- Four: Organisational Structure at the Institutional Level -- 12. Structure of a National Agricultural Research Institute -- 13. Regionalisation of Agricultural Research -- Five: Administration in the Service of Research -- 14. Principles of Research Management -- 15. The Scientist as Research Administrator -- 16. Administrative Personnel and Service Units -- Six: The Transfer of Technology -- 17. National Extension Services. Selected Case Histories and Overview -- 18. The Role and Objectives of Agricultural Extension -- 19. The Structure of National Agricultural Extension Services -- 20. Human Resources in Extension -- 21. The Adoption of New Technology -- 22. The Agricultural Information System (AIS).
    Abstract: Agricultural research was probably the first and is the most widespread form of organised research in the world, and one in which both the most developed and underdeveloped countries are engaged. Whilst most forms of research activity, such as in the field of medicine, have world­ wide application, agricultural research, by its very nature, has to be regional; practically no research finding can be adopted without studying the results of its application under the infinite number of ecological situations with which the farmers of the world are faced. The improvement of agricultural production is the essential first step whereby developing countries can hope to raise their standard of living. Research is therefore an activity in which no underdeveloped country can afford not to engage; nor can countries in which agriculture has reached a high level of development and sophistication afford to neglect agricultural research. It is not because of inertia or vested interests that highly industrialised countries maintain, mostly at public expense, a costly and complex infrastructure for agricultural research. Even when problems of overproduction weigh heavily on the economy, agricultural research is considered the essential key to further progress: the objectives and goals are simply changed and adapted to the needs of the economy.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Agricultural Research Systems1. National Agricultural Research Systems: Selected Case Histories -- 2. National Agricultural Research Systems: An Overview -- 3. Components of the National Agricultural Research Systems -- 4. International Agricultural Research Systems and Co-operation -- Two: Agricultural Research-Form and Content -- 5. The Conceptual Framework -- 6. Allocation of Resources for Agricultural Research -- 7. Planning the Research Programme -- 8. The Research Project -- Three: Human Resources in Agricultural Research -- 9. Formation of the Research Worker -- 10. Manpower Needs, Recruitment and Personnel Policy -- 11. The Research Organisation as a Social System -- Four: Organisational Structure at the Institutional Level -- 12. Structure of a National Agricultural Research Institute -- 13. Regionalisation of Agricultural Research -- Five: Administration in the Service of Research -- 14. Principles of Research Management -- 15. The Scientist as Research Administrator -- 16. Administrative Personnel and Service Units -- Six: The Transfer of Technology -- 17. National Extension Services. Selected Case Histories and Overview -- 18. The Role and Objectives of Agricultural Extension -- 19. The Structure of National Agricultural Extension Services -- 20. Human Resources in Extension -- 21. The Adoption of New Technology -- 22. The Agricultural Information System (AIS).
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6771-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Biochemistry of Antimicrobial Action (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400908253
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Development of Antimicrobial Agents, Past, Present and Future -- The social and economic importance of antimicrobial agents -- An outline of the historical development of antimicrobial agents and of chemotherapeutic theories -- Reasons for studying the biochemistry of antimicrobial compounds -- Development of biochemical knowledge of antimicrobial action -- Scope and layout of the present book -- 2 The Bacterial Cell Wall — A Vulnerable Shield -- Functions of the wall -- Wall structure -- Structure and biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- Antibiotics that inhibit peptidoglycan biosynthesis -- 3 Antiseptics, Antibiotics and the Cell Membrane -- Microbe killers: antiseptics and disinfectants -- Polypeptide antibiotics -- Ionophoric antibiotics -- Polyene antibiotics -- An inhibitor of membrane phospholipid biosynthesis -- 4 Inhibitors of Nucleic Acid Synthesis -- Compounds affecting the biosynthesis of nucleotide precursors -- Inhibitors of nucleic acid synthesis at the polymerization level -- 5 Inhibitors of Protein Synthesis -- Ribosomes -- Stages in protein biosynthesis -- Puromycin -- Inhibitors of aminoacyl-tRNA formation -- Inhibitors of initiation-complex formation and tRNA—ribosome interaction -- Inhibitors of peptide bond formation and translocation -- Nucleic acid synthesis during inhibition of protein synthesis -- Effects of inhibitors of 70S ribosomes on eukaryotic cells -- 6 Antifungal, Antiprotozoal and Antiviral Agents -- Compounds used to treat protozoal diseases -- Compounds used to treat fungal diseases -- Compounds used to treat virus diseases -- 7 Penetrating the Defences: How Antimicrobial Agents Reach Their Targets -- Cellular permeability barriers to drug penetration -- Some examples of modes of penetration of antimicrobial agents -- The exploitation of transport systems in the design of new antimicrobial agents -- 8 Resistance to Antimicrobial Drugs -- The genetics of drug resistance -- Spread of drug resistance by gene transfer -- Biochemical mechanisms of drug resistance -- Bacterial tolerance -- Practical approaches to the control of drug resistance.
    Abstract: The rapid advances made in the study of the synthesis, structure and function of biological macromolecules in the last fifteen years have enabled scientists concerned with antimicrobial agents to achieve a considerable measure of understanding of how these substances inhibit cell growth and division. The use of antimicrobial agents as highly specific inhibitors has in turn substantially assisted the investigation of complex biochemical pro­ cesses. The literature in Ihis field is so extensive however, that we considered an attempt should be made to draw together in an introductory book the more significant studies of recent years. This book, which is in fact based on lec­ ture courses given by us to undergraduates at Liverpool and Manchester Universities, is therefore intended as an introduction 'to the biochemistry of antimicrobial action for advanced students in many disciplines. We hope that it may also be useful to established scientists who are new to this area of research. The book is concerned with a discussion of medically important antimicro­ bial compounds and also a number of agents that, although having no medical uses, have proved invaluable as research tools in biochemistry. Our aim has been to esent pr the available information in a simple and readable way, emphasizing the established facts rather than more controversial material. Whenever possible, however, we have indicated the gaps in the present knowledge of the subject where further information is required.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Development of Antimicrobial Agents, Past, Present and FutureThe social and economic importance of antimicrobial agents -- An outline of the historical development of antimicrobial agents and of chemotherapeutic theories -- Reasons for studying the biochemistry of antimicrobial compounds -- Development of biochemical knowledge of antimicrobial action -- Scope and layout of the present book -- 2 The Bacterial Cell Wall - A Vulnerable Shield -- Functions of the wall -- Wall structure -- Structure and biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- Antibiotics that inhibit peptidoglycan biosynthesis -- 3 Antiseptics, Antibiotics and the Cell Membrane -- Microbe killers: antiseptics and disinfectants -- Polypeptide antibiotics -- Ionophoric antibiotics -- Polyene antibiotics -- An inhibitor of membrane phospholipid biosynthesis -- 4 Inhibitors of Nucleic Acid Synthesis -- Compounds affecting the biosynthesis of nucleotide precursors -- Inhibitors of nucleic acid synthesis at the polymerization level -- 5 Inhibitors of Protein Synthesis -- Ribosomes -- Stages in protein biosynthesis -- Puromycin -- Inhibitors of aminoacyl-tRNA formation -- Inhibitors of initiation-complex formation and tRNA-ribosome interaction -- Inhibitors of peptide bond formation and translocation -- Nucleic acid synthesis during inhibition of protein synthesis -- Effects of inhibitors of 70S ribosomes on eukaryotic cells -- 6 Antifungal, Antiprotozoal and Antiviral Agents -- Compounds used to treat protozoal diseases -- Compounds used to treat fungal diseases -- Compounds used to treat virus diseases -- 7 Penetrating the Defences: How Antimicrobial Agents Reach Their Targets -- Cellular permeability barriers to drug penetration -- Some examples of modes of penetration of antimicrobial agents -- The exploitation of transport systems in the design of new antimicrobial agents -- 8 Resistance to Antimicrobial Drugs -- The genetics of drug resistance -- Spread of drug resistance by gene transfer -- Biochemical mechanisms of drug resistance -- Bacterial tolerance -- Practical approaches to the control of drug resistance.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0825-3
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    A Psychology of Food : More Than a Matter of Taste (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401170338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Psychobiology. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Food: Its Psychological Meaning and Significance -- 1. The Role of Food and Eating in Personality and Social Development -- 2 Food Preferences -- 2. Long-term Food Preferences -- 3. Fluctuations in Food Preferences -- 4. The Relation Between Emotions and Food Preferences -- 5. Fads, Fashions, and Food Preferences -- 3 Food as a Complex Psychological Stimulus -- 6. Taste -- 7. Odor -- 8. Texture -- 9. Appearance -- 10. Color -- 4 Food Meanings and Associations -- 11. Food Meanings -- 12. Changing Food Likes and Dislikes -- 13. The Use of Food as Psychotherapy -- 14. Conclusion.
    Abstract: Writing this book has been a pleasure, but it has also been frustrating. It was a delight to see that the facts of food preferences, eating, and food behavior conform in many ways to the general principles of psychology. Matching these, however, was often like putting together a jigsaw puz­ zle-looking at a fact and trying to figure out which psychological theories or principles were relevant. This was made more difficult by conflicting principles in psychology and contradictory findings in psychological as well as food-preference research. The material cited is not meant to be exhaustive. Undoubtedly, I have been influenced by my own research interests and points of view. When conflicting data exist, I selected those that seemed to me most representa­ tive or relevant, and I have done so without consistently pointing out contrary findings. This applies also to the discussion of psychological prin­ ciples. Much psychological research is done in very restrictive conditions. Therefore, it has limited applicability beyond the confines of the context in which it was conducted. What holds true of novelty, complexity, and curiosity when two-dimensional line drawings are studied, for example, may not have much to do with novelty, complexity, and curiosity in rela­ tion to foods, which vary in many ways such as shape, color, taste, texture, and odor. Nevertheless, I have tried to suggest relationships between psy­ chological principles and food preferences.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Food: Its Psychological Meaning and Significance1. The Role of Food and Eating in Personality and Social Development -- 2 Food Preferences -- 2. Long-term Food Preferences -- 3. Fluctuations in Food Preferences -- 4. The Relation Between Emotions and Food Preferences -- 5. Fads, Fashions, and Food Preferences -- 3 Food as a Complex Psychological Stimulus -- 6. Taste -- 7. Odor -- 8. Texture -- 9. Appearance -- 10. Color -- 4 Food Meanings and Associations -- 11. Food Meanings -- 12. Changing Food Likes and Dislikes -- 13. The Use of Food as Psychotherapy -- 14. Conclusion.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7033-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Proceedings of the First International Conference on Interfaces in Medicine and Mechanics : Proceedings of the International Conference held at the University College, Swansea 12th - 15th April, 1988 (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401174770
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 398 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Implants in Medicine and Dentistry -- The importance of bending stresses in the leaflets of pericardial heart valve substitutes -- The tearing strength of chemically modified pericardium -- Prosthetic anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction Biomechanical and functional performance -- A comparative analysis of four types of prosthetic anterior cruciate ligament replacement in the goat -- Biomaterials in Otology. Experimental aspects and general clinical implications -- Changes in the material properties and function of pericardial bioprosthetic heart valves in vivo -- Hydrodynamic characteristics of tapered arterial prostheses -- The history of implants in oral surgery -- Osseointegrated implants in the mandible using Nobelpharma Implant System. -- 2 Implant Interaction with Tissue -- Biodegradation and phagocyte/polymer interaction -- Biodegradation-dependent trace element accumulation: A study of calcium phosphate ceramics and polymers -- The interaction between connective tissues and implant materials -- Computer-assisted image analysis in tissue-material interactions -- Titanium implant surfaces -- 3 Tissue/Bone Examination -- Choosing a signal for vibration analysis of fracture healing -- Collagen fibre orientation in bone -- Skeletal strain and the maintenance of bone mass -- Continuous mineral matrices in bone and dentine -- 4 Materials Examination -- Scanning electron microscope appearance of the enamel/composite/bracket boundaries in orthodontic bonding -- Titanium alloys for biomedical applications. -- Experimental mastoid obliteration with hydroxyapatite tricalcium phosphate (Zimmer/Xomed) and fibrin glue (Immuno-Austria) -- Role of design and material on stress distributions of cemented hip prostheses -- The fracture toughness of dental restorative materials -- The etching of biological material in vacuum. Paper I & II -- The Direct Deposition of Carbon, Suitable for Surgical Implants -- 5 Finite Elements in Medicine & Dentistry -- Numerical Modelling — Basis & Applications -- Finite element analysis of the elbow after joint replacement -- The use of finite element stress analysis in the assessment of tooth movement -- A finite element analysis of the natural frequencies of vibration of the human tympanic membrane. Part II -- Mathematical modelling in medicine -- Stresses along the composite resin-dentine interface analysed by the finite element method -- Improvement of mechanical strength of ceramic head for hip prosthesis by means of fitting geometry modifications: A finite element analysis -- 6 Materials Development -- Rubber reinforced polymers for bone cement — morphology and mechanical properties -- Dental application of novel morphology polymers -- Nitrided ferritic steels -- Alumina vs zirconium oxide: a comparative wear test -- 3-D porous alumina-bioglass composite coating (Poral R) for cementless ceramic hip prosthetic cup -- 7 Materials Standards and Safety -- Safety aspects of surgically-implantable devices -- The changing role of industry for implant technology -- Standards in Dentistry and Medicine -- Appendix Abstracts of Contributed Presentations -- Stress analysis using thermal emission -- The application of surface texture measurement for studying the failure of bone implants and dental fillings -- Corrosion resistance of titanium -- Fatigue testing of hip prostheses -- Conformation of adsorbed proteins and enzymes: Chymotrypsin at the polystyrene/water interface -- Interfacial shear strength and penetration of PMMA cement into bone -- History of orthopaedic implants.
    Abstract: The thirty nine papers accepted for pub1 ication in the First International Conference on 'Interfaces in Medicine & Meehani cs' at Swansea in Apri 1, 1988 represent the current state of the art in the science of implant surgery. This initial venture was planned and undertaken when the present editors and their colleagues realised the need for a closer interaction and dialogue between the clinician and. those basic scientists working in the area of implant surgery. Thi s interface, together with the real interface at the material/tissue borders, thus forms the basis of the present conference. These two ideas, we felt, were nicely and effectively captured in the drawing by Edgar Rubins (1915), a perception psycho 1 ogi st, used on the book cover and elsewhere in our 1 iterature. The Proceedings were planned with some difficulty, due to the wi de scope of the conference. However, we felt the best format was to follow the logical progression of implant development. The introductory papers and talks therefore demonstrate the scope of surgical implants in current use. The development of an implant starts with modelling of the proposed implant and its potential environment and the proceedings follow the same format. Following this, materials in current use are discussed.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7477-0
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Physico-Chemical Characterisation of Plant Residues for Industrial and Feed Use (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400911314
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Use of modern NMR spectroscopy in plant cell wall research -- Near- and mid-infrared studies of the cell wall structure of cereal straw in relation to its rumen degradability -- An introduction to pyrolysis mass spectrometry of lignocellulosic material: case studies on barley straw, corn stem and Agropyron -- Cell wall autofluorescence -- Light microscopy and histology of lignocellulose related to biodegradation -- Electron microscopy as a method to evaluate structure and degradation of plant cell walls -- Some properties of cell wall layers determining ruminant digestion -- Identification and importance of polyphenolic compounds in crop residues -- 13C-NMR spectroscopy of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Lignin characterisation of wheat straw samples as determined by chemical degradation procedures -- Determination of phenolic compounds from lignocellulosic by-products by HPLC with electrochemical detector -- Electrochemical approaches to the oxidative degradation of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Methods for the evaluation of lignin properties suitable for conversion -- Comparison of chemical and biological methods for predicting feed intakes and animal performance -- Recommendations -- List of Participants.
    Abstract: The workshop reported in this volume is one of a series sponsored by the Commission of the European Communities, Directorate-General for Science, Research and Development (DG XII), under the Concerted Action Programme COST 84-bis, entitled "Use of lignocellulose containing by-products and other plant residues for animal feeding". Since COST 84-bis was established there has been a major shift of emphasis in agricultural research in Europe, with the development of alternative uses for crops and their by-products becoming a priority issue. In recognition of this recent workshops he,ld under the aegis of COST 84-bis have been equally concerned with the potential of lignocellulosic residues to form the feedstock for a variety of new and established industrial uses in addition to their established use as animal feed. Development of strategies for the use of plants or plant residues with a high cell wall content is dependant on knowledge of cell wall structure and organisation and how structure relates to the behaviour of the wall during mechanical, chemical or biological processing. Progress in cell wall research has been greatly facilitated by the substantial developments in methods of instrumental analysis that have occurred during the last decade. Plant tissues now can be examined in far greater detail and far more rapidly than was hitherto possible, often without the need for extraction or modification of the cell wall or its component polymers.
    Description / Table of Contents: Use of modern NMR spectroscopy in plant cell wall researchNear- and mid-infrared studies of the cell wall structure of cereal straw in relation to its rumen degradability -- An introduction to pyrolysis mass spectrometry of lignocellulosic material: case studies on barley straw, corn stem and Agropyron -- Cell wall autofluorescence -- Light microscopy and histology of lignocellulose related to biodegradation -- Electron microscopy as a method to evaluate structure and degradation of plant cell walls -- Some properties of cell wall layers determining ruminant digestion -- Identification and importance of polyphenolic compounds in crop residues -- 13C-NMR spectroscopy of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Lignin characterisation of wheat straw samples as determined by chemical degradation procedures -- Determination of phenolic compounds from lignocellulosic by-products by HPLC with electrochemical detector -- Electrochemical approaches to the oxidative degradation of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Methods for the evaluation of lignin properties suitable for conversion -- Comparison of chemical and biological methods for predicting feed intakes and animal performance -- Recommendations -- List of Participants.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-1131-4
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Computer Applications in Fermentation Technology: Modelling and Control of Biotechnological Processes (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400911413
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Measurement -- Integrated fermentor sampling and analysis -- Measurement of biological reaction rates using advanced pH control systems -- Morphological measurements on filamentous microorganisms by image analysis -- Reconciliation of measurement data in fermentation using on-line expert system -- Glucose biosensors for the study and control of bakers compressed yeast production -- Computer controlled system for on-line monitoring of a fermentation process -- 2: Modelling I -- Structured modelling of bioreactor systems -- Mathematical simulation of anaerobic stratified biofilm processes -- A new approach for development of structured growth models -- Modelling secondary metabolite production — case pleuromulin -- Modelling of kinetics, mass transfer and mixing phenomena in 45, 450 and 4500 L tank fermenters -- A software tool for fermentation modelling -- Hydrodynamic and kinetic modelling of a flocculating bioreactor with cell recycle -- Modelling and simulation of naphthalene to salicylic acid fermentation process -- 3: Modelling II — System Identification, Parmeter and State Estimation -- An introduction to system identification, parameter and state estimation -- Expert system approach to recognize the state of fermentation and to diagnose faults in bioreactors -- Toward a systematic method for the generalization of fermentation data -- Adaptive inferential estimation and its application to biomass control -- Experimental validation of a methodology for on-line state estimation in bioreactors -- Optimal feeding strategy for identification of Monod-type models by fed-batch experiments -- Identification of a simulated continuous yeast fermentation -- Structured modelling and parameter identification of budding yeast populations -- Parameter estimation of kinetics and modelling in methanogenic fermentation of Methanosarcina barkeri -- On-line estimation of cell mass using an extended Kalman filter -- Observability by pH in bioprocesses -- 4: Control I -- Process controlled temperature induction during batch fermentations for recombinant DNA products -- Application of an expert system to the operation and control of industrial antibiotic fermentation process -- IBE fermentation control -- Improvement of the penicillin production in bench-scale reactors by on-line measurement, data evaluation and parameter-adaptive control -- On-line parameter identification and computer control of an anaerobic waste water treatment process -- On experiences with expert systems in the control of bioreactors -- Intelligent purification of monoclonal antibodies -- 5: Control II -- A fed-batch process for pullulanase production -- A new approach for the control of baker’s yeast fed-batch fermentation -- Lyapunov design of convergent adaptive controllers for a class of multilinear systems arising from biotechnological applications -- A new nonlinear adaptive approach to automatic control of bioprocesses -- Adaptive algorithm for estimation and control of fed-batch bioprocesses -- Modelling and control of polygalacturonase production from Kluyveromyces marxianus -- Nonlinear estimation and adaptive control of a fed-batch fermentor -- Sensitivity analysis in static optimization of fermentation plants -- Maximum production of glutathione in fed-batch culture of Saccharomyces cerevisiae -- 6: Data Management -- Management of process control data for bio-process analysis -- Data handling for fermentation development — an industrial approach -- On-line monitoring of the response of a fermentation process to nutrient additions -- A modelling approach to trouble diagnosis by multilevel fuzzy functions and its application -- Model based optimization of a SCP fermentation process -- Adaptive monitoring of bioreactor contamination -- PC-based on-line estimation of derived variables -- The use of carbon dioxide evolution rate in consistency checking other fermenter sensor outputs -- Using the downhill Simplex method to fit complex rate equations to data -- Fermentation fault diagnosis using analytical redundancy -- Author Index.
    Abstract: Richard Fox Chairman, Scientific Programme Committee Between 25th and 29th September, 1988, 243 people who either apply or research the use of computers in fermentation gathered together at Robinson College, Cambridge, UK. They came from 30 countries. The conference brought together two traditions. Firstly, it continued the series on Computer Applications in Fermentation Technology (ICCAFT) inaugurated by Henri Blanchere in Dijon in 1973 and carried forward in Philadelphia and Manchester. Secondly, it brought the expertise of the many members of the International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC), who focused their attention on biotechnology at Noordwijkerhout in the Netherlands in December, 1985. I am happy to say that the tradition carries on and a successor meeting will hopefully take place in the USA in 1991. If you find these proceedings useful or stimulating, then we hope to see you there. We set out to make ICCAFT4 a close-knit friendly conference. We housed all who cared to in Robinson College itself and organised no parallel sessions. Because we, the organisers, experience difficulty with the jargon of our colleagues from other disciplines, we asked Bruce Beck to present a breakfast tutorial on modern control and modelling techniques, and we set up informal panel discussions after dinner on two evenings. Neville Fish chaired a forum on the microbiological principles behind models, while Professors Derek Linkens and Ron Leigh led a discussion on expert systems in control.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: MeasurementIntegrated fermentor sampling and analysis -- Measurement of biological reaction rates using advanced pH control systems -- Morphological measurements on filamentous microorganisms by image analysis -- Reconciliation of measurement data in fermentation using on-line expert system -- Glucose biosensors for the study and control of bakers compressed yeast production -- Computer controlled system for on-line monitoring of a fermentation process -- 2: Modelling I -- Structured modelling of bioreactor systems -- Mathematical simulation of anaerobic stratified biofilm processes -- A new approach for development of structured growth models -- Modelling secondary metabolite production - case pleuromulin -- Modelling of kinetics, mass transfer and mixing phenomena in 45, 450 and 4500 L tank fermenters -- A software tool for fermentation modelling -- Hydrodynamic and kinetic modelling of a flocculating bioreactor with cell recycle -- Modelling and simulation of naphthalene to salicylic acid fermentation process -- 3: Modelling II - System Identification, Parmeter and State Estimation -- An introduction to system identification, parameter and state estimation -- Expert system approach to recognize the state of fermentation and to diagnose faults in bioreactors -- Toward a systematic method for the generalization of fermentation data -- Adaptive inferential estimation and its application to biomass control -- Experimental validation of a methodology for on-line state estimation in bioreactors -- Optimal feeding strategy for identification of Monod-type models by fed-batch experiments -- Identification of a simulated continuous yeast fermentation -- Structured modelling and parameter identification of budding yeast populations -- Parameter estimation of kinetics and modelling in methanogenic fermentation of Methanosarcina barkeri -- On-line estimation of cell mass using an extended Kalman filter -- Observability by pH in bioprocesses -- 4: Control I -- Process controlled temperature induction during batch fermentations for recombinant DNA products -- Application of an expert system to the operation and control of industrial antibiotic fermentation process -- IBE fermentation control -- Improvement of the penicillin production in bench-scale reactors by on-line measurement, data evaluation and parameter-adaptive control -- On-line parameter identification and computer control of an anaerobic waste water treatment process -- On experiences with expert systems in the control of bioreactors -- Intelligent purification of monoclonal antibodies -- 5: Control II -- A fed-batch process for pullulanase production -- A new approach for the control of baker’s yeast fed-batch fermentation -- Lyapunov design of convergent adaptive controllers for a class of multilinear systems arising from biotechnological applications -- A new nonlinear adaptive approach to automatic control of bioprocesses -- Adaptive algorithm for estimation and control of fed-batch bioprocesses -- Modelling and control of polygalacturonase production from Kluyveromyces marxianus -- Nonlinear estimation and adaptive control of a fed-batch fermentor -- Sensitivity analysis in static optimization of fermentation plants -- Maximum production of glutathione in fed-batch culture of Saccharomyces cerevisiae -- 6: Data Management -- Management of process control data for bio-process analysis -- Data handling for fermentation development - an industrial approach -- On-line monitoring of the response of a fermentation process to nutrient additions -- A modelling approach to trouble diagnosis by multilevel fuzzy functions and its application -- Model based optimization of a SCP fermentation process -- Adaptive monitoring of bioreactor contamination -- PC-based on-line estimation of derived variables -- The use of carbon dioxide evolution rate in consistency checking other fermenter sensor outputs -- Using the downhill Simplex method to fit complex rate equations to data -- Fermentation fault diagnosis using analytical redundancy -- Author Index.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-1141-3
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Comparative Physiology of Regulatory Peptides (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400908352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Distribution and function of regulatory peptides -- 1 Atrial natriuretic peptides—localization, structure, function and phylogeny -- 2 Bombesin -- 3 Gastrin/cholecystokinin-related peptides—comparative aspects -- 4 Neurotensin and related peptides -- 5 Opioid peptides—comparative peripheral mechanisms -- 6 Substance P and other tachykinins -- 7 Vasoactive intestinal peptide -- 8 Pancreatic peptides -- 9 Peptides in invertebrates -- Two Integrated physiological functions -- 10 Gut motility -- 11 Gut secretion -- 12 The cardiovascular system -- 13 Co-existence and co-function -- 14 Biosynthesis of regulatory peptides—evolutionary aspects.
    Abstract: Strictly speaking, the term regulatory peptides may include any peptide which has a regulatory function in any organism. In recent years, how­ ever, the term has come to mean those originally classified as brain-gut peptides. The peptides initially defined as those belonging to the brain­ gut axis had a dual location in neurones of the brain and endocrine cells of the gut. We now include a number of neuropeptides found in the autonomic nervous system of the gut, the cardiovascular system and other systems. To many scientists comparative physiology means comparison of the mechanisms of certain functions in the rat, the guinea-pig, the cat and maybe some other mammal. If the philosophy is that man is the centre of the universe and other mammals can be used as 'models' of man, this may well be the most useful way to study the functions of the human being, without actually chopping somebody up. However, with a some­ what wider perspective on life, it is easy to see the importance of a full understanding of the function of all living organisms, in its own right as well as a link in the evolution towards individuals able to survive and reproduce in very different environments. The importance of com­ parative studies in all living organisms cannot be emphasized too much. It has been the ambition with this book to treat all animals as equally important.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Distribution and function of regulatory peptides1 Atrial natriuretic peptides-localization, structure, function and phylogeny -- 2 Bombesin -- 3 Gastrin/cholecystokinin-related peptides-comparative aspects -- 4 Neurotensin and related peptides -- 5 Opioid peptides-comparative peripheral mechanisms -- 6 Substance P and other tachykinins -- 7 Vasoactive intestinal peptide -- 8 Pancreatic peptides -- 9 Peptides in invertebrates -- Two Integrated physiological functions -- 10 Gut motility -- 11 Gut secretion -- 12 The cardiovascular system -- 13 Co-existence and co-function -- 14 Biosynthesis of regulatory peptides-evolutionary aspects.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-0835-2
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Applied Nonparametric Statistical Methods (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400912236
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introducing nonparametric methods -- 1.1 Basic statistics -- 1.2 Hypothesis tests -- 1.3 Estimation -- 1.4 Samples and populations -- 1.5 Further reading -- 1.6 Computers and nonparametric methods -- Exercises -- 2 Location estimates for single samples -- 2.1 The sign test -- 2.2 Inferences about medians based on ranks -- 2.3 Other location estimators -- 2.4 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 3 Distribution tests and rank transformations for single samples -- 3.1 Matching samples to distributions -- 3.2 Robustness -- 3.3 Transformations of ranks -- 3.4 Practical implications of efficiency -- 3.5 Modified assumptions -- 3.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 4 Methods for paired samples -- 4.1 Comparisons in pairs -- 4.2 A less obvious use of the sign test -- 4.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 5 Tests and estimation for two independent samples -- 5.1 Location tests and estimates -- 5.2 Wilcoxon—Mann—Whitney confidence intervals -- 5.3 Tests on functions of ranks -- 5.4 Tests for equality of variance -- 5.5 A test for a common distribution -- 5.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 6 Three or more samples -- 6.1 Possible extensions -- 6.2 Location tests for independent samples -- 6.3 Tests for heterogeneity of variance for independent samples -- 6.4 Further tests for several independent samples -- 6.5 Location comparisons for related samples -- 6.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 7 Bivariate and multivariate data -- 7.1 Correlation in bivariate data -- 7.2 Nonparametric bivariate linear regression -- 7.3 Monotonie regression -- 7.4 Multivariate data -- 7.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 8 Counts and categories -- 8.1 Categorical data -- 8.2 Tests for independence in two-way tables -- 8.3 The log-linear model -- 8.4 Goodness of fit tests for discrete data -- 8.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 9 Robustness, jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.1 The computer and robustness -- 9.2 Jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 10 Looking ahead -- 10.1 Nonparametric methods in a wider context -- 10.2 Developments from basic techniques -- 10.3 More sophisticated developments -- 10.4 The Bayesian approach -- A1 Random variables -- A2 Permutations and combinations -- A6 Least squares regression -- A7 Data sets -- A8 Tables of critical values for nonparametric methods -- References -- Solutions to odd-numbered exercises.
    Abstract: This book is a practical introduction to statistical techniques called nonpara­ metric methods. Using examples, we explain assumptions and demonstrate procedures; theory is kept to a minimum. We show how basic problems are tackled and try to clear up common misapprehensions so as to help both students of statistics meeting the methods for the first time and workers in other fields faced with data needing simple but informative analysis. An analogy between experimenters and car drivers describes our aim. Statistical analyses may be done by following a set of rules without understanding their logical basis, but this has dangers. It is like driving a car with no inkling ofhow the internal combustion engine, the gears, the ignition system, the brakes actually work. Understanding the rudiments helps one get better performance and makesdrivingsafer;appropriate gearchanges become a way to reduce engine stress, prolong engine life, improve fuel economy, minimize wear on brake linings. Knowing how to change the engine oil or replace worn sparking plugs is notessential for adriver, but it will reduce costs. Learning such basics will not make one a fully fledged mechanic, even less an automotive engineer; but it all contributes to more economical and safer driving, alertingone to the dangers ofbald tyres, aleakingexhaust, worn brake linings.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introducing nonparametric methods1.1 Basic statistics -- 1.2 Hypothesis tests -- 1.3 Estimation -- 1.4 Samples and populations -- 1.5 Further reading -- 1.6 Computers and nonparametric methods -- Exercises -- 2 Location estimates for single samples -- 2.1 The sign test -- 2.2 Inferences about medians based on ranks -- 2.3 Other location estimators -- 2.4 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 3 Distribution tests and rank transformations for single samples -- 3.1 Matching samples to distributions -- 3.2 Robustness -- 3.3 Transformations of ranks -- 3.4 Practical implications of efficiency -- 3.5 Modified assumptions -- 3.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 4 Methods for paired samples -- 4.1 Comparisons in pairs -- 4.2 A less obvious use of the sign test -- 4.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 5 Tests and estimation for two independent samples -- 5.1 Location tests and estimates -- 5.2 Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney confidence intervals -- 5.3 Tests on functions of ranks -- 5.4 Tests for equality of variance -- 5.5 A test for a common distribution -- 5.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 6 Three or more samples -- 6.1 Possible extensions -- 6.2 Location tests for independent samples -- 6.3 Tests for heterogeneity of variance for independent samples -- 6.4 Further tests for several independent samples -- 6.5 Location comparisons for related samples -- 6.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 7 Bivariate and multivariate data -- 7.1 Correlation in bivariate data -- 7.2 Nonparametric bivariate linear regression -- 7.3 Monotonie regression -- 7.4 Multivariate data -- 7.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 8 Counts and categories -- 8.1 Categorical data -- 8.2 Tests for independence in two-way tables -- 8.3 The log-linear model -- 8.4 Goodness of fit tests for discrete data -- 8.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 9 Robustness, jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.1 The computer and robustness -- 9.2 Jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 10 Looking ahead -- 10.1 Nonparametric methods in a wider context -- 10.2 Developments from basic techniques -- 10.3 More sophisticated developments -- 10.4 The Bayesian approach -- A1 Random variables -- A2 Permutations and combinations -- A6 Least squares regression -- A7 Data sets -- A8 Tables of critical values for nonparametric methods -- References -- Solutions to odd-numbered exercises.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-1223-6
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Radar Principles for the Non-Specialist (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401169851
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Elementary Electromagnetics and the Radar Range Equation -- Radio Waves -- A Simple Radar -- The Radar Range Equation -- Surveillance -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 2 Antennas -- A Parabolic Reflector -- The Antenna Pattern -- The Interferometer -- Finding Sidelobe Levels -- Array Radars -- Element Spacing -- Array Gain -- Array Thinning -- Array Design Considerations -- Exercises -- References -- 3 Detection and Tracking -- The Problem of Detection -- Noise Distributions -- Signal-to-Noise Ratio -- Designing Thresholds -- Some Detection Techniques -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 4 Radar Cross Section -- RCS of a Sphere -- RCSs of Simple Objects -- Polarization -- Chaff Characteristics -- Diffuse Targets and Clutter -- Radar Signatures -- Exercises -- References -- 5 Waveforms and Signal Processing -- Characteristics of the Simple Pulse -- Range Measurement -- Doppler Measurements -- Pulse Compression -- Time Sidelobes -- Pulse Burst Waveforms -- Ambiguity Functions -- Signal Processing -- Exercises -- References -- 6 Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) -- Mainbeam Jamming -- Sidelobe Jamming -- Low-Probability-of-Intercept Radar (LPIR) -- Other Jamming Techniques -- Passive ECM -- Exercises -- References -- 7 Systems Applications -- Over-the-Horizon Radars -- Radar Altimeters -- Ionospheric Radars -- Advanced Technology Radars -- Pulse-Doppler Radars -- Synthetic Aperture Radar -- Laser Radars -- Exercises -- References -- 8 Loose Ends of Radar Lore -- Radar Horizon -- Properties of the Medium -- Ionosphere -- Troposphere -- Far Field of an Antenna -- Convenient Radar Rules of Thumb -- Exercises -- References -- 9 Radar Potentials and Limitations -- Surveillance -- Navigation -- Signatures -- Science -- Summary -- Appendix 1 Conversion to Decibels -- Appendix 2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- Appendix 3 Fourier Series and Transforms -- Fourier Series -- Fourier Transforms -- Appendix 4 Answers to Exercises -- Appendix 5 Glossary.
    Abstract: What This Book Is This book is about radar. It will teach you the essentials of radar, the underlying principles. It is not like an engineering handbook which pro­ vides detailed design equations without explaining either derivation or rationale. It is not like a graduate school textbook which may be abstruse and esoteric to the point of incomprehensibility. And it is not like an anthology of popular magazine articles which may be gaudy but superfi­ cial. It is an attempt to distill the very complex, rich technology of radar into its fundamentals, tying them to the laws of nature on one end and to the most modern and complex systems on the other. Who It's For If your work requires you to supervise or meet as coequals with radar systems engineers or designers, this book will allow you to understand them, to question them intelligently and perhaps to provide them with a perspective (a dispassionate yet competent view) that they lack. If you are trained in another discipline but have been made the man­ ager of a radar project or a system program that has one or more radars as sub-systems, this book will provide you with the tools you need, not only to give your team members confidence, but also to make a substantive technical contribution yourself.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Elementary Electromagnetics and the Radar Range EquationRadio Waves -- A Simple Radar -- The Radar Range Equation -- Surveillance -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 2 Antennas -- A Parabolic Reflector -- The Antenna Pattern -- The Interferometer -- Finding Sidelobe Levels -- Array Radars -- Element Spacing -- Array Gain -- Array Thinning -- Array Design Considerations -- Exercises -- References -- 3 Detection and Tracking -- The Problem of Detection -- Noise Distributions -- Signal-to-Noise Ratio -- Designing Thresholds -- Some Detection Techniques -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 4 Radar Cross Section -- RCS of a Sphere -- RCSs of Simple Objects -- Polarization -- Chaff Characteristics -- Diffuse Targets and Clutter -- Radar Signatures -- Exercises -- References -- 5 Waveforms and Signal Processing -- Characteristics of the Simple Pulse -- Range Measurement -- Doppler Measurements -- Pulse Compression -- Time Sidelobes -- Pulse Burst Waveforms -- Ambiguity Functions -- Signal Processing -- Exercises -- References -- 6 Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) -- Mainbeam Jamming -- Sidelobe Jamming -- Low-Probability-of-Intercept Radar (LPIR) -- Other Jamming Techniques -- Passive ECM -- Exercises -- References -- 7 Systems Applications -- Over-the-Horizon Radars -- Radar Altimeters -- Ionospheric Radars -- Advanced Technology Radars -- Pulse-Doppler Radars -- Synthetic Aperture Radar -- Laser Radars -- Exercises -- References -- 8 Loose Ends of Radar Lore -- Radar Horizon -- Properties of the Medium -- Ionosphere -- Troposphere -- Far Field of an Antenna -- Convenient Radar Rules of Thumb -- Exercises -- References -- 9 Radar Potentials and Limitations -- Surveillance -- Navigation -- Signatures -- Science -- Summary -- Appendix 1 Conversion to Decibels -- Appendix 2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- Appendix 3 Fourier Series and Transforms -- Fourier Series -- Fourier Transforms -- Appendix 4 Answers to Exercises -- Appendix 5 Glossary.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6985-1
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Jewelry & Gems The Buying Guide : How to Buy Diamonds, Pearls, Precious and Other Popular Gems with Confidence and Knowledge (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401174633
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Getting to Know Gems -- 1 Becoming Intimate with Gems -- 2 Factors of Importance—an Overview -- Two Diamonds -- 3 The Magic of Diamonds -- 4 The Importance of Cut and Proportion -- 5 Body Color -- 6 The Effect of Flaws -- 7 Weight -- 8 How to Spot a Fraud -- 9 Bait or Flamboyant Advertising -- 10 What to Ask When Buying a Diamond -- Three Colored Gemstones -- 11 The Mystery and Magic of Colored Gems -- 12 Determining Value in Colored Gems -- 13 Fraud and Misrepresentation in Colored Gems -- 14 Buying Colored Gems -- 15 Precious Gemstones -- 16 Other Colored Gems -- Four Important Advice Before you buy -- 17 How to Select a Reputable Jeweler -- 18 How to Select a Reputable Gemologist-Appraiser -- 19 A Word About Investment -- Sources for Additional Information -- A Selected List of Gem-Identification Laboratories -- National Jewelry Associations -- State Jewelers’ Associations -- Selected Readings.
    Abstract: to this edition In working with my own clients to acquire gemstones and jewelry since this book was first published in 1984, they have pointed out that most people buy "jewelry" and not "gemstones." Because the book offers so much practical advice and money-saving tips about buying jewelry, they urged me to change the title. So, in this edition The Complete Guide to Buying Gems has been changed to Jewelry & Gems: The Buying Guide. Consumer and professional response to the book has been very gratifying. Almost 14,000 hardcover copies are in circulation. We have received hundreds of letters, phone calls and in-person comments about the helpfulness and interesting information it provides. We thank you for encouraging us to make the book more widely available by bringing out this softcover edition. We have taken the opportunity of this softcover edition to update the price guides for diamonds and colored gemstones and, in light of the increase in both the popularity and price of pearls, to add a price guide for them in the "Guide to Popular Gems and Their Prices." Also, we want to take this opportunity to comment further on gem invest­ ment, taking into account major developments since the original manuscript was written in 1980.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Getting to Know Gems1 Becoming Intimate with Gems -- 2 Factors of Importance-an Overview -- Two Diamonds -- 3 The Magic of Diamonds -- 4 The Importance of Cut and Proportion -- 5 Body Color -- 6 The Effect of Flaws -- 7 Weight -- 8 How to Spot a Fraud -- 9 Bait or Flamboyant Advertising -- 10 What to Ask When Buying a Diamond -- Three Colored Gemstones -- 11 The Mystery and Magic of Colored Gems -- 12 Determining Value in Colored Gems -- 13 Fraud and Misrepresentation in Colored Gems -- 14 Buying Colored Gems -- 15 Precious Gemstones -- 16 Other Colored Gems -- Four Important Advice Before you buy -- 17 How to Select a Reputable Jeweler -- 18 How to Select a Reputable Gemologist-Appraiser -- 19 A Word About Investment -- Sources for Additional Information -- A Selected List of Gem-Identification Laboratories -- National Jewelry Associations -- State Jewelers’ Associations -- Selected Readings.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7463-3
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Biology of Wool and Hair (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401197021
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Recent Trends in the Wool Industry and Some Long-Term Policy Issues -- Structure and Function of the Hair Follicle -- 2. Morphogenesis of the Hair Follicle during the Ontogeny of Human Skin -- 3. Specific Keratins and their Associated Proteins as Markers for Hair Follicle Differentiation -- 4. The Dermal Papilla and Maintenance of Hair Growth -- 5. Special Biochemical Features of the Hair Follicle -- Keratin Proteins -- 6. Intermediate Filaments: Problems and Perspectives -- 7. Intermediate Filament Associated Protein of Epidermis -- 8. Variations in the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 9. Protein Chains in Wool and Epidermal Keratin IF: Structural Features and Spatial Arrangement -- 10. Amino Acid Sequences of Wool Keratin IF Proteins -- 11. Structural Features of Keratin Intermediate Filaments -- Physiological Factors and Hair Growth -- 12. Factors Influencing Cellular Events in the Wool Follicle -- 13. The Influence of Absorbed Nutrients on Wool Growth -- 14. The Scope for Manipulation of Fermentative Digestion in the Rumen to Improve Ruminant Production -- 15. The Effect of the Drug Minoxidil on Hair Growth -- Aberrations of Hair Growth -- 16. Variations in Wool Follicle Morphology -- 17. Follicular Malfunctions and Resultant Effects on Wool Fibres -- 18. Effect of Mutations on the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 19. Genetic Diseases, Hair Structure and Elemental Content -- Keratin Genes -- 20. The Differential Expression of Keratin Genes in Human Epidermal Cells -- 21. Sequential Changes in Gene Expression during Epidermal Differentiation -- 22. Keratin Gene Expression in Wool Fibre Development -- 23. Evolutionary Trees of Intermediate Filament Proteins -- Growth and Differentiation -- 24. Growth Factors, Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions in Skin during Follicle Development and Growth -- 25. The Reaction-Diffusion System as a Spatial Organizer during Initiation and Development of Hair Follicles and Formation of the Fibre -- 26. The Cultured Murine Epidermal Keratinocyte and Studies of Differentiation -- 27. Cross-Linked Envelopes: Keratinocyte Transglutaminase -- 28. Desmosomal Proteins and Cytokeratins in the Hair Follicle -- Prospects for the Future -- 29. Genetic Engineering of Rumen Bacteria -- 30. Engineering Ruminai Flora for Improved Protein Quality -- 31. Potential of Transgenic Plants for Improved Amino Acid Supply for Wool Growth -- 32. Isolation of Microbial Genes for Cysteine Synthesis and Prospects for their Use in Increasing Wool Growth -- 33. The Creation of Transgenic Sheep for Increased Wool Productivity -- 34. Efficient Creation of Transgenic Sheep: The Challenge for the Cell Biologist -- 35. Priorities for Production Research -- 36. Future Problems in Wool Structure and Textile Research.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Recent Trends in the Wool Industry and Some Long-Term Policy IssuesStructure and Function of the Hair Follicle -- 2. Morphogenesis of the Hair Follicle during the Ontogeny of Human Skin -- 3. Specific Keratins and their Associated Proteins as Markers for Hair Follicle Differentiation -- 4. The Dermal Papilla and Maintenance of Hair Growth -- 5. Special Biochemical Features of the Hair Follicle -- Keratin Proteins -- 6. Intermediate Filaments: Problems and Perspectives -- 7. Intermediate Filament Associated Protein of Epidermis -- 8. Variations in the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 9. Protein Chains in Wool and Epidermal Keratin IF: Structural Features and Spatial Arrangement -- 10. Amino Acid Sequences of Wool Keratin IF Proteins -- 11. Structural Features of Keratin Intermediate Filaments -- Physiological Factors and Hair Growth -- 12. Factors Influencing Cellular Events in the Wool Follicle -- 13. The Influence of Absorbed Nutrients on Wool Growth -- 14. The Scope for Manipulation of Fermentative Digestion in the Rumen to Improve Ruminant Production -- 15. The Effect of the Drug Minoxidil on Hair Growth -- Aberrations of Hair Growth -- 16. Variations in Wool Follicle Morphology -- 17. Follicular Malfunctions and Resultant Effects on Wool Fibres -- 18. Effect of Mutations on the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 19. Genetic Diseases, Hair Structure and Elemental Content -- Keratin Genes -- 20. The Differential Expression of Keratin Genes in Human Epidermal Cells -- 21. Sequential Changes in Gene Expression during Epidermal Differentiation -- 22. Keratin Gene Expression in Wool Fibre Development -- 23. Evolutionary Trees of Intermediate Filament Proteins -- Growth and Differentiation -- 24. Growth Factors, Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions in Skin during Follicle Development and Growth -- 25. The Reaction-Diffusion System as a Spatial Organizer during Initiation and Development of Hair Follicles and Formation of the Fibre -- 26. The Cultured Murine Epidermal Keratinocyte and Studies of Differentiation -- 27. Cross-Linked Envelopes: Keratinocyte Transglutaminase -- 28. Desmosomal Proteins and Cytokeratins in the Hair Follicle -- Prospects for the Future -- 29. Genetic Engineering of Rumen Bacteria -- 30. Engineering Ruminai Flora for Improved Protein Quality -- 31. Potential of Transgenic Plants for Improved Amino Acid Supply for Wool Growth -- 32. Isolation of Microbial Genes for Cysteine Synthesis and Prospects for their Use in Increasing Wool Growth -- 33. The Creation of Transgenic Sheep for Increased Wool Productivity -- 34. Efficient Creation of Transgenic Sheep: The Challenge for the Cell Biologist -- 35. Priorities for Production Research -- 36. Future Problems in Wool Structure and Textile Research.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-9702-1
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Applied Polymer Light Microscopy (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401174749
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Specimen Preparation -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Initial Approach to Preparing the Specimen -- 1.3 Area of the Specimen -- 1.4 Surfaces -- 1.5 Sectioning (Sectional Slices) -- 1.6 Melt Pressings -- 1.7 Staining -- 1.8 Final Comments -- 2 Basic Light Microscopy and the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Synthetic Polymers as Specimens for Light Microscopy -- 2.3 Light versus Electron Microscopy of Polymers -- 2.4 Basic Light Microscopy -- 2.5 Applications for Common Light Microscopy -- 2.6 Phase Contrast Microscopy . -- 2.7 Applications for Phase Contrast Microscopy -- 2.8 Dark Ground Microscopy -- References -- 3 Polarized Light: Theory and Measurements -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Light and Its Interaction with Matter -- 3.3 Elliptically and Circularly Polarized Light -- 3.4 The Uniaxial Indicatrix -- 3.5 The Biaxial Indicatrix -- 3.6 Methods of Producing Polarized Light -- 3.7 Types of Birefringence -- 3.8 The Passage of Polarized Light through Thin Birefringent Plates -- 3.9 Polarization Colours -- 3.10 Relation between Orientation and Birefringence -- 3.11 The Polarizing Microscope -- 3.12 Measurement of Optical Path Difference -- 3.13 Compensators -- 3.14 Dispersion of Birefringence -- 3.15 Spectrophotometric Method -- 3.16 The Wedge Method -- 3.17 Use of the Abbé Refractometer -- References -- 4 Polarized Light: Qualitative Microscopy -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Spherulites -- 4.3 Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization -- 4.4 Different Types of Spherulite -- 4.5 Spherulitic Forms of Polypropylene -- 4.6 Effect of Processing on Spherulites -- 4.7 Small Angle Light Scattering -- 4.8 Molecular Orientation -- References -- 5 Modulation Contrast and Differential Interference Contrast Techniques -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General Principles -- 5.3 The Modulation Contrast System -- 5.4 Differential Interference Contrast -- 5.5 Adjusting the Contrast Systems -- 5.6 Comparison with the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 5.7 Reflected Light Work -- 5.8 Image Interpretation -- 5.9 Applications to Polymers -- References -- 6 Interference Microscopy of Polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Basic Principles of Quantitative Microinterferometry -- 6.3 Reflected Light Applications -- 6.4 Interpretation of Surface Interferograms -- 6.5 Some Reflected Light Systems Applicable to Polymers -- 6.6 Transmitted Light Interference Microscopy -- 6.7 Transmitted Light Systems -- 6.8 Compensators -- References -- 7 Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Microscopy -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Equipment and Techniques -- 7.3 Applications to Non-polymer Materials -- 7.4 Non-Microscopic Applications of Fluorescence from Polymers -- 7.5 Applications of UV Microscopy to Synthetic Polymers -- References.
    Abstract: Synthetic polymers make excellent specimens for light microscopy. Despite this, the use of the technique, at least in its advanced forms, is not so widespread as might be expected. Although reliable and relevant data are difficult to find and quantify, it seems that in other fields of materials science and technology there is a greater readiness to tum to the microscope in research, in industrial problem solving, or for quality assessment and control. It also seems that the reasons for the present situation are partly historical, partly the result of the structure of the plastics and rubber industries, and partly the education and training background of senior staff who tend to be chemistry or engineering based. In neither field does light microscopy feature strongly in the basic training. The primary aim of this book is to provide some insight into the range oflight microscopy techniques applicable to polymeric specimens, and to highlight typical applications to commercial polymers and polymer products. Where appropriate, the optical techniques involved are discussed in some detail. However, it has not been the intention to produce a light microscopy textbook dealing with the principles and design of the basic instrument. Many such texts are available, and selected examples are cited in the reference list at the end of most chapters.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Specimen Preparation1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Initial Approach to Preparing the Specimen -- 1.3 Area of the Specimen -- 1.4 Surfaces -- 1.5 Sectioning (Sectional Slices) -- 1.6 Melt Pressings -- 1.7 Staining -- 1.8 Final Comments -- 2 Basic Light Microscopy and the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Synthetic Polymers as Specimens for Light Microscopy -- 2.3 Light versus Electron Microscopy of Polymers -- 2.4 Basic Light Microscopy -- 2.5 Applications for Common Light Microscopy -- 2.6 Phase Contrast Microscopy . -- 2.7 Applications for Phase Contrast Microscopy -- 2.8 Dark Ground Microscopy -- References -- 3 Polarized Light: Theory and Measurements -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Light and Its Interaction with Matter -- 3.3 Elliptically and Circularly Polarized Light -- 3.4 The Uniaxial Indicatrix -- 3.5 The Biaxial Indicatrix -- 3.6 Methods of Producing Polarized Light -- 3.7 Types of Birefringence -- 3.8 The Passage of Polarized Light through Thin Birefringent Plates -- 3.9 Polarization Colours -- 3.10 Relation between Orientation and Birefringence -- 3.11 The Polarizing Microscope -- 3.12 Measurement of Optical Path Difference -- 3.13 Compensators -- 3.14 Dispersion of Birefringence -- 3.15 Spectrophotometric Method -- 3.16 The Wedge Method -- 3.17 Use of the Abbé Refractometer -- References -- 4 Polarized Light: Qualitative Microscopy -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Spherulites -- 4.3 Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization -- 4.4 Different Types of Spherulite -- 4.5 Spherulitic Forms of Polypropylene -- 4.6 Effect of Processing on Spherulites -- 4.7 Small Angle Light Scattering -- 4.8 Molecular Orientation -- References -- 5 Modulation Contrast and Differential Interference Contrast Techniques -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General Principles -- 5.3 The Modulation Contrast System -- 5.4 Differential Interference Contrast -- 5.5 Adjusting the Contrast Systems -- 5.6 Comparison with the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 5.7 Reflected Light Work -- 5.8 Image Interpretation -- 5.9 Applications to Polymers -- References -- 6 Interference Microscopy of Polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Basic Principles of Quantitative Microinterferometry -- 6.3 Reflected Light Applications -- 6.4 Interpretation of Surface Interferograms -- 6.5 Some Reflected Light Systems Applicable to Polymers -- 6.6 Transmitted Light Interference Microscopy -- 6.7 Transmitted Light Systems -- 6.8 Compensators -- References -- 7 Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Microscopy -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Equipment and Techniques -- 7.3 Applications to Non-polymer Materials -- 7.4 Non-Microscopic Applications of Fluorescence from Polymers -- 7.5 Applications of UV Microscopy to Synthetic Polymers -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7474-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Chocolate, Cocoa and Confectionery: Science and Technology (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401179249
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Cocoa and Chocolate -- 1. History and Development -- 2. Cocoa Processes -- 3. Cocoa Butter and Replacement Fats -- 4. Emulsifiers in Chocolate Confectionery Coatings and Cocoa -- 5. Chocolate Manufacture -- 6. Confectionery Coatings, Chocolate Replacers, Dietetic Compounds -- 7. Chocolate Bars and Covered Confectionery -- 2: Confectionery: Ingredients and Processes -- 8. Sugars, Glucose Syrups, and Other Sweeteners -- 9. Confectionery Fats -- 10. Milk and Milk Products -- 11. Egg Albumen and Other Aerating Agents -- 12. Gelatinizing Agents, Gums, Glazes, Waxes -- 13. Starches, Soya Flour, Soya Protein -- 14. Fruits, Preserved Fruits, Jam, Dried Fruit -- 15. Nuts -- 16. Chemical and Allied Substances Used in the Confectionery Industry -- 17. Colors for Use in Confectionery -- 18. Flavor and Flavoring Materials -- 19. Confectionery Processes and Formulations -- 3: General Technology -- 20. Science and Technology of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 21. Pest Control -- 22. Packaging in the Confectionery Industry -- 23. Quality Control -- 24. Food Value of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 25. Research and Development in the Confectionery Industry -- Appendix I. Special Methods of Analysis -- Appendix II. Resources.
    Abstract: The second edition of this book achieved worldwide recognition within the chocolate and confectionery industry. I was pressed to prepare the third edition to include modern developments in machinery, production, and packaging. This has been a formidable task and has taken longer than anticipated. Students still require, in one book, descriptions of the fundamental principles of the industry as well as an insight into modern methods. Therefore, parts of the previous edition describing basic technology have been retained, with minor alterations where necessary. With over fifty years' experience in the industry and the past eighteen years working as an author, lecturer, and consultant, I have collected a great deal of useful information. Visits to trade exhibitions and to manufacturers of raw materials and machinery in many parts of the world have been very valuable. Much research and reading have been necessary to prepare for teaching and lecturing at various colleges, seminars, and manufacturing establishments. The third edition is still mainly concerned with science, technology, and production. It is not a book of formulations, which are readily available elsewhere. Formulations without knowledge of principles lead to many errors, and recipes are given only where examples are necessary. _ Analytical methods are described only when they are not available in textbooks, of which there are many on standard methods of food analysis. Acknowledgments I am still indebted to many of the persons mentioned under "Acknowledgments" in the second edition. I am especially grateful to the following.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: Cocoa and Chocolate1. History and Development -- 2. Cocoa Processes -- 3. Cocoa Butter and Replacement Fats -- 4. Emulsifiers in Chocolate Confectionery Coatings and Cocoa -- 5. Chocolate Manufacture -- 6. Confectionery Coatings, Chocolate Replacers, Dietetic Compounds -- 7. Chocolate Bars and Covered Confectionery -- 2: Confectionery: Ingredients and Processes -- 8. Sugars, Glucose Syrups, and Other Sweeteners -- 9. Confectionery Fats -- 10. Milk and Milk Products -- 11. Egg Albumen and Other Aerating Agents -- 12. Gelatinizing Agents, Gums, Glazes, Waxes -- 13. Starches, Soya Flour, Soya Protein -- 14. Fruits, Preserved Fruits, Jam, Dried Fruit -- 15. Nuts -- 16. Chemical and Allied Substances Used in the Confectionery Industry -- 17. Colors for Use in Confectionery -- 18. Flavor and Flavoring Materials -- 19. Confectionery Processes and Formulations -- 3: General Technology -- 20. Science and Technology of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 21. Pest Control -- 22. Packaging in the Confectionery Industry -- 23. Quality Control -- 24. Food Value of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 25. Research and Development in the Confectionery Industry -- Appendix I. Special Methods of Analysis -- Appendix II. Resources.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7924-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Lectins (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401148467
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (vii, 127 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 History -- 3 Occurrence and isolation -- 4 Biological activities -- 5 Carbohydrate specificity -- 6 Molecular properties -- 7 Three dimensional structures -- 8 Biosynthesis -- 9 Applications -- 10 Lectin resistant cells -- 11 Functions in nature -- 12 Epilogue.
    Abstract: A characteristic property of most, or perhaps all, proteins is their ability to combine specifically and reversibly with various substances. Well known examples are enzymes that bind substrates and inhibitors, and antibodies that bind antigens. This book deals with lectins, a class of proteins that bind carbohydrates. Another characteristic property of lectins is that they agglutinate cells or precipitate polysaccharides and glycoproteins. This is because lectins are polyvalent, i.e. each lectin molecule has at least two carbohydrate binding sites to allow crosslinking between cells (by combining with sugars on their surfaces) or between sugar containing macromolecules. The agglutinating and precipitating activities of lectins are very similar to those of antibodies. They can likewise be specifically inhibited by low molecular weight compounds (haptens), which in the case of lectins are sugars or sugar containing compounds (Fig. 1.1). Not surprisingly, therefore, many of the methods used in lectin research are based on immunochemical techniques. Nevertheless, lectins are different from antibodies in several important aspects. Many lectins are found in plants, microorganisms and viruses, which do not synthesize immunoglobulins. In fact, they are found in almost all living organisms (Table 1.1) and are not confined to specific organs or tissues. Another marked difference between the two classes of compound is that antibodies are structurally similar, whereas lectins are structurally diverse. In general, lectins are oligomeric proteins composed of subunits, usually with one sugar binding site per subunit.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 History -- 3 Occurrence and isolation -- 4 Biological activities -- 5 Carbohydrate specificity -- 6 Molecular properties -- 7 Three dimensional structures -- 8 Biosynthesis -- 9 Applications -- 10 Lectin resistant cells -- 11 Functions in nature -- 12 Epilogue.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-4846-7
    URL: Volltext
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Printed Circuit Engineering : Optimizing for Manufacturability (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401170031
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction To Standards and Specifications -- 2. Understanding Blueprints -- 3. Processes And Tolerances -- 4. Artwork Inspection -- 5. Planning: Multilayer And Double Sided Printed Circuits -- 6. Planning Flex And Rigid-Flex Jobs -- 7. Aspects Of Quality Assurance -- A. MIL-STD-275E: Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment -- B. IPC-D-300G: Printed Board Dimensions and Tolerances -- C. MIL-P-55110D: General Specification for Printed Wiring Boards -- D. IPC-A-600C: Guidelines for Acceptability of Printed Boards -- E. MIL-P-13949F: Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards) -- F. MIL-STD-2118: Design Requirements for Flex and Rigid-Flex Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment.
    Abstract: I would like to present some definitions which will be helpful in understanding the purpose of this book. From The American Heritage Dictionary of the En­ glish Language: Engineer 1. A person who skillfully or shrewdly manages an enterprise. 2. To plan, construct, and manage, as an engineer. 3. To plan, manage, and put through by skillful acts, or contrivance. Engineering 1. The application of scientific principles to practical ends as the design, con­ struction, and operation of efficient and economical structures, equipment and systems. 2. The profession of, or work performed by an engineer. Some words encountered in the definitions of engineer and engineering are Skillfully, Plan, and Manage. This book is concerned with engineering the man­ ufacture of printed circuit boards, and is dedicated to those people engaged in designing, planning, manufacturing, and achieving quality assurance in printed circuits. In The Handbook of Printed Circuit Manufacturing (Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1985), I presented detailed practical and theoretical information on the opera­ tions involved in manufacturing printed circuits. It is possible to perform each operation in an optimum fashion, and still leave room for improvement. Much of that room for improvement requires the skillful application of scientific prin­ ciples, planning, and management. It is the goal of this book to provide a sound background in industry standards and specifications, blueprint comprehension, artwork inspection, processes and tolerances, planning and quality assurance.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction To Standards and Specifications2. Understanding Blueprints -- 3. Processes And Tolerances -- 4. Artwork Inspection -- 5. Planning: Multilayer And Double Sided Printed Circuits -- 6. Planning Flex And Rigid-Flex Jobs -- 7. Aspects Of Quality Assurance -- A. MIL-STD-275E: Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment -- B. IPC-D-300G: Printed Board Dimensions and Tolerances -- C. MIL-P-55110D: General Specification for Printed Wiring Boards -- D. IPC-A-600C: Guidelines for Acceptability of Printed Boards -- E. MIL-P-13949F: Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards) -- F. MIL-STD-2118: Design Requirements for Flex and Rigid-Flex Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7003-1
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Optoelectronic Technology and Lightwave Communications Systems (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401170352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Optical Fiber Waveguides -- 1. Transmission Properties of Optical Fibers -- 2. Measurement and Characterization of Optical Fibers -- 3. Advanced Single-Mode Fiber Designs for Lightwave Systems Applications -- 4. Polarization-Maintaining Optical Fibers -- 5. Transmission Limitations in Fibers due to Nonlinear Optical Effects -- 2 Fiber-Joining Technology and Passive Optical Components -- 6. Optical Fiber Connectors, Splices, and Jointing Technology -- 7. Passive Components for Optical Coupling and WDM Applications -- 3 Semiconductor Laser Sources and Photodetectors -- 8. Basic Physics of Semiconductor Lasers -- 9. Fabrication and Characterization of Semiconductor Lasers -- 10. Transverse Mode Control in Semiconductor Lasers -- 11. Longitudinal Mode Control in Laser Diodes -- 12. Modulation Properties of Semiconductor Lasers -- 13. High-Power Semiconductor Lasers -- 14. Photodetectors for Long-Wavelength Lightwave Systems -- 4 Optical Transmitters and Receivers -- 15. Semiconductor Laser Transmitters -- 16. Optical Receivers -- 5 Applications of Optoelectronics in Lightwave Systems -- 17. Optical Communications: Single-Mode Optical Fiber Transmission Systems -- 18. Optical Fiber Communication Systems: Local Area Networks -- 19. Future Applications of Optical Fiber Networks -- 20. Free-Space Optical Communication Systems -- 21. Optical Fiber Sensor Technology -- 22. Optoelectronic Information Processing: Laser Bar Code and Laser Printer Systems -- 6 Future Optoelectronic Technology and Transmission Systems -- 23. Optoelectronic Integrated Circuits -- 24. Coherent Optical Fiber Communication Systems—The Promise for the Future -- 7 Impacts on the Information Society -- 25. The Impact of Optoelectronics Technology on the Information Society.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Optical Fiber Waveguides1. Transmission Properties of Optical Fibers -- 2. Measurement and Characterization of Optical Fibers -- 3. Advanced Single-Mode Fiber Designs for Lightwave Systems Applications -- 4. Polarization-Maintaining Optical Fibers -- 5. Transmission Limitations in Fibers due to Nonlinear Optical Effects -- 2 Fiber-Joining Technology and Passive Optical Components -- 6. Optical Fiber Connectors, Splices, and Jointing Technology -- 7. Passive Components for Optical Coupling and WDM Applications -- 3 Semiconductor Laser Sources and Photodetectors -- 8. Basic Physics of Semiconductor Lasers -- 9. Fabrication and Characterization of Semiconductor Lasers -- 10. Transverse Mode Control in Semiconductor Lasers -- 11. Longitudinal Mode Control in Laser Diodes -- 12. Modulation Properties of Semiconductor Lasers -- 13. High-Power Semiconductor Lasers -- 14. Photodetectors for Long-Wavelength Lightwave Systems -- 4 Optical Transmitters and Receivers -- 15. Semiconductor Laser Transmitters -- 16. Optical Receivers -- 5 Applications of Optoelectronics in Lightwave Systems -- 17. Optical Communications: Single-Mode Optical Fiber Transmission Systems -- 18. Optical Fiber Communication Systems: Local Area Networks -- 19. Future Applications of Optical Fiber Networks -- 20. Free-Space Optical Communication Systems -- 21. Optical Fiber Sensor Technology -- 22. Optoelectronic Information Processing: Laser Bar Code and Laser Printer Systems -- 6 Future Optoelectronic Technology and Transmission Systems -- 23. Optoelectronic Integrated Circuits -- 24. Coherent Optical Fiber Communication Systems-The Promise for the Future -- 7 Impacts on the Information Society -- 25. The Impact of Optoelectronics Technology on the Information Society.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7035-2
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Fundamentals of Robotics Engineering (1989)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401170505
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 436 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Control engineering. ; Robotics. ; Automation. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: An Overview of Robotics -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Types of Robots -- II: Robotic Technology -- 3. Introduction to Robot Mechanics -- 4. Robot Electronic Design -- 5. Robotic Sensors -- 6. Vision Systems -- 7. Ultrasonic Systems -- 8. Mobile Robots -- III: Computer Hardware and Software -- 9. Computers for Robots -- 10. Robot Languages -- 11. Robot Intelligence -- IV: Robotic Applications -- 12. Robot Standards -- 13. Applications Engineering -- 14. Application-Oriented Requirements -- V: Future Considerations -- 15. Trends in Robotic Systems -- 16. New Technology -- 17. New Application Areas -- Appendix 1: Robotic Systems Manufacturers -- Appendix 2: Major University Robotics Laboratories -- Appendix 3: International Robotics Organizations.
    Abstract: Robotics engineering has progressed from an infant industry in 1961 to one including over 500 robot and allied firms around the world in 1989. During this growth period, many robotics books have been published, so me of which have served as industry standards. Until recently, the design of robotics sys­ tems has been primarily the responsibility of the mechanical engineer, and their application in factories has been the responsibility of the manufacturing engineer. Few robotics books address the many systems issues facing electron­ ics engineers or computer programmers. The mid-1980s witnessed a major change in the robotics field. The develop­ ment of advanced sensor systems (particularly vision), improvements in the intelligence area, and the desire to integrate groups of robots working together in local work cells or in factory-wide systems have greatly increased the partic­ ipation of electronics engineers and computer programmers. Further, as ro­ bots ga in mobility, they are being used in completely new areas, such as construction, firefighting, and underwater exploration, and the need for com­ puters and smart sensors has increased. Fundamentals af Rabaties Engineering is aimed at the practicing electrical engineer or computer analyst who needs to review the fundamentals of engi­ neering as applied to robotics and to understand the impact on system design caused by constraints unique to robotics. Because there are many good texts covering mechanical engineering topics, this book is limited to an overview of those topics and the effects they have on electrical design and system pro­ grams.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7050-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Surface Coatings-2 (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400913516
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Waterborne Coatings -- 2. Electrodeposition of Paints -- 3. Acoustic Emission Testing of Coatings -- 4. Organic Coatings in Corrosion Protection -- 5. Galvanized Reinforcements in Concrete -- 6. Titanium Dioxide for Surface Coatings.
    Abstract: The science and technology of surface coatings continues to advance. Among the key areas are polymer chemistry, as new binders are developed to meet increasingly stringent environmental demands; testing and evaluation, as the need to understand the factors affecting coatings performance becomes ever more intense; and studies of that enduring problem, corrosion of metal substrates, from which coatings of ever­ improving effectiveness are emerging. We have in this present volume of the series continued to cover aspects of these numerous developments. There are chapters on waterborne paint, a subject of increasing environmental importance, by J. W. Nicholson, and by H.-J. Streitberger and R. P. Osterloh; on a new and sophisticated test method, acoustic emission (R. D. Rawlings); and on anticorrosion coatings both organic (W. Funke) and inorganic (M. C. Andrade and A. Macias). Finally, that topic of immense practical importance to paint technology, pigmentation, is covered in a chapter by the late T. Entwistle. All the authors have brought considerable experience in their chosen field of coatings technology to the preparation of their chapters, all of which are timely reviews of developing topics. We are grateful to each author for helping in the preparation of this volume, and for putting their experience at the disposal of the wide audience for whom this book is intended.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Waterborne Coatings2. Electrodeposition of Paints -- 3. Acoustic Emission Testing of Coatings -- 4. Organic Coatings in Corrosion Protection -- 5. Galvanized Reinforcements in Concrete -- 6. Titanium Dioxide for Surface Coatings.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-1351-6
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Putting the Just-In-Time Philosophy into Practice : A Strategy for Production Managers (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401178105
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Problems of manufacturing management -- Just-in-time -- Implementation: the five steps -- 2 Traditional Manufacturing Management -- Inventory control policies -- Materials requirements planning systems -- Manufacturing resource planning: MRP II -- MRP problems -- 3 Just-In-Time Overview -- JIT is not a software package -- JIT is not a methodology -- Attack fundamental problems -- Eliminate waste -- Strive for simplicity -- Devise systems to identify problems -- Cost/benefit of implementing JIT -- Conclusion and summary -- 4 Step 1 : Getting the Ball Rolling -- Basic understanding -- Preliminary education -- Cost/benefit analysis -- Commitment -- Go/no go decision -- JIT project team selection -- Identifying the pilot plant -- Conclusion -- 5 Step 2: Education — The Make or Break Issue -- What is JIT education? -- Who needs JIT education? -- What should be covered? -- Conclusion -- 6 Step 3: Process Improvements -- Set-up time reduction -- How is low set-up time achieved? -- Preventative maintenance -- Changing to flow lines -- Conclusion -- 7 Step 4: Control Improvements -- Simple control -- Pull systems -- Kanban systems -- Linking MRP with pull/Kanban systems -- Shop floor control and quality at source -- Conclusion -- 8 Step 5: Vendor/Customer Links -- Links with vendors -- Multi-sourcing versus single-sourcing -- Short- versus long-term agreements -- Local versus distant suppliers -- How to implement links with vendors -- Links with customers -- Conclusion -- 9 JIT Implementation — The Proven Path -- How long should the implementation take? -- The implementation sequence — the proven path -- Case study A -- Case study B -- Conclusion -- 10 Summary and Conclusion -- Just-in-time systems -- Potential pitfalls -- The future -- Bibliography and Futher Reading.
    Abstract: This book describes both the essential features of Just-In-Time (JIT) how JIT can be successfully approaches to manufacturing and implemented. JIT marks a significant departure from previous western approaches to manufacturing management, and aims to improve quality levels and customer service while decreasing lead times and inventory levels. The use of simple though effective methods can, with proper management, lead to continual improvements in the manufacturing operation. A number of companies have now implemented JIT and some of these implementations have been very successful. However, what is becoming increasingly clear is that there is a significant number of JIT implementations that fail to achieve the potential benefits of JIT. It is not an easy task, and there are a number of pitfalls that await the unwary manager. My motivation for writing this book has been my experience of working with companies that have been successful in JIT and of seeing what needs to be done and how the implementing most common pitfalls can be avoided. The book is oriented towards batch manufacturing since this accounts for a large proportion of manufacturing in most western countries. Other types (including process, mass and jobbing) can also profitably use many of the JIT techniques to improve their operation.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionProblems of manufacturing management -- Just-in-time -- Implementation: the five steps -- 2 Traditional Manufacturing Management -- Inventory control policies -- Materials requirements planning systems -- Manufacturing resource planning: MRP II -- MRP problems -- 3 Just-In-Time Overview -- JIT is not a software package -- JIT is not a methodology -- Attack fundamental problems -- Eliminate waste -- Strive for simplicity -- Devise systems to identify problems -- Cost/benefit of implementing JIT -- Conclusion and summary -- 4 Step 1 : Getting the Ball Rolling -- Basic understanding -- Preliminary education -- Cost/benefit analysis -- Commitment -- Go/no go decision -- JIT project team selection -- Identifying the pilot plant -- Conclusion -- 5 Step 2: Education - The Make or Break Issue -- What is JIT education? -- Who needs JIT education? -- What should be covered? -- Conclusion -- 6 Step 3: Process Improvements -- Set-up time reduction -- How is low set-up time achieved? -- Preventative maintenance -- Changing to flow lines -- Conclusion -- 7 Step 4: Control Improvements -- Simple control -- Pull systems -- Kanban systems -- Linking MRP with pull/Kanban systems -- Shop floor control and quality at source -- Conclusion -- 8 Step 5: Vendor/Customer Links -- Links with vendors -- Multi-sourcing versus single-sourcing -- Short- versus long-term agreements -- Local versus distant suppliers -- How to implement links with vendors -- Links with customers -- Conclusion -- 9 JIT Implementation - The Proven Path -- How long should the implementation take? -- The implementation sequence - the proven path -- Case study A -- Case study B -- Conclusion -- 10 Summary and Conclusion -- Just-in-time systems -- Potential pitfalls -- The future -- Bibliography and Futher Reading.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7810-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Rocks and Landforms (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401159838
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 General background -- Spatial scale -- Rock resistance -- Mechanisms of rock control -- Conclusions -- 2 Rock type and landform assemblages -- Igneous rocks -- Metamorphic rocks -- Sedimentary rocks -- Assessment of landform assemblages -- Spatial distribution of rock types -- Other rock classifications -- Conclusions -- 3 Landscape evolution and rock properties -- Slope angle, form and processes -- Denudation rates -- Slope development on horizontally bedded rocks -- Drainage basin properties -- Bedrock meanders -- Drainage patterns -- Conclusions -- 4 Rock strength and resistance -- Hardness and toughness -- Porosity, permeability and water absorption -- Strength and rock deformation -- Appraisal -- 5 Resistance to weathering -- Chemical weathering -- Chemical weathering of minerals -- Chemical weathering of rocks -- Physical weathering -- Conclusions -- 6 Weathering profiles and landform development -- Weathering front -- Weathering profile differentiation -- Weathering grades -- Weathering depths -- Weathering and the water table -- Spatial patterns of weathering profiles -- Duricrusts -- Weathering profiles and slope form -- Weathering and rock strength -- Weathering and slope instability -- Threshold slopes -- 7 Instability in jointed and fissured rock -- Characteristics of jointed rock -- Unloading joints and rebound phenomena -- Models of jointed rock behaviour -- Rock mass strength classifications -- Strength equilibrium slopes -- Modes of rock failure -- 8 Landforms on granitic rocks -- Inselbergs -- Domed inselbergs (bornhardts) -- Tors (boulder inselbergs) -- Landscape types -- Conclusions -- 9 Properties and landforms of mudrocks -- Terminology of mudrocks -- Composition of mudrocks -- Consolidation and unloading of mudrocks -- Consistency limits -- Microstructure -- Macrostructure -- Shear strength -- Weathering effects -- Swelling and shrinkage -- Landslides and slope development -- Mudslides -- Sensitive clays -- Conclusions -- 10 A rock-landform synthesis -- Landforms of glacial erosion -- Marine cliffs and shore platforms -- Rocks, landforms and climate -- Conclusions.
    Abstract: Geomorphology can be defined simply as the study of landforms. Landforms are the result of the interaction between what Ritter (1978) has called the driving and resisting forces. The driving forces or processes are the methods by which energy is exerted on earth materials and include both surface, geomorphological or exogenous processes and subsurface, geological or endogenous processes. The resisting forces are the surface materials with their inherent resistances determined by a complex combination of rock properties. Stated in these simple terms it would be expected that both sides of the equation be given equal weight in syntheses of landform evolution. However, this has not been the case. Until about the 1950s, geomorphology was mainly descriptive and concerned with producing time-dependent models of landscape evolution. Although the form of the land was the main focus, there was little detailed mention of process and scant attention to the properties of surface materials. There were, of course, exceptions. In the late 19th century G.K. Gilbert was stressing the equilibrium between landforms and processes. Many hydrologists were examining the detailed workings of river 'systems and drainage basins, culminating in the classic paper of Horton (1945).
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 General backgroundSpatial scale -- Rock resistance -- Mechanisms of rock control -- Conclusions -- 2 Rock type and landform assemblages -- Igneous rocks -- Metamorphic rocks -- Sedimentary rocks -- Assessment of landform assemblages -- Spatial distribution of rock types -- Other rock classifications -- Conclusions -- 3 Landscape evolution and rock properties -- Slope angle, form and processes -- Denudation rates -- Slope development on horizontally bedded rocks -- Drainage basin properties -- Bedrock meanders -- Drainage patterns -- Conclusions -- 4 Rock strength and resistance -- Hardness and toughness -- Porosity, permeability and water absorption -- Strength and rock deformation -- Appraisal -- 5 Resistance to weathering -- Chemical weathering -- Chemical weathering of minerals -- Chemical weathering of rocks -- Physical weathering -- Conclusions -- 6 Weathering profiles and landform development -- Weathering front -- Weathering profile differentiation -- Weathering grades -- Weathering depths -- Weathering and the water table -- Spatial patterns of weathering profiles -- Duricrusts -- Weathering profiles and slope form -- Weathering and rock strength -- Weathering and slope instability -- Threshold slopes -- 7 Instability in jointed and fissured rock -- Characteristics of jointed rock -- Unloading joints and rebound phenomena -- Models of jointed rock behaviour -- Rock mass strength classifications -- Strength equilibrium slopes -- Modes of rock failure -- 8 Landforms on granitic rocks -- Inselbergs -- Domed inselbergs (bornhardts) -- Tors (boulder inselbergs) -- Landscape types -- Conclusions -- 9 Properties and landforms of mudrocks -- Terminology of mudrocks -- Composition of mudrocks -- Consolidation and unloading of mudrocks -- Consistency limits -- Microstructure -- Macrostructure -- Shear strength -- Weathering effects -- Swelling and shrinkage -- Landslides and slope development -- Mudslides -- Sensitive clays -- Conclusions -- 10 A rock-landform synthesis -- Landforms of glacial erosion -- Marine cliffs and shore platforms -- Rocks, landforms and climate -- Conclusions.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-5983-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Perfumery : The psychology and biology of fragrance (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400912151
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I The Biological Underpinnings of Scents -- 1 Human odour culture: a zoological perspective -- 2 The molecular dimension in perfumery -- 3 The significance of odorous steroids in axillary odour -- II Developmental and Social Aspects of Fragrance -- 4 The acquisition of odour hedonics -- 5 Perfume as a tactic of impression management in social and organizational settings -- III Odour Perception and the Language of the Brain -- 6 Contingent negative variation (CNV) and the psychological effects of odour -- 7 Emotion and the brain -- IV Fragrance Therapies -- 8 Anxiety reduction using fragrances -- 9 Essential oils as psychotherapeutic agents -- V The Consumer and Perfume -- 10 The psychology of fragrance selection -- 11 Perfume, people, perceptions and products -- 12 Selling perfume: a technique or an art? -- 13 Fragrance education and the psychology of smell -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: in 1951 Oellinek, 1951), until the conference held at the University of Warwick in 1986 there has previously never been a joint meeting of the industrial and academic disciplines relating to the sense of smell. Each year brings the launchings of many new perfumes; the respective national perfumery societies hold meetings; conferences on the sense of smell take place. These events involve the exchange of important knowledge relating to perfumes but the information remains largely isolated. The Warwick Olfaction Research Group is unusual in that it is led by two people, one of whom is a practising perfumer with an understanding of what it means to be asked to create a perfume, and the other a psychologist with an expertise in the area of emotion. Our interaction (Dodd and Van Toller, 1983) was a potent stimulus to hold the First International Conference on the Psychology of Perfumery. The main purpose of the meeting was to see if there was a framework that would knit the area together into a coherent set of ideas and also to give new perspectives to the study of perfumes. We invited speakers from all areas of the discipline. Thus, the meeting brought together people from the fragrance industry, academics and aromatherapists into a forum for debate. Besides the scientific basis of smell and perfumery, other important topics, including the important one of educating the general public about; olfaction and perfume, were discussed.
    Description / Table of Contents: I The Biological Underpinnings of Scents1 Human odour culture: a zoological perspective -- 2 The molecular dimension in perfumery -- 3 The significance of odorous steroids in axillary odour -- II Developmental and Social Aspects of Fragrance -- 4 The acquisition of odour hedonics -- 5 Perfume as a tactic of impression management in social and organizational settings -- III Odour Perception and the Language of the Brain -- 6 Contingent negative variation (CNV) and the psychological effects of odour -- 7 Emotion and the brain -- IV Fragrance Therapies -- 8 Anxiety reduction using fragrances -- 9 Essential oils as psychotherapeutic agents -- V The Consumer and Perfume -- 10 The psychology of fragrance selection -- 11 Perfume, people, perceptions and products -- 12 Selling perfume: a technique or an art? -- 13 Fragrance education and the psychology of smell -- References -- Author Index.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-1215-1
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Chemical Sensors (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401091541
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 326 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Molecular and ionic recognition by biological systems -- 2 Molecular and ionic recognition by chemical methods -- 3 Organic sensor materials in entangled and polymer-bound matrices for ion-selective electrodes -- 4 Conducting polymers -- 5 Chemically modified electrodes -- 6 Immunoassay techniques -- 7 Selective chemical transduction based on chemoreceptive control of membrane ion permeability -- 8 Voltammetric and amperometric transducers -- 9 Potentiometric transducers -- 10 MOSFET devices -- 11 Thick film devices -- 12 Catalytic devices -- 13 Spectroscopic and fibre-optic transducers -- 14 Piezoelectric transducers.
    Abstract: At the beginning of this book, and in the absence of guidance from IUPAC, it is appropriate to clarify the term 'chemical sensor'. A chemical sensor may be defined as a simple-to-use, robust device that is capable of reliable quantitative or qualitative recognition of atomic, molecular or ionic species. It is hard to imagine a field of applied chemistry in which a significant impact could not be made by such a device. Undoubtedly, it is this potential that has fuelled the contemporary preoccupation with chemical sensors. An unfortunate side-effect of this otherwise welcome interest is the use of the term 'chemical sensor' to add the chemical equivalent of a 'High-Tech gloss' to a rather ordinary device, publication, conference or research group. This loose usage of terminology is responsible in part for the ambiguity that surrounds many chemists' concepts of the form and function of chemical sensors. Further ambiguity arises from the extravagant claims that have been made for some sensors, and the impression that has been given of much 'verging-on-a-breakthrough' research. The research chemist engaged in sensor development should be mindful of the fact that the ultimate target for these devices is the real world, and that a successful laboratory device operating under well-defined conditions and careful calibration does not constitute a chemical sensor. Research into chemical sensors is not a recent phenomenon; it has been under way for over 80 years.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Molecular and ionic recognition by biological systems2 Molecular and ionic recognition by chemical methods -- 3 Organic sensor materials in entangled and polymer-bound matrices for ion-selective electrodes -- 4 Conducting polymers -- 5 Chemically modified electrodes -- 6 Immunoassay techniques -- 7 Selective chemical transduction based on chemoreceptive control of membrane ion permeability -- 8 Voltammetric and amperometric transducers -- 9 Potentiometric transducers -- 10 MOSFET devices -- 11 Thick film devices -- 12 Catalytic devices -- 13 Spectroscopic and fibre-optic transducers -- 14 Piezoelectric transducers.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-010-9154-1
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Poultry Meat and Egg Production (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401170536
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Poultry Industry -- Biological Classification -- Domestication -- American Poultry Association Classification -- Commercial Classification -- Poultry as Food-Producing Animals -- Poultry as Laboratory Animals -- World Poultry Production -- The United States Poultry Industry -- Consumption of Poultry Products -- Careers in the Poultry Industry -- References -- 2 Anatomy and Structure of the Fowl -- Feathers -- Skin -- Muscles -- Skeleton -- Circulatory System -- Body Temperature -- Respiration -- Digestion -- Mouth and Esophagus -- Crop and Proventriculus -- Gizzard -- Pancreas -- Liver -- Small Intestine -- Ceca -- Large Intestine, Rectum, and Cloaca -- Excretory System -- Nervous System -- Avian Senses -- Endocrine Organs -- References -- 3 Physiology and Reproduction in Poultry -- Endocrine System -- Physiology of Reproduction -- Reproduction -- References -- 4 Genetics and Poultry Breeding -- The Cell Theory -- Cell Division -- Gene Function -- Genetic Code -- Mutations -- Phenotypic Expression (Nonadditive) -- Phenotypic Expression of Genes (Additive) -- Heritability Estimates -- Selection -- Current Breeding Systems -- Strain Crosses -- Crossbreeding -- Selecting Superior Genetic Stock -- Progeny Testing -- Sources of Genetic Stock -- Breeds and Varieties of Chickens -- The Utilitarian Concept -- Future Poultry Genetics and Breeding -- Lethal Genes -- Parthenogenesis -- References -- 5 Incubation and Hatchery Management -- Poultry Reproduction -- Storage and Selection of Hatching Eggs -- Embryonic Development -- Extraembryonic Membranes -- Daily Embryonic Growth -- Embryonic Nutrition -- Embryonic Communication -- Embryology in Research and Teaching -- Artificial Incubation -- Modern Incubators -- Temperature -- Relative Humidity -- Air Supply -- Hatching Egg Positions -- Embryonic Mortality -- The National Poultry Improvement Plan -- Hatchery Sanitation -- Franchise Hatchery System -- Hatchery Services -- References -- 6 Social Behavior and Animal Welfare -- Social Organization -- Behavior of Feral Chickens -- Communication -- Behavior of Domestic Poultry -- Social Behavior in Growing Chicks -- Other Adult Social Behavior Characteristics -- Animal Rights -- The Humane Movement -- Animal Welfarists -- Animal Rightists -- Animal Liberationists -- Agricultural Involvement with Humane Groups -- Public Relations -- Need for a Code of Ethics -- References -- 7 Environment and Housing -- Farmstead Planning -- External Services and Utilities -- Water Supply -- Poultry Building Orientation -- Aesthetic Value -- House Construction -- Turnkey Houses -- Criteria for Selecting a Manufactured House -- Vapor Barriers -- Ventilation -- References -- 8 Poultry Nutrition -- Nutrients -- References -- 9 Diseases and Parasites of Poultry -- Disease Prevention -- Diagnostic Organs in Postmortem Examinations -- Immunology of Disease Control -- Poultry Disease Control Strategy -- Vaccination -- Nutritional Deficiency Diseases -- Protozoan Diseases -- Bacterial Diseases -- Fowl Cholera -- Nonrespiratory Bacterial Diseases -- Mycoplasma -- Viral Diseases -- Fungal and Mold Diseases -- Mycotoxicosis -- External Parasites -- Internal Parasites -- Behavioral Diseases -- Reproductive Diseases -- References -- 10 Poultry and Egg Marketing -- Assembling -- Transporting -- Assumption of Risk -- Market News -- Futures Trading -- Processing Poultry -- Further Processing -- Eggs -- Storage -- Inspection and Grading -- Packaging -- Merchandising -- New Product Development -- References -- 11 Broiler Production -- United States Broiler Industry -- World Broiler Industry -- Broiler Breeders -- Housing and Egg Production -- Care of Hatching Eggs -- The Hatchery -- Housing for Broilers -- Litter -- Brooding -- Brooding Methods -- Density -- Placement -- Management Suggestions for Partial House Brooding -- Watering Equipment -- Feeding Equipment -- Lighting Programs -- Ventilation -- Gas Concentrations -- Ventilation for Partial House Brooding -- Fan Timers -- Fan Thermostats -- Air Intakes -- Broiler Diets -- Catching and Hauling Broilers -- Grower Responsibilities -- Catching Crews -- Types of Broilers -- Roasters -- Grower Contracts -- References -- 12 Commercial Egg Production -- Starting Pullets in Cages -- Brooding -- Growing Pullets in Cages -- Managing Laying Hens in Cages -- Induced Molting -- References -- 13 Turkey Production -- Origin of the Turkey -- Color Varieties -- Turkey Genetics -- Turkey Breeder Flocks -- Turkey Breeders -- Turkey Breeder Toms -- Turkey Breeder Hens -- Artificial Insemination -- Hatching Eggs -- Hatchery Services -- Brooding -- Floor Brooding -- Floor Covering -- Brooders -- Brooder Guards -- Equipment Arrangement -- Trough Feeders -- Mechanical Feeders -- Waterers -- Rearing Turkeys -- References -- 14 Waterfowl Production -- Ducks -- Geese -- Processing Waterfowl -- Handling Waterfowl -- Pinioning -- Sexing Waterfowl -- References -- 15 Miscellaneous Poultry -- Coturnix Quail -- Bobwhite Quail -- Chukar Partridge -- Pheasants -- Guinea Fowl -- Peafowl -- Pigeons -- Swan -- References -- 16 Poultry Management Practices -- Production Management -- Specialized Procedures and Devices -- Sanitation and Waste Disposal Procedures -- Financial Management -- References.
    Abstract: Poultry Meat and Egg Production has been prepared primarily for use as a text for students taking their first courses in poultry manage­ ment. The general overall science and production practices currently in use in the industry have been characterized and described so that the student can gain insight into the industry. Reading portions of chapters before the lecture discussions and laboratory sessions will be helpful in giving students an understanding of the material. Also, this gives the instructor an opportunity to emphasize in the lectures areas of current concern in the industry, and to present topics of his or her choice in greater detail. We wish to acknowledge and thank the following scientists who reviewed and critically evaluated the several chapters and made many helpful suggestions: Dr. Bobby Barnett, Clemson University; Mr. D. O. Bell, University of California; Dr. Donald Bray (retired), University of Illinois; Dr. W. H. Burke, University of Georgia; Dr. Frank Cherms, Nicholas Turkey Breeding Farms, Inc., Sonoma, California; Dr. Wen­ dell Carlson (retired), South Dakota State University; Dr. J. V. Craig, Kansas State University; Dr. K. Goodwin (retired), Pennsylvania State University; Dr. T. L. Goodwin, University of Arkansas; Dr. G. C.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Poultry IndustryBiological Classification -- Domestication -- American Poultry Association Classification -- Commercial Classification -- Poultry as Food-Producing Animals -- Poultry as Laboratory Animals -- World Poultry Production -- The United States Poultry Industry -- Consumption of Poultry Products -- Careers in the Poultry Industry -- References -- 2 Anatomy and Structure of the Fowl -- Feathers -- Skin -- Muscles -- Skeleton -- Circulatory System -- Body Temperature -- Respiration -- Digestion -- Mouth and Esophagus -- Crop and Proventriculus -- Gizzard -- Pancreas -- Liver -- Small Intestine -- Ceca -- Large Intestine, Rectum, and Cloaca -- Excretory System -- Nervous System -- Avian Senses -- Endocrine Organs -- References -- 3 Physiology and Reproduction in Poultry -- Endocrine System -- Physiology of Reproduction -- Reproduction -- References -- 4 Genetics and Poultry Breeding -- The Cell Theory -- Cell Division -- Gene Function -- Genetic Code -- Mutations -- Phenotypic Expression (Nonadditive) -- Phenotypic Expression of Genes (Additive) -- Heritability Estimates -- Selection -- Current Breeding Systems -- Strain Crosses -- Crossbreeding -- Selecting Superior Genetic Stock -- Progeny Testing -- Sources of Genetic Stock -- Breeds and Varieties of Chickens -- The Utilitarian Concept -- Future Poultry Genetics and Breeding -- Lethal Genes -- Parthenogenesis -- References -- 5 Incubation and Hatchery Management -- Poultry Reproduction -- Storage and Selection of Hatching Eggs -- Embryonic Development -- Extraembryonic Membranes -- Daily Embryonic Growth -- Embryonic Nutrition -- Embryonic Communication -- Embryology in Research and Teaching -- Artificial Incubation -- Modern Incubators -- Temperature -- Relative Humidity -- Air Supply -- Hatching Egg Positions -- Embryonic Mortality -- The National Poultry Improvement Plan -- Hatchery Sanitation -- Franchise Hatchery System -- Hatchery Services -- References -- 6 Social Behavior and Animal Welfare -- Social Organization -- Behavior of Feral Chickens -- Communication -- Behavior of Domestic Poultry -- Social Behavior in Growing Chicks -- Other Adult Social Behavior Characteristics -- Animal Rights -- The Humane Movement -- Animal Welfarists -- Animal Rightists -- Animal Liberationists -- Agricultural Involvement with Humane Groups -- Public Relations -- Need for a Code of Ethics -- References -- 7 Environment and Housing -- Farmstead Planning -- External Services and Utilities -- Water Supply -- Poultry Building Orientation -- Aesthetic Value -- House Construction -- Turnkey Houses -- Criteria for Selecting a Manufactured House -- Vapor Barriers -- Ventilation -- References -- 8 Poultry Nutrition -- Nutrients -- References -- 9 Diseases and Parasites of Poultry -- Disease Prevention -- Diagnostic Organs in Postmortem Examinations -- Immunology of Disease Control -- Poultry Disease Control Strategy -- Vaccination -- Nutritional Deficiency Diseases -- Protozoan Diseases -- Bacterial Diseases -- Fowl Cholera -- Nonrespiratory Bacterial Diseases -- Mycoplasma -- Viral Diseases -- Fungal and Mold Diseases -- Mycotoxicosis -- External Parasites -- Internal Parasites -- Behavioral Diseases -- Reproductive Diseases -- References -- 10 Poultry and Egg Marketing -- Assembling -- Transporting -- Assumption of Risk -- Market News -- Futures Trading -- Processing Poultry -- Further Processing -- Eggs -- Storage -- Inspection and Grading -- Packaging -- Merchandising -- New Product Development -- References -- 11 Broiler Production -- United States Broiler Industry -- World Broiler Industry -- Broiler Breeders -- Housing and Egg Production -- Care of Hatching Eggs -- The Hatchery -- Housing for Broilers -- Litter -- Brooding -- Brooding Methods -- Density -- Placement -- Management Suggestions for Partial House Brooding -- Watering Equipment -- Feeding Equipment -- Lighting Programs -- Ventilation -- Gas Concentrations -- Ventilation for Partial House Brooding -- Fan Timers -- Fan Thermostats -- Air Intakes -- Broiler Diets -- Catching and Hauling Broilers -- Grower Responsibilities -- Catching Crews -- Types of Broilers -- Roasters -- Grower Contracts -- References -- 12 Commercial Egg Production -- Starting Pullets in Cages -- Brooding -- Growing Pullets in Cages -- Managing Laying Hens in Cages -- Induced Molting -- References -- 13 Turkey Production -- Origin of the Turkey -- Color Varieties -- Turkey Genetics -- Turkey Breeder Flocks -- Turkey Breeders -- Turkey Breeder Toms -- Turkey Breeder Hens -- Artificial Insemination -- Hatching Eggs -- Hatchery Services -- Brooding -- Floor Brooding -- Floor Covering -- Brooders -- Brooder Guards -- Equipment Arrangement -- Trough Feeders -- Mechanical Feeders -- Waterers -- Rearing Turkeys -- References -- 14 Waterfowl Production -- Ducks -- Geese -- Processing Waterfowl -- Handling Waterfowl -- Pinioning -- Sexing Waterfowl -- References -- 15 Miscellaneous Poultry -- Coturnix Quail -- Bobwhite Quail -- Chukar Partridge -- Pheasants -- Guinea Fowl -- Peafowl -- Pigeons -- Swan -- References -- 16 Poultry Management Practices -- Production Management -- Specialized Procedures and Devices -- Sanitation and Waste Disposal Procedures -- Financial Management -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7053-6
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Gemstones (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400911918
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Formation and occurrence of gemstones -- 1.1 Formation of inclusions -- 1.2 Inclusions in the major gemstones -- 1.3 Photographing inclusions -- 2 The nature of gemstones -- 2.1 Valency -- 2.2 Bonding -- 2.3 The building blocks of crystals -- 2.4 Polymorphism and isomorphism -- 2.5 The classification of minerals -- 2.6 Crystal structure -- 2.7 Properties of crystals -- 2.8 Gem crystals -- 3 Gem testing -- 3.1 Hardness -- 3.2 Gemstones and light -- 3.3 Specific gravity -- 4 Recent developments in gem testing -- 4.1 Thermal conductivity -- 4.2 Measurement of refractive index -- 4.3 Measurement of reflectivity -- 4.4 Surface assessment -- 4.5 X-ray topography -- 4.6 The electron microscope -- 4.7 The electron microprobe -- 4.8 Electron paramagnetic resonance -- 4.9 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrophotometry -- 4.10 UV spectrophotometry -- 5 Colour -- 5.1 The physics of colour -- 5.2 The chemistry of colour -- 5.3 Colour filters -- 5.4 The spectroscope -- 5.5 Alteration of colour -- 6 Fashioning -- 6.1 Fashioning of diamond -- 6.2 Other stones -- 7 Gemstones in commerce -- 7.1 Diamond grading -- 7.2 Buying gemstones -- 8 Descriptive section: inorganic materials -- 9 Descriptive section: organic materials -- 10 Synthetic and imitation stones -- 10.1 Crystal growth from solution -- 10.2 Growth by flame-fusion -- 10.3 Hydrothermal growth -- 10.4 Crystal pulling -- 10.5 Flux-melt growth -- 10.6 Manufacture of important stones -- 10.7 Composites -- 10.8 Glass -- 10.9 Metals -- 10.10 Ceramics -- 10.11 Plastics -- Appendix A Identification tables -- A1 Specific gravity -- A2 Refractive index -- A3 Birefringence -- A4 Dispersion -- A5 Hardness -- A6 Cleavage -- A7 Less common and trade names -- Appendix B Useful sources of information -- Appendix C Birthstones.
    Abstract: Gemstones is the first attempt in English to bring together the geological, mineralogical and gemmological developments that have taken place during the last thirty years. Though there have been many gemstone books published in that time, most have been concerned, understandably and rightly, with the science of gem testing and have covered that area very well. Details of the geological occurrence of many of the classic gemstones, and of nearly all those which have only recently been discovered, have been less adequately dealt with. Coverage has been restricted to a number of papers in a wide variety of geological and mineralogical journals. Gemstones hopes to get the balance right. In the preparation of the book all the journals and monographs in the field have been consulted so that the book should stand for some years as the authority to which gemmologists and others turn in the first instance. Ease of reference and depth of coverage make Gemstones both a reference book and a bench book. Acknow ledgements I am grateful to Brian Jackson of the Department of Geology, Royal Museums of Scotland who read the manuscript and painstakingly indicated places where amendment or alteration was needed. I am also grateful to the publishers of the books on which the line illustrations are based. The colour plates present in the book derive from a number of sources, which I would like to acknowledge as follows. Plates 1, 4-15 and 17 Crown copyright reserved.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Formation and occurrence of gemstones1.1 Formation of inclusions -- 1.2 Inclusions in the major gemstones -- 1.3 Photographing inclusions -- 2 The nature of gemstones -- 2.1 Valency -- 2.2 Bonding -- 2.3 The building blocks of crystals -- 2.4 Polymorphism and isomorphism -- 2.5 The classification of minerals -- 2.6 Crystal structure -- 2.7 Properties of crystals -- 2.8 Gem crystals -- 3 Gem testing -- 3.1 Hardness -- 3.2 Gemstones and light -- 3.3 Specific gravity -- 4 Recent developments in gem testing -- 4.1 Thermal conductivity -- 4.2 Measurement of refractive index -- 4.3 Measurement of reflectivity -- 4.4 Surface assessment -- 4.5 X-ray topography -- 4.6 The electron microscope -- 4.7 The electron microprobe -- 4.8 Electron paramagnetic resonance -- 4.9 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrophotometry -- 4.10 UV spectrophotometry -- 5 Colour -- 5.1 The physics of colour -- 5.2 The chemistry of colour -- 5.3 Colour filters -- 5.4 The spectroscope -- 5.5 Alteration of colour -- 6 Fashioning -- 6.1 Fashioning of diamond -- 6.2 Other stones -- 7 Gemstones in commerce -- 7.1 Diamond grading -- 7.2 Buying gemstones -- 8 Descriptive section: inorganic materials -- 9 Descriptive section: organic materials -- 10 Synthetic and imitation stones -- 10.1 Crystal growth from solution -- 10.2 Growth by flame-fusion -- 10.3 Hydrothermal growth -- 10.4 Crystal pulling -- 10.5 Flux-melt growth -- 10.6 Manufacture of important stones -- 10.7 Composites -- 10.8 Glass -- 10.9 Metals -- 10.10 Ceramics -- 10.11 Plastics -- Appendix A Identification tables -- A1 Specific gravity -- A2 Refractive index -- A3 Birefringence -- A4 Dispersion -- A5 Hardness -- A6 Cleavage -- A7 Less common and trade names -- Appendix B Useful sources of information -- Appendix C Birthstones.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-1191-8
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Drug∼Nutrient Interactions (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401170819
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 1.1 Nature and Origin of Anutrients in the Diet -- 1.2 Potential Carcinogens in Foods -- 1.3 Pharmacological Agents (Drugs) -- 1.4 Clinical Implications of Induced Rate of Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2. The Fate of Anutrients in the Body -- 2.1 Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2.2 Nutritional Factors Affecting the Metabolism ofAnutrients -- 2.3 Non-nutritional Dietary Factors Affecting the Metabolism of Anutrients -- 3. Nutritional Consequences of Drug Therapy -- 3.1 Drugs Affecting Food Intake -- 3.2 Drugs Affecting Absorption -- 3.3 Drugs Affecting Carbohydrate Metabolism -- 3.4 Drugs Affecting Lipid Metabolism -- 3.5 Drugs Affecting Protein and Amino Acid Metabolism -- 3.6 Drugs and Vitamin Interactions -- 3.7 Drug and Mineral Interactions -- 3.8 Conclusions -- 4. Alcohol and Nutrition -- 4.1 Alcohol Metabolism -- 4.2 Metabolic Effectsof Alcohol in the Liver -- 4.3 Alcohol and Malnutrition -- 4.4 Alcohol-related Conditions -- 5. Possible Adverse Effects of the Pharmacological Use of Vitamins -- 5.1 Fat-soluble Vitamins -- 5.2 Water-soluble Vitamins -- 5.3 Conclusions -- 6. Drug-Food Interactions -- 6.1 Food Reduces/Delays Drug Absorption -- 6.2 Food Increases Drug Absorption -- 6.3 Food Affecting Urinary Excretion of Drugs -- 6.4 Adverse Reactions Caused by Food -- 7. Nutrition and Experimental Carcinogenesis -- 7.1 Vitamin A (Retinol) -- 7.2 ?-Carotene -- 7.3 Vitamin E(?-Tocopherol) -- 7.4 Selenium -- 7.5 Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid) -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8. General Conclusions -- References.
    Abstract: In the world at large and in the Western World in particular, the average age of the population is increasing. This is related to an increase in lifespan resulting from remarkable advances in preventive medicine and the clinical sciences. There has also been a concomitant rise of the modern pharmaceutical and chemical industries which support modern treatment methods and influence the pattern of human disease. The science of nutrition has also made major advances in recent years and is poised for even more encouraging contributions as the tools of molecular biology are applied to mechanisms of nutrient effects at the molecular level. Instruction in nutritional science can no longer be restricted to a description of the chemistry of major dietary constituents, diseases associated with a deficiency, and the amounts of nutrients required to prevent them. Modern nutritionists must now address the pervasive interrelationships of long-term nutritional habits and chronic diseases of the cardiovascular system, of cancer, and of osteoporosis, among others. There is also the role of nutrition as a tool in the treatment of post­ operative and other patients in the clinical setting. It is at these interfaces that drugs and nutrients interact in significant ways.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction1.1 Nature and Origin of Anutrients in the Diet -- 1.2 Potential Carcinogens in Foods -- 1.3 Pharmacological Agents (Drugs) -- 1.4 Clinical Implications of Induced Rate of Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2. The Fate of Anutrients in the Body -- 2.1 Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2.2 Nutritional Factors Affecting the Metabolism ofAnutrients -- 2.3 Non-nutritional Dietary Factors Affecting the Metabolism of Anutrients -- 3. Nutritional Consequences of Drug Therapy -- 3.1 Drugs Affecting Food Intake -- 3.2 Drugs Affecting Absorption -- 3.3 Drugs Affecting Carbohydrate Metabolism -- 3.4 Drugs Affecting Lipid Metabolism -- 3.5 Drugs Affecting Protein and Amino Acid Metabolism -- 3.6 Drugs and Vitamin Interactions -- 3.7 Drug and Mineral Interactions -- 3.8 Conclusions -- 4. Alcohol and Nutrition -- 4.1 Alcohol Metabolism -- 4.2 Metabolic Effectsof Alcohol in the Liver -- 4.3 Alcohol and Malnutrition -- 4.4 Alcohol-related Conditions -- 5. Possible Adverse Effects of the Pharmacological Use of Vitamins -- 5.1 Fat-soluble Vitamins -- 5.2 Water-soluble Vitamins -- 5.3 Conclusions -- 6. Drug-Food Interactions -- 6.1 Food Reduces/Delays Drug Absorption -- 6.2 Food Increases Drug Absorption -- 6.3 Food Affecting Urinary Excretion of Drugs -- 6.4 Adverse Reactions Caused by Food -- 7. Nutrition and Experimental Carcinogenesis -- 7.1 Vitamin A (Retinol) -- 7.2 ?-Carotene -- 7.3 Vitamin E(?-Tocopherol) -- 7.4 Selenium -- 7.5 Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid) -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8. General Conclusions -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7081-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Biology of Estuarine Management (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401170871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Importance of estuaries -- Dymanamic role -- Scope of volume -- Suggested reading -- 1 The Estuary as a Resource -- 1.1 History of estuarine usage -- 1.2 Types and values of usage -- 1.3 Shipping -- 1.4 Domestic and industrial wastes -- 1.5 Fishing -- 1.6 Amenity -- 2 The Estuarine System -- 2.1 Estuarine classification -- 2.2 Sediment processes -- 2.3 Geochemical cycles -- 2.4 Primary production -- 2.5 Secondary pruduction -- 2.6 Energy flow -- 2.7 Environmental stresses -- 3 Impacts, Contamination and Pollution -- 3.1 Impacts -- 3.2 Contamination and pollution -- 3.3 Sewage and organic wastes -- 3.4 Heat -- 3.5 Hydrocarbons -- 3.6 Heavy metals -- 3.7 Organochlorines -- 3.8 Radioactivity -- 4 Effects and Detection -- 4.1 Indices -- 4.2 Biological indicators -- 4.3 Dose/response relationship -- 4.4 Community responses -- 4.5 Population responses -- 4.6 Individual responses -- 4.7 Cellular and sub-cellular responses -- 4.8 Overview -- 5 Management -- 5.1 Goals -- 5.2 Uniform Emission Standards and Best Available Technology -- 5.3 Environmental Quality Objective -- 5.4 Discharge Location -- 5.5 Environmental Quality Standards -- 5.6 International legislation -- 5.7 Future developments.
    Abstract: Estuaries are the interface between man and the sea. and they are the channels for the impact of man on the marine environment. Because they are to a greater or lesser extent connected to the sea. they have traditionally been regarded as part of that seemingly infinite resource. or at best an open-ended means of access to it. This approach has led to conflicts between the users of the estuary. and with the increase not only in population but more particularly in the developed countries in manufacturing output. these conflicts have become more and more acute . The estuary should always be regarded as a resource. and a finite resource at that. and the problem in management is to optimise the use of that resource. It is clearly wasteful and inefficient not to use it to its full capacity. and this includes both overuse of the system. such that the whole thing collapses. and underuse. in which there is still spare capacity for one use or another. The objective of this book is to explore the uses to which estuaries are put and the means by which the performance of the system under load may be assessed. It seems appropriate here to mention that although this book will be talking about estuaries. the majority of it will be applicable also to lagoons. semi-enclosed bays and other such systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: Importance of estuariesDymanamic role -- Scope of volume -- Suggested reading -- 1 The Estuary as a Resource -- 1.1 History of estuarine usage -- 1.2 Types and values of usage -- 1.3 Shipping -- 1.4 Domestic and industrial wastes -- 1.5 Fishing -- 1.6 Amenity -- 2 The Estuarine System -- 2.1 Estuarine classification -- 2.2 Sediment processes -- 2.3 Geochemical cycles -- 2.4 Primary production -- 2.5 Secondary pruduction -- 2.6 Energy flow -- 2.7 Environmental stresses -- 3 Impacts, Contamination and Pollution -- 3.1 Impacts -- 3.2 Contamination and pollution -- 3.3 Sewage and organic wastes -- 3.4 Heat -- 3.5 Hydrocarbons -- 3.6 Heavy metals -- 3.7 Organochlorines -- 3.8 Radioactivity -- 4 Effects and Detection -- 4.1 Indices -- 4.2 Biological indicators -- 4.3 Dose/response relationship -- 4.4 Community responses -- 4.5 Population responses -- 4.6 Individual responses -- 4.7 Cellular and sub-cellular responses -- 4.8 Overview -- 5 Management -- 5.1 Goals -- 5.2 Uniform Emission Standards and Best Available Technology -- 5.3 Environmental Quality Objective -- 5.4 Discharge Location -- 5.5 Environmental Quality Standards -- 5.6 International legislation -- 5.7 Future developments.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7087-1
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Nutritional Evaluation of Food Processing (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401170307
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 786 p) , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1 General Discussion on the Stability of Nutrients -- 2 The Major Food Groups, Their Nutrient Content, and Principles of Food Processing -- 2 Nutrients in Food-Raw and Processed -- 3 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Vegetables -- 4 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fruits -- 5 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Cereals -- 6 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Legumes and Oilseeds -- 7 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Meat -- 8 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Milk and Dairy Products -- 9 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Poultry and Eggs -- 10 Effects of Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fish and Shellfish -- 3 Effects of Commercial Processing and Storage on Nutrients -- 11 Effects of Freeze Preservation on Nutrients -- 12 Effects of Heat Processing on Nutrients -- 13 Effects of Baking on Nutrients -- 14 Effects of Extrusion Processing on Nutrients -- 15 Effects of Moisture Removal on Nutrients -- 16 Effects of Fermentation on the Nutritional Properties of Food -- 17 Effects of Treatment with Food Additives on Nutrients -- 18 Use of Ionizing Radiation to Preserve Food -- 19 Stability of Nutrients during Storage of Processed Foods -- 4 Effects of Preparation and Service of Food on Nutrients -- 20 Effects of Food Preparation Procedures in Nutrient Retention with Emphasis on Foodservice Practices -- 21 Effects of Home Food Preparation Practices on Nutrient Content of Foods -- 5 Nutrification, Legal Aspects, and Nutrient Analysis -- 22 Addition of Vitamins, Minerals, and Amino Acids to Foods -- 23 Protein Complementation of Foods -- 24 Improving the Nutritional Quality of Vegetables through Plant Breeding -- 25 The Role of the United States Government in Regulating the Nutritional Value of the Food Supply -- 26 The Contribution of Consumption of Processed Food to Nutrient Intake Status in the united States -- 27 Methodology for Nutrient Analysis -- 28 Nutrient Data Banks for Nutrient Evaluation in Foods.
    Abstract: Dramatic changes in the attitudes toward human nutrition have taken place dur­ ing the past decade. Food-related and medical professionals as well as consumers are now, more than ever before, aware of and concerned about diet, nutrition, and the beneficial and deleterious effects of food processing upon nutrients. The old saying "We are what we eat" is still relevant. Nutritious food will contribute greatly to consumers' good health and ultimately reduce medical bills. Food processing is essential to maintaining our food reserves from one harvest to another, thus letting us serve our daily meals regularly. If food processing is defined as including all treatments of foodstuffs from harvest to consumption, then more than 95% of our food may be considered as processed. In most cases, food processing and storage cause some reduction in the nutritional value of foods. Advances in food science and food technology have resulted in an increase in nu­ trient retention after processing. In addition, today's consumer better understands how to avoid excessive nutrient losses during food preparation. The information presented in this completely revised reference and textbook will help the reader to understand better the relationship between food processing and nutrient retention. The authors' scholarly contributions are greatly appreciated.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1 General Discussion on the Stability of Nutrients -- 2 The Major Food Groups, Their Nutrient Content, and Principles of Food Processing -- 2 Nutrients in Food-Raw and Processed -- 3 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Vegetables -- 4 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fruits -- 5 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Cereals -- 6 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Legumes and Oilseeds -- 7 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Meat -- 8 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Milk and Dairy Products -- 9 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Poultry and Eggs -- 10 Effects of Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fish and Shellfish -- 3 Effects of Commercial Processing and Storage on Nutrients -- 11 Effects of Freeze Preservation on Nutrients -- 12 Effects of Heat Processing on Nutrients -- 13 Effects of Baking on Nutrients -- 14 Effects of Extrusion Processing on Nutrients -- 15 Effects of Moisture Removal on Nutrients -- 16 Effects of Fermentation on the Nutritional Properties of Food -- 17 Effects of Treatment with Food Additives on Nutrients -- 18 Use of Ionizing Radiation to Preserve Food -- 19 Stability of Nutrients during Storage of Processed Foods -- 4 Effects of Preparation and Service of Food on Nutrients -- 20 Effects of Food Preparation Procedures in Nutrient Retention with Emphasis on Foodservice Practices -- 21 Effects of Home Food Preparation Practices on Nutrient Content of Foods -- 5 Nutrification, Legal Aspects, and Nutrient Analysis -- 22 Addition of Vitamins, Minerals, and Amino Acids to Foods -- 23 Protein Complementation of Foods -- 24 Improving the Nutritional Quality of Vegetables through Plant Breeding -- 25 The Role of the United States Government in Regulating the Nutritional Value of the Food Supply -- 26 The Contribution of Consumption of Processed Food to Nutrient Intake Status in the united States -- 27 Methodology for Nutrient Analysis -- 28 Nutrient Data Banks for Nutrient Evaluation in Foods.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-7030-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Probability : Methods and measurement (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400912113
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 291 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Probability and its laws -- 1.1 Uncertainty and probability -- 1.2 Direct measurement -- Exercises 1(a) -- 1.3 Betting behaviour -- 1.4 Fair bets -- 1.5 The Addition Law -- Exercises 1(b) -- 1.6 The Multiplication Law -- 1.7 Independence -- Exercises 1(c) -- 2 Probability measurements -- 2.1 True probabilities -- Exercises 2(a) -- 2.2 Elaboration -- Exercises 2(b) -- 2.3 The disjunction theorem -- Exercises 2(c) -- 2.4 The sum theorem -- Exercises 2(d) -- 2.5 Partitions -- 2.6 Symmetry probability -- Exercises 2(e) -- 3 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.1 Extending the argument -- Exercises 3(a) -- 3.2 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.3 Learning from experience -- Exercises 3(b) -- 3.4 Zero probabilities in Bayes’ theorem -- 3.5 Example: disputed authorship -- 4 Trials and deals -- 4.1 The product theorem -- 4.2 Mutual independence -- Exercises 4(a) -- 4.3 Trials -- 4.4 Factorials and combinations -- Exercises 4(b) -- 4.5 Binomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(c) -- 4.6 Multinomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(d) -- 4.7 Deals -- 4.8 Probabilities from information -- Exercises 4(e) -- 4.9 Properties of deals -- 4.10 Hypergeometric probabilities -- Exercises 4(f) -- 4.11 Deals from large collections -- Exercises 4(g) -- 5 Random variables -- 5.1 Definitions -- 5.2 Two or more random variables -- Exercises 5(a) -- 5.3 Elaborations with random variables -- 5.4 Example: capture-recapture -- 5.5 Example: job applications -- Exercises 5(b) -- 5.6 Mean and standard deviation -- Exercises 5(c) -- 5.7 Measuring distributions -- 5.8 Some standard distributions -- Exercises 5(d) -- 6 Distribution theory -- 6.1 Deriving standard distributions -- 6.2 Combining distributions -- Exercises 6(a) -- 6.3 Basic theory of expectations -- 6.4 Further expectation theory -- Exercises 6(b) -- 6.5 Covariance and correlation -- Exercises 6(c) -- 6.6 Conditional expectations -- 6.7 Linear regression functions -- Exercises 6(d) -- 7 Continuous distributions -- 7.1 Continuous random variables -- 7.2 Distribution functions -- Exercises 7(a) -- 7.3 Density functions -- 7.4 Transformations and expectations -- Exercises 7(b) -- 7.5 Standard continuous distributions -- Exercises 7(c) -- 7.6 Two continuous random variables -- 7.7 Example: heat transfer -- Exercises 7(d) -- 7.8 Random variables of mixed type -- Exercises 7(e) -- 7.9 Continuous distribution theory -- Exercises 7(f) -- 8 Frequencies -- 8.1 Exchangeable propositions -- 8.2 The finite characterization -- Exercises 8(a) -- 8.3 De Finetti’s theorem -- 8.4 Updating -- Exercises 8(b) -- 8.5 Beta prior distributions -- Exercises 8(c) -- 8.6 Probability and frequency -- 8.7 Calibration -- 9 Statistical models -- 9.1 Parameters and models -- 9.2 Exchangeable random variables -- Exercises 9(a) -- 9.3 Samples -- 9.4 Measuring mean and variance -- Exercises 9(b) -- 9.5 Exchangeable parametric models -- 9.6 The normal location model -- Exercises 9(c) -- 9.7 The Poisson model -- 9.8 Linear estimation -- Exercises 9(d) -- 9.9 Postscript -- Appendix — Solutions to exercises.
    Abstract: This book is an elementary and practical introduction to probability theory. It differs from other introductory texts in two important respects. First, the per­ sonal (or subjective) view of probability is adopted throughout. Second, emphasis is placed on how values are assigned to probabilities in practice, i.e. the measurement of probabilities. The personal approach to probability is in many ways more natural than other current formulations, and can also provide a broader view of the subject. It thus has a unifying effect. It has also assumed great importance recently because of the growth of Bayesian Statistics. Personal probability is essential for modern Bayesian methods, and it can be difficult for students who have learnt a different view of probability to adapt to Bayesian thinking. This book has been produced in response to that difficulty, to present a thorough introduction to probability from scratch, and entirely in the personal framework.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Probability and its laws1.1 Uncertainty and probability -- 1.2 Direct measurement -- Exercises 1(a) -- 1.3 Betting behaviour -- 1.4 Fair bets -- 1.5 The Addition Law -- Exercises 1(b) -- 1.6 The Multiplication Law -- 1.7 Independence -- Exercises 1(c) -- 2 Probability measurements -- 2.1 True probabilities -- Exercises 2(a) -- 2.2 Elaboration -- Exercises 2(b) -- 2.3 The disjunction theorem -- Exercises 2(c) -- 2.4 The sum theorem -- Exercises 2(d) -- 2.5 Partitions -- 2.6 Symmetry probability -- Exercises 2(e) -- 3 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.1 Extending the argument -- Exercises 3(a) -- 3.2 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.3 Learning from experience -- Exercises 3(b) -- 3.4 Zero probabilities in Bayes’ theorem -- 3.5 Example: disputed authorship -- 4 Trials and deals -- 4.1 The product theorem -- 4.2 Mutual independence -- Exercises 4(a) -- 4.3 Trials -- 4.4 Factorials and combinations -- Exercises 4(b) -- 4.5 Binomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(c) -- 4.6 Multinomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(d) -- 4.7 Deals -- 4.8 Probabilities from information -- Exercises 4(e) -- 4.9 Properties of deals -- 4.10 Hypergeometric probabilities -- Exercises 4(f) -- 4.11 Deals from large collections -- Exercises 4(g) -- 5 Random variables -- 5.1 Definitions -- 5.2 Two or more random variables -- Exercises 5(a) -- 5.3 Elaborations with random variables -- 5.4 Example: capture-recapture -- 5.5 Example: job applications -- Exercises 5(b) -- 5.6 Mean and standard deviation -- Exercises 5(c) -- 5.7 Measuring distributions -- 5.8 Some standard distributions -- Exercises 5(d) -- 6 Distribution theory -- 6.1 Deriving standard distributions -- 6.2 Combining distributions -- Exercises 6(a) -- 6.3 Basic theory of expectations -- 6.4 Further expectation theory -- Exercises 6(b) -- 6.5 Covariance and correlation -- Exercises 6(c) -- 6.6 Conditional expectations -- 6.7 Linear regression functions -- Exercises 6(d) -- 7 Continuous distributions -- 7.1 Continuous random variables -- 7.2 Distribution functions -- Exercises 7(a) -- 7.3 Density functions -- 7.4 Transformations and expectations -- Exercises 7(b) -- 7.5 Standard continuous distributions -- Exercises 7(c) -- 7.6 Two continuous random variables -- 7.7 Example: heat transfer -- Exercises 7(d) -- 7.8 Random variables of mixed type -- Exercises 7(e) -- 7.9 Continuous distribution theory -- Exercises 7(f) -- 8 Frequencies -- 8.1 Exchangeable propositions -- 8.2 The finite characterization -- Exercises 8(a) -- 8.3 De Finetti’s theorem -- 8.4 Updating -- Exercises 8(b) -- 8.5 Beta prior distributions -- Exercises 8(c) -- 8.6 Probability and frequency -- 8.7 Calibration -- 9 Statistical models -- 9.1 Parameters and models -- 9.2 Exchangeable random variables -- Exercises 9(a) -- 9.3 Samples -- 9.4 Measuring mean and variance -- Exercises 9(b) -- 9.5 Exchangeable parametric models -- 9.6 The normal location model -- Exercises 9(c) -- 9.7 The Poisson model -- 9.8 Linear estimation -- Exercises 9(d) -- 9.9 Postscript -- Appendix - Solutions to exercises.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-1211-3
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Simulating the Earth : Experimental Geochemistry (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401164962
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The scope -- 1.1 The questions -- 1.2 Experimental philosophy -- 1.3 Conclusions -- 2 The good experiment -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The conditions -- 2.3 What goes in: starting materials -- 2.4 Measurement imperfections -- 2.5 What comes out: analytical techniques -- 2.6 Conclusions -- 3 The machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Machines for “easy” conditions (atmospheric pressure) -- 3.3 Machines for near-surface hydrothermal conditions -- 3.4 Moderate pressure: crust-upper-mantle machines -- 3.5 Ultra-pressure machines -- 3.6 Machines for thermodynamic measurements -- 3.7 Conclusions -- 4 Metamorphic experiments on solid-solid reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Reactions involving pure phases -- 4.3 Displaced equilibria and activity measurements -- 4.4 Displaced equilibria with two solid solutions -- 4.5 Coexisting solid solutions -- 4.6 Putting it all together -- 5 Metamorphic experiments on solid-fluid reactions -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Fluid generation and control -- 5.3 Devolatilization experiments -- 5.4 Mineral-fluid interactions -- 6 Just fluids -- 6.1 Objectives -- 6.2 Volumetric measurements: P-V-T -- 6.3 Speciation from solubility -- 6.4 Speciation from spectroscopy -- 6.5 Speciation from electrical conductivity -- 6.6 Conclusions -- 7 Igneous experiments on melts and crystals -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Atmospheric pressure experiments -- 7.3 Crustal magmas -- 7.4 Experiments at mantle pressures -- 7.5 Trace element behavior -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8 Igneous experiments on melts and fluids -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Volatile solubilities in melts -- 8.3 Spectroscopic measurements and speciation methods -- 8.4 Distribution of elements between melts and fluids -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 9 Physical properties of Earth materials -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Viscosity of silicate melts -- 9.3 Diffusion -- 9.4 Crystal growth -- 9.5 Elastic properties -- 9.6 Conclusions -- A.1 Measuring temperature -- A.2 Measuring and generating pressure -- A.3 Controlling oxygen fugacity -- A.4 Materials -- A.5 Preparation of starting materials -- Bibliography/References.
    Abstract: This is a book about the why and how of doing experiments on rocks, minerals, magmas, and fluids. It could have as logically been subtitled "Experimental petrology" as "Experimental geochemistry," but we chose geochemistry to emphasize the broad and overlapping nature of current experimental work. We have tried to aim the book at a general readership which we hope will include advanced undergraduate students, graduate students, and anyone else interested in learning something about experimental petrology. Although we hope there will be something of interest for the practicing experimentalist, our aim is at the non-experimentalist interested in learning why experiments are useful, what kind of experiments can be done, and what some of the major problems and limitations are and how they can best be avoided. The result of a journey through this book should be an ability to evaluate published experimental work critically and a knowledge of the kinds of problems an experimentalist might be able to help solve. Some details of experimental technique are included in the Appendix for those readers who want to "get their hands dirty. " Indeed, one of our main incentives for writing this book was to try to encourage more petrologists and geochemists to become experimentalists. In our pedagogical approach we have chosen to discuss a small number of case histories as illustrations of principles and techniques. We have tried to select studies we regard as well executed.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The scope1.1 The questions -- 1.2 Experimental philosophy -- 1.3 Conclusions -- 2 The good experiment -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The conditions -- 2.3 What goes in: starting materials -- 2.4 Measurement imperfections -- 2.5 What comes out: analytical techniques -- 2.6 Conclusions -- 3 The machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Machines for “easy” conditions (atmospheric pressure) -- 3.3 Machines for near-surface hydrothermal conditions -- 3.4 Moderate pressure: crust-upper-mantle machines -- 3.5 Ultra-pressure machines -- 3.6 Machines for thermodynamic measurements -- 3.7 Conclusions -- 4 Metamorphic experiments on solid-solid reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Reactions involving pure phases -- 4.3 Displaced equilibria and activity measurements -- 4.4 Displaced equilibria with two solid solutions -- 4.5 Coexisting solid solutions -- 4.6 Putting it all together -- 5 Metamorphic experiments on solid-fluid reactions -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Fluid generation and control -- 5.3 Devolatilization experiments -- 5.4 Mineral-fluid interactions -- 6 Just fluids -- 6.1 Objectives -- 6.2 Volumetric measurements: P-V-T -- 6.3 Speciation from solubility -- 6.4 Speciation from spectroscopy -- 6.5 Speciation from electrical conductivity -- 6.6 Conclusions -- 7 Igneous experiments on melts and crystals -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Atmospheric pressure experiments -- 7.3 Crustal magmas -- 7.4 Experiments at mantle pressures -- 7.5 Trace element behavior -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8 Igneous experiments on melts and fluids -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Volatile solubilities in melts -- 8.3 Spectroscopic measurements and speciation methods -- 8.4 Distribution of elements between melts and fluids -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 9 Physical properties of Earth materials -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Viscosity of silicate melts -- 9.3 Diffusion -- 9.4 Crystal growth -- 9.5 Elastic properties -- 9.6 Conclusions -- A.1 Measuring temperature -- A.2 Measuring and generating pressure -- A.3 Controlling oxygen fugacity -- A.4 Materials -- A.5 Preparation of starting materials -- Bibliography/References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6496-2
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    An Introduction to Vegetation Analysis : Principles, practice and interpretation (1988)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401197373
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Nature of vegetation and analytical approaches -- Purposes of vegetation analysis -- Phytosociological and more objective methods -- Samples -- Types of data -- 2 Field methods -- Primary survey – many species -- More detailed field work – one or a few species -- Plotless sampling -- 3 Fundamental principles of analytical methods -- The geometric model -- Classification and ordination -- Normal and inverse analyses -- Qualitative and quantitative data -- Species of low occurrence in a data set – retain or discard? -- 4 Case studies – introduction -- Artificial Data -- Iping Common – a lowland heath -- Coed Nant Lolwyn – a deciduous wood -- 5 Association between species and similarity between stands -- Concepts -- Qualitative data -- Quantitative data -- Comparisons of similarity coefficients -- 6 Classification -- Normal Association Analysis -- Types of classification -- Divisive monothetic methods -- Agglomerative polythetic methods -- Divisive polythetic methods -- Comparison of the methods by the examples results -- Inverse classifications -- Nodal Analysis (Lambert & Williams 1962) -- 7 Ordination -- A classification of ordinations -- Direct Gradient Analysis – one factor -- Direct Gradient Analysis – many factors -- Indirect Gradient Analysis – one factor -- Indirect Gradient Analysis – many factors (ordination sensu stricto) -- Polar ordination -- Non-polar ordination -- Comparisons of ordination methods -- 8 Correlations between vegetation and environment -- Single species -- Several species -- Environmental factors in associations -- 9 Case studies analyses -- Iping Common -- Coed Nant Lolwyn -- Concluding remarks on vegetation analysis results -- References -- Indices.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionNature of vegetation and analytical approaches -- Purposes of vegetation analysis -- Phytosociological and more objective methods -- Samples -- Types of data -- 2 Field methods -- Primary survey - many species -- More detailed field work - one or a few species -- Plotless sampling -- 3 Fundamental principles of analytical methods -- The geometric model -- Classification and ordination -- Normal and inverse analyses -- Qualitative and quantitative data -- Species of low occurrence in a data set - retain or discard? -- 4 Case studies - introduction -- Artificial Data -- Iping Common - a lowland heath -- Coed Nant Lolwyn - a deciduous wood -- 5 Association between species and similarity between stands -- Concepts -- Qualitative data -- Quantitative data -- Comparisons of similarity coefficients -- 6 Classification -- Normal Association Analysis -- Types of classification -- Divisive monothetic methods -- Agglomerative polythetic methods -- Divisive polythetic methods -- Comparison of the methods by the examples results -- Inverse classifications -- Nodal Analysis (Lambert & Williams 1962) -- 7 Ordination -- A classification of ordinations -- Direct Gradient Analysis - one factor -- Direct Gradient Analysis - many factors -- Indirect Gradient Analysis - one factor -- Indirect Gradient Analysis - many factors (ordination sensu stricto) -- Polar ordination -- Non-polar ordination -- Comparisons of ordination methods -- 8 Correlations between vegetation and environment -- Single species -- Several species -- Environmental factors in associations -- 9 Case studies analyses -- Iping Common -- Coed Nant Lolwyn -- Concluding remarks on vegetation analysis results -- References -- Indices.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-9737-3
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Progress in Photosynthesis Research : Volume 3 Proceedings of the VIIth International Congress on Photosynthesis Providence, Rhode Island, USA, August 10-15, 1986 (1987)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401705165
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (L, 848 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: to Volume III -- 1. Proton ATP-ase -- 2. Electrochemical Proton Gradients and ATP Synthesis -- 3. Light-dark Regulation of Carbon Metabolism -- 4. Metabolite Regulation of Carbon Metabolism -- 5. Ribulose 1,5 Bisphosphate Carboxylase Oxygenase -- 6. Other Chloroplast Enzymes -- 7. Metabolism of C4 and CAM Plants -- 8. Integration of Carbon and Nitrogen Metabolism -- 9. Photorespiration -- 10. Carbon Partitioning -- 11. Herbicide Action -- Index of names.
    Abstract: These Proceedings comprise the majority of the scientific contributions that were presented at the VIIth International Congress on Photosynthesis. The Congress was held August 10-15 1986 in Providence, Rhode Island, USA on the campus of Brown University, and was the first in the series to be held on the North American continent. Despite the greater average travel distances involved the Congress was attended by over 1000 active participants of whom 25% were registered students. This was gratifying and indicated that photosynthesis will be weIl served by excellent young scientists in the future. As was the case for the VIth International Congress held in Brussels, articles for these Proceedings were delivered camera ready to expedite rapid publication. In editing the volumes it was interesting to re fleet on the impact that the recent advances in structure and molecular biology had in this Congress. It is clear that cognizance of structure and molecular genetics will be even more necessary in the design of experiments and the direction of future research.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-017-0516-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (1987)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400931299
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Differential equations. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Differential equations and associated conditions -- 1.2 Linear and non-linear differential equations -- 1.3 Uniqueness of solutions -- 1.4 Mathematical and numerical methods of solution -- 1.5 Difference equations -- 1.6 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 2 Sensitivity analysis: inherent instability -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 A simple example of sensitivity analysis -- 2.3 Variational equations -- 2.4 Inherent instability of linear recurrence relations. Initial-value problems -- 2.5 Inherent instability of linear differential equations. Initial-value problems -- 2.6 Inherent instability: boundary-value problems -- 2.7 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 3 Initial-value problems: one-step methods -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Three possible one-step methods (finite-difference methods) -- 3.3 Error analysis: linear problems -- 3.4 Error analysis and techniques for non-linear problems -- 3.5 Induced instability: partial instability -- 3.6 Systems of equations -- 3.7 Improving the accuracy -- 3.8 More accurate one-step methods -- 3.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 4 Initial-value problems: multi-step methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Multi-step finite-difference formulae -- 4.3 Convergence, consistency and zero stability -- 4.4 Partial and other stabilities -- 4.5 Predictor-corrector methods -- 4.6 Error estimation and choice of interval -- 4.7 Starting the computation -- 4.8 Changing the interval -- 4.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 5 Initial-value methods for boundary-value problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The shooting method: linear problems -- 5.3 The shooting method: non-linear problems -- 5.4 The shooting method: eigenvalue problems -- 5.5 The shooting method: problems with unknown boundaries -- 5.6 Induced instabilities of shooting methods -- 5.7 Avoiding induced instabilities -- 5.8 Invariant embedding for linear problems -- 5.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 6 Global (finite-difference) methods for boundary-value problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solving linear algebraic equations -- 6.3 Linear differential equations of orders two and four -- 6.4 Simultaneous linear differential equations of first order -- 6.5 Convenience and accuracy of methods -- 6.6 Improvement of accuracy -- 6.7 Non-linear problems -- 6.8 Continuation for non-linear problems -- 6.9 Additional notes -- Exercise -- 7 Expansion methods -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Properties and computational importance of Chebyshev polynomials -- 7.3 Chebyshev solution of ordinary differential equations -- 7.4 Spline solution of boundary-value problems -- 7.5 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 8 Algorithms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Routines for initial-value problems -- 8.3 Routines for boundary-value problems -- 9 Further notes and bibliography -- 10 Answers to selected exercises.
    Abstract: Nearly 20 years ago we produced a treatise (of about the same length as this book) entitled Computing methods for scientists and engineers. It was stated that most computation is performed by workers whose mathematical training stopped somewhere short of the 'professional' level, and that some books are therefore needed which use quite simple mathematics but which nevertheless communicate the essence of the 'numerical sense' which is exhibited by the real computing experts and which is surely needed, at least to some extent, by all who use modern computers and modern numerical software. In that book we treated, at no great length, a variety of computational problems in which the material on ordinary differential equations occupied about 50 pages. At that time it was quite common to find books on numerical analysis, with a little on each topic ofthat field, whereas today we are more likely to see similarly-sized books on each major topic: for example on numerical linear algebra, numerical approximation, numerical solution ofordinary differential equations, numerical solution of partial differential equations, and so on. These are needed because our numerical education and software have improved and because our relevant problems exhibit more variety and more difficulty. Ordinary differential equa­ tions are obvious candidates for such treatment, and the current book is written in this sense.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Differential equations and associated conditions -- 1.2 Linear and non-linear differential equations -- 1.3 Uniqueness of solutions -- 1.4 Mathematical and numerical methods of solution -- 1.5 Difference equations -- 1.6 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 2 Sensitivity analysis: inherent instability -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 A simple example of sensitivity analysis -- 2.3 Variational equations -- 2.4 Inherent instability of linear recurrence relations. Initial-value problems -- 2.5 Inherent instability of linear differential equations. Initial-value problems -- 2.6 Inherent instability: boundary-value problems -- 2.7 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 3 Initial-value problems: one-step methods -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Three possible one-step methods (finite-difference methods) -- 3.3 Error analysis: linear problems -- 3.4 Error analysis and techniques for non-linear problems -- 3.5 Induced instability: partial instability -- 3.6 Systems of equations -- 3.7 Improving the accuracy -- 3.8 More accurate one-step methods -- 3.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 4 Initial-value problems: multi-step methods -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Multi-step finite-difference formulae -- 4.3 Convergence, consistency and zero stability -- 4.4 Partial and other stabilities -- 4.5 Predictor-corrector methods -- 4.6 Error estimation and choice of interval -- 4.7 Starting the computation -- 4.8 Changing the interval -- 4.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 5 Initial-value methods for boundary-value problems -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The shooting method: linear problems -- 5.3 The shooting method: non-linear problems -- 5.4 The shooting method: eigenvalue problems -- 5.5 The shooting method: problems with unknown boundaries -- 5.6 Induced instabilities of shooting methods -- 5.7 Avoiding induced instabilities -- 5.8 Invariant embedding for linear problems -- 5.9 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 6 Global (finite-difference) methods for boundary-value problems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Solving linear algebraic equations -- 6.3 Linear differential equations of orders two and four -- 6.4 Simultaneous linear differential equations of first order -- 6.5 Convenience and accuracy of methods -- 6.6 Improvement of accuracy -- 6.7 Non-linear problems -- 6.8 Continuation for non-linear problems -- 6.9 Additional notes -- Exercise -- 7 Expansion methods -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Properties and computational importance of Chebyshev polynomials -- 7.3 Chebyshev solution of ordinary differential equations -- 7.4 Spline solution of boundary-value problems -- 7.5 Additional notes -- Exercises -- 8 Algorithms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Routines for initial-value problems -- 8.3 Routines for boundary-value problems -- 9 Further notes and bibliography -- 10 Answers to selected exercises.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-3129-9
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Surface Coatings-1 (1987)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400934412
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. The Widening World of Surface Coatings -- 2. Organotin-Based Antifouling Systems -- 3. High Solids Coatings -- 4. Recent Developments in the Artificial Weathering of Coatings Using Plasma Erosion -- 5. The Use of X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy for the Analysis of Organic Coating Systems -- 6. Adhesion Promoters -- 7. Molecular Relaxation Processes During Film Formation.
    Abstract: The field of surface coatings is now so extensive, and is developing so rapidly, that no individual person could be expected to master it in its entirety. Hence, the days have gone when a lone author could compile a comprehensive treatise on the topic without overlooking many of the most significant developments. Yet the very growth and diversity of surface coatings make it essential that workers in the field should have access to up-to-date and authoritative reviews. It is to satisfy this need that we have assembled our team of authors, each of whom is an expert in his or her branch of the subject, and is well able to as'sess w:hat is most significant and exciting within that branch. They h,ave b~en encouraged to develop their themes in what they have felt to be the most appropriate way, with minimal editorial interference from us. We believe that the results of their labours will be of benefit to those engaged not only in basic research, but also to those working ip product development and in testing and evaluation of coatings.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Widening World of Surface Coatings2. Organotin-Based Antifouling Systems -- 3. High Solids Coatings -- 4. Recent Developments in the Artificial Weathering of Coatings Using Plasma Erosion -- 5. The Use of X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy for the Analysis of Organic Coating Systems -- 6. Adhesion Promoters -- 7. Molecular Relaxation Processes During Film Formation.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-3441-2
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Coffee : Volume 2: Technology (1987)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400934177
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 321 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Green Coffee Processing -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Dry Processing Method -- 3. Wet Processing Method -- 4. Curing -- 5. Storage -- 6. Handling -- References -- 2 Grading, Storage, Pre-treatments and Blending -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Marketed Grades -- 3. Storage -- 4. Pre-treatments -- 5. Selection and Blending -- References -- 3 Decaffeination of Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Solvent Decaffeination -- 3. Water Decaffeination -- 4. Supercritical Carbon Dioxide Decaffeination -- 5. Decaffeination of Roasted Coffee and Extract -- 6. Caffeine Refining -- References -- 4 Roasting and Grinding -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Roasting -- 3. Roasting Equipment -- 4. Process Factors in Grinding -- References -- 5 Extraction -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Mechanisms and Methods -- 3. Process Equipment -- References -- 6 Drying -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Spray-drying -- 3. Process Factors in Freeze-drying -- 4. Process Factors in Pre-concentration -- 5. Process Equipment -- References -- 7 Packing of Roast and Instant Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Packing of Roast Whole Bean Coffee -- 3. Packing of Roast and Ground Coffee -- 4. Packing of Instant Coffee -- 5. Packing Equipment -- References -- 8 Home and Catering Brewing of Coffee G. PICTET -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Bibliographic Review -- 3. Personal Research -- 4. General Conclusions -- References -- 9 Waste Products -- 1. Primary Processing: the Production of Green Coffee -- 2. Secondary Processing: the Production of Instant Coffee -- References -- 1. Units -- 1.1. SI base units -- 1.2. Some SI derived units used in engineering -- 1.3. Some prefixes for SI units -- 1.4. Some conversions of SI and non-SI units -- 1.5. Dimensionless units used -- 2. Symbols for Physical Quantities in Equations -- 3. Abbreviations -- 4. Flavour Terminology -- 5. Process Engineering Terminology -- 5.1. Food engineering and unit operations -- 6. Listing of British and International Standards Relating to Coffee.
    Abstract: The present volume, Volume 2 in this planned series on coffee, deals with processing and follows on naturally from the first volume on the chemistry of coffee, which described its numerous constituents in the green (raw) and various product forms. We have already remarked that coffee has great compositional complex­ ity, and this complexity of understanding extends when we come to that is, the many processes involved in the roasting consider its processing; of green coffee and its subsequent conversion into a consumable brew, especially through extraction and drying into an instant coffee. The simple brewing of roasted and ground coffee with water in the home also possesses considerable mystique and needs know-how for optimal results. The choice of green coffees from an almost bewildering array of different types available, through species/variety differences and different methods of processing from the coffee cherry to the green coffee bean, needs understanding and guidance. Furthermore, various forms of pre-treatment of green coffee before roasting are available. Some of these are little known, but others such as decaffeination, for those who desire roasted or instant coffee with little or no caffeine, are now becoming well established. Finally, both the processing of coffee cherries to coffee beans, leaving a range of different waste products (pulp, hulls, husk, parchment, etc.), and of roasted coffee after industrial aqueous extraction, leaving spent coffee grounds, provide waste products that have found considerable commercial value in different ways.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Green Coffee Processing1. Introduction -- 2. Dry Processing Method -- 3. Wet Processing Method -- 4. Curing -- 5. Storage -- 6. Handling -- References -- 2 Grading, Storage, Pre-treatments and Blending -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Marketed Grades -- 3. Storage -- 4. Pre-treatments -- 5. Selection and Blending -- References -- 3 Decaffeination of Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Solvent Decaffeination -- 3. Water Decaffeination -- 4. Supercritical Carbon Dioxide Decaffeination -- 5. Decaffeination of Roasted Coffee and Extract -- 6. Caffeine Refining -- References -- 4 Roasting and Grinding -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Roasting -- 3. Roasting Equipment -- 4. Process Factors in Grinding -- References -- 5 Extraction -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Mechanisms and Methods -- 3. Process Equipment -- References -- 6 Drying -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Process Factors in Spray-drying -- 3. Process Factors in Freeze-drying -- 4. Process Factors in Pre-concentration -- 5. Process Equipment -- References -- 7 Packing of Roast and Instant Coffee -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Packing of Roast Whole Bean Coffee -- 3. Packing of Roast and Ground Coffee -- 4. Packing of Instant Coffee -- 5. Packing Equipment -- References -- 8 Home and Catering Brewing of Coffee G. PICTET -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Bibliographic Review -- 3. Personal Research -- 4. General Conclusions -- References -- 9 Waste Products -- 1. Primary Processing: the Production of Green Coffee -- 2. Secondary Processing: the Production of Instant Coffee -- References -- 1. Units -- 1.1. SI base units -- 1.2. Some SI derived units used in engineering -- 1.3. Some prefixes for SI units -- 1.4. Some conversions of SI and non-SI units -- 1.5. Dimensionless units used -- 2. Symbols for Physical Quantities in Equations -- 3. Abbreviations -- 4. Flavour Terminology -- 5. Process Engineering Terminology -- 5.1. Food engineering and unit operations -- 6. Listing of British and International Standards Relating to Coffee.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-3417-7
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Pulp, Paper and Board (1987)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789400913455
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Opening Session -- Opening address -- Wood Defibring Processes -- BOS-038-F The wood behaviour during mechanical defibring -- BOS-137-S Chip refining : Influence of mechanical and chemical treatments on the energy consumption during fatigue of wood -- High Yield Pulping -- BOS-039-F Search for new fibrous composition in order to upgrade low value forest products -- BOS-040-F Pulp delignification and bleaching with hydrogen peroxide -- BOS-043-F New technology for bleached high yield pulp process -- BOS-057-I CTMP from hardwoods and their possible use in some paper grades -- BOS-085-UK Use of anthraquinone as a pulping aid in the NSSC pulping of European hardwoods -- The Problem of Stickies in the Reuse of Waste Paper -- BOS-013-D Formation mechanisms of stickies in waste paper pulp used in papermaking -- BOS-065-NL The influence of zeta-potential on the agglomeration of stickies on a tissue machine using waste -- BOS-122-I Easily removable hot-melt adhesives for use in repulpable paper products and related process -- BOS-006-D Optimization of bleaching and deinking of waste paper for strength and brightness improvement -- BOS-090-UK The chemical treatment of fractionated stock from “freely available” grades of waste paper -- BOS-104-DK Production scale trials with fractionation of recycled fibres -- BOS-131-D Optimization of waste paper fractionation to improve secondary fiber quality for packaging papers -- BOS-005-D Improvement of the efficiency of rosin size in the neutral pH-range -- BOS-010-D More filler in printing papers by optimizing forms and distribution curve of filler particles -- BOS-088-UK The development of processes to increase the filler content of woodfree papers to 40% -- BOS-042-F Study of the properties, applications and widening uses of corrugated board impregnated by total dipping in a solution of resin by a new process -- Paper Manufacturing -- BOS-055-I Paper drying under Z-direction restraint to improve the strength properties of short-fiber high-yield pulps -- BOS-135(I)-S Effects of improved control of the cross profile of the paper web -- BOS-135(II)-S Improved papermaking with emphasis on energy savings and high consistency technology -- Overview and Conclusions -- The future of the European paper industry as seen by CEPAC -- Wood as renewable raw material — Review and analysis of the results -- Plans for the future -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    Abstract: Ph. BOURDEAU, Director, Commission of the European Communities, Directorate-General for Science, Research and Development Opening address K. -H. NARJES, Vice-President of the Commission of the European Communities 3 INTRODUCTION Ph. Bourdeau Director Directorate-General for Science, Research and Development This seminar is in many ways similar to the one which we organized here in Brussels in February 1982 to present to European industry the results of the first EC R&D programme on the Recycling of Paper and Board. That seminar was in fact something of an experiment, being the first one of its kind that we had organized. At the time it was favourably received and we have since had ample proof of its success from the number of practical applications of the techniques developed during the first programme and which were presented at the seminar. The first programme on the Recycling of Paper and Board, which ran from 1978 to 1981, aroused considerable interest. It was consequently followed by a more ambitious programme launched in 1982 and which terminated officially in 1985 - although some of the contracts in fact ran until 1986. This second programme covered the complete wood chain with research carried out on wood production; wood harvest, storage and transport; wood, as a material; wood processing without modification of its basic structure; processing of wood and related organic materials into fibre products; wood as a source of chemicals.
    Description / Table of Contents: Opening SessionOpening address -- Wood Defibring Processes -- BOS-038-F The wood behaviour during mechanical defibring -- BOS-137-S Chip refining : Influence of mechanical and chemical treatments on the energy consumption during fatigue of wood -- High Yield Pulping -- BOS-039-F Search for new fibrous composition in order to upgrade low value forest products -- BOS-040-F Pulp delignification and bleaching with hydrogen peroxide -- BOS-043-F New technology for bleached high yield pulp process -- BOS-057-I CTMP from hardwoods and their possible use in some paper grades -- BOS-085-UK Use of anthraquinone as a pulping aid in the NSSC pulping of European hardwoods -- The Problem of Stickies in the Reuse of Waste Paper -- BOS-013-D Formation mechanisms of stickies in waste paper pulp used in papermaking -- BOS-065-NL The influence of zeta-potential on the agglomeration of stickies on a tissue machine using waste -- BOS-122-I Easily removable hot-melt adhesives for use in repulpable paper products and related process -- BOS-006-D Optimization of bleaching and deinking of waste paper for strength and brightness improvement -- BOS-090-UK The chemical treatment of fractionated stock from “freely available” grades of waste paper -- BOS-104-DK Production scale trials with fractionation of recycled fibres -- BOS-131-D Optimization of waste paper fractionation to improve secondary fiber quality for packaging papers -- BOS-005-D Improvement of the efficiency of rosin size in the neutral pH-range -- BOS-010-D More filler in printing papers by optimizing forms and distribution curve of filler particles -- BOS-088-UK The development of processes to increase the filler content of woodfree papers to 40% -- BOS-042-F Study of the properties, applications and widening uses of corrugated board impregnated by total dipping in a solution of resin by a new process -- Paper Manufacturing -- BOS-055-I Paper drying under Z-direction restraint to improve the strength properties of short-fiber high-yield pulps -- BOS-135(I)-S Effects of improved control of the cross profile of the paper web -- BOS-135(II)-S Improved papermaking with emphasis on energy savings and high consistency technology -- Overview and Conclusions -- The future of the European paper industry as seen by CEPAC -- Wood as renewable raw material - Review and analysis of the results -- Plans for the future -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-009-1345-5
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Applied Statistics : A Handbook of BMDP™ Analyses (1987)
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    Details
    ISBN: 9789401169462
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 171 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Probabilities. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: BMDP programs used (or suggested) for the examples -- Some points on the BMDP instructions -- Examples -- A Admissions to intensive care unit -- B Intervals between adjacent births -- C Statistical aspects of literary style -- D Temperature distribution in a chemical reactor -- E A ‘before and after’ study of blood pressure -- F Comparison of industrial processes in the presence of trend -- G Cost of construction of nuclear power plants -- H Effect of process and purity index on fault occurrence -- I Growth of bones from chick embryos -- J Factorial experiment on cycles to failure of worsted yarn -- K Factorial experiment on diets for chickens -- L Binary preference data for detergent use -- M Fertilizer experiment on growth of cauliflowers -- N Subjective preference data on soap pads -- O Atomic weight of iodine -- P Multifactor experiment on a nutritive medium -- Q Strength of cotton yarn -- R Biochemical experiment on the blood of mice -- S Voltage regulator performance -- T Intervals between the failure of air-conditioning equipment in aircraft -- U Survival times of leukemia patients -- V A retrospective study with binary data -- W Housing and associated factors -- X Educational plans of Wisconsin schoolboys -- Further Sets of Data -- Set 3 Survival times of rats -- Set 14 Grouping of perfumes -- References.
    Abstract: This handbook is a realization of a long term goal of BMDP Statistical Software. As the software supporting statistical analysis has grown in breadth and depth to the point where it can serve many of the needs of accomplished statisticians it can also serve as an essential support to those needing to expand their knowledge of statistical applications. Statisticians should not be handicapped by heavy computation or by the lack of needed options. When Applied Statistics, Principle and Examples by Cox and Snell appeared we at BMDP were impressed with the scope of the applications discussed and felt that many statisticians eager to expand their capabilities in handling such problems could profit from having the solutions carried further, to get them started and guided to a more advanced level in problem solving. Who would be better to undertake that task than the authors of Applied Statistics? A year or two later discussions with David Cox and Joyce Snell at Imperial College indicated that a wedding of the problem statements and suggested solutions with control language to accomplish these analyses would further the learning process for many statisticians. They were willing to undertake the project. Joyce Snell has done an excellent job of melding the two approaches and has carried many of the problems a step further by suggesting alternate approaches and follow-up analyses.
    Description / Table of Contents: BMDP programs used (or suggested) for the examplesSome points on the BMDP instructions -- Examples -- A Admissions to intensive care unit -- B Intervals between adjacent births -- C Statistical aspects of literary style -- D Temperature distribution in a chemical reactor -- E A ‘before and after’ study of blood pressure -- F Comparison of industrial processes in the presence of trend -- G Cost of construction of nuclear power plants -- H Effect of process and purity index on fault occurrence -- I Growth of bones from chick embryos -- J Factorial experiment on cycles to failure of worsted yarn -- K Factorial experiment on diets for chickens -- L Binary preference data for detergent use -- M Fertilizer experiment on growth of cauliflowers -- N Subjective preference data on soap pads -- O Atomic weight of iodine -- P Multifactor experiment on a nutritive medium -- Q Strength of cotton yarn -- R Biochemical experiment on the blood of mice -- S Voltage regulator performance -- T Intervals between the failure of air-conditioning equipment in aircraft -- U Survival times of leukemia patients -- V A retrospective study with binary data -- W Housing and associated factors -- X Educational plans of Wisconsin schoolboys -- Further Sets of Data -- Set 3 Survival times of rats -- Set 14 Grouping of perfumes -- References.
    DOI: 10.1007/978-94-011-6946-2
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    URL: Inhaltstext
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...